Home

ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual

1. Capture Status Not Active Capture to Single File N A used Packets on hjw 0 Events 0 0 Slave 0 Master Events 0 Figure 2 8 ComProbe Analyzer Control Window Because the Control window can get lost behind other windows every window has a Home icon a that brings the Control window back to the front Just click on the Home icon to restore the Control window When running the Capture File Viewer the Control window toolbar and menus contain only those selections needed to open a capture file and display the About box Once a capture file is opened the analyzer limits Control window functions to those that are useful for analyzing data contained in the current file Because you cannot 11 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 2 Getting Started capture data while using Capture File Viewer data capture functions are unavailable For example when viewing Ethernet data the Signal Display is not available The title bar of the Control window displays the name of the currently open file The status line below the toolbar shows the configuration settings that were in use when the capture file was created 2 3 1 Control Window Toolbar Toolbar icon displays vary according to operating mode and or data displayed Availabl
2. 64 Figure 4 2 For Audio A2DP Position Closer to SINK DUT _ 22 22 e eee eee eee eee eee e cece eeeeeeees 65 Figure 4 3 Example Poor Capture Environment c eee cece eee cece cece cee ceeceeeees 66 Figure 4 4 Packet Transfer Dialog _ 2 2 22 2 lec eee cece ccc c cece cece eee ceceecececcecceceececceeeees 67 Figure 4 5 Start Sniffing from Datasource Toolbar c cece c cece eee cece eee eeeeeeeeee 68 Figure 4 6 Incorrect ProbeSync Hardware Connection Error 2 2 eee eee cee ee ce eee cece eeeeeee 70 Figure 4 7 Incorrect ProbeSync Hardware Connection Message In Datasource Status 70 Figure 4 8 BPA 600 ProbeSync Synchronizing Device Status Message _ 0 eeeeeceeeeeeees 71 Figure 4 9 BPA 600 ProbeSync Synchronized Device Status Message eee ee 71 Figure 4 10 Incorrect ProbeSync Hardware Connection Error 2 2 2 a 72 Figure 4 11 Incorrect ProbeSync Hardware Connection Message In Datasource Status 72 Figure 4 12 ProbeSync Synchronizing Device Status Message eee cece eee cece eceeeeeeees 73 Figure 4 13 ProbeSync Synchronized Device Status Message 0222 e eee eee eee ee eee eee eee 73 Figure 4 14 Frame Display Extended Inquire Response eee cece cece ceccceccceccecceeeees 73 Figure 4 15 Format Menu 2 oe cee cee cee cee
3. Figure 3 15 BPA 600 Information Tab You can also access these tabs by selecting I O Settings or Hardware Settings from the Options menu on the Control window toolbar There are several pieces of information on this display 41 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings e Displayed in the text window is the serial number of the connected BPA 600 devices To update the device list click Refresh Device List e If you want to load the latest ComProbe BPA 600 hardware firmware you select the Update Firmware button e The current firmware is displayed under Firmware Version 3 1 2 8 BPA 600 Advanced Classic Settings The Advanced Classic Settings dialog contains additional options for synchronizing the analyzer with the link to capture data Advanced Classic Settings Com Probe Filter out ID packets Prioritized Decryption Filter out Nulls and Polls 0 Sniffer Diagnostics E Filter out eSCO SCO packets 0 Filter out ADV packets for Non configured devices Frame Slicing Use frame slicing when frame is largerthan 100 only capture the first Q bytes of that frame Channel Map Clear on Resync Other Features Directed Classic Connections Figure 3 16 BPA 600 Advanced Classic Settings 1 ComProbe Some packet types can be so numerous that they may make it more difficult to locate data packets in the Frame Display window You have several options to exclude certain types of
4. Device Database You can also type in the address as a 12 digit hex From Last Discovery number 6 octets The Ox is automatically typed in by the control 001 7eb239413 XT910 Any devices entered this way is added to the Device Database Ok 1c659dacae6t ITLOANER PC 0600819662789 IOT TESTERO2 PC Classic Encryption Ueabeddad d 714 1 f SE Uther Devices Bluetooth devices can have their data encrypted when they boD0017d8270003 communicate Bluetooth devices on an encrypted link share a Gc000276246 755 CRAIGS TEFANCHIK common link key in order to exchange encrypted data How that link key is created depends upon the pairing method used Classic Encryption There are three encryption options in the I O Settings dialog Link Key a PIN Code ASCII Enter New Value b PIN Code Hex eA 51d 69a Fe S4eb 7bacae 223908 If Link K anand PU You are able to switch between these methods in the I O 8 18 9014 7 59 27 AM Settings window When you select a method a note 510240792 7294eh Mace 22908 tf Q appears at the bottom of the dialog reminding you what you need to do to successfully complete the dialog e The first and second options use a PIN Code to generate the Link Key The devices generate link Keys during the Pairing Process based ona PIN Code The FIN Code ASCII Link Key generated from this process is also based on arandom number so the PIN Code ASCII security ca
5. 2 D N At the top of the dialog you see four icons that you use to zoom in and out of the display vertically and horizontally The same controls are available under the View menu There are three navigation icons also on the toolbar This takes you to the first Information Frame This takes you to first Protocol State Message Xx This takes you to the first Error Frame Click here to learn more about this option If there is both Classic and low energy packets there will be a Classic and LE tab at the top of the dialog 192 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual File Edit View Help ALARAS Classic LE All Layers Gu Summary Non Msg Summary LE BB LE ADV LE DATA LE LL Classic and LE Tabs shown if both Classic and LE packets are available NESN 0 ng MD 0 Length 0 Figure 4 103 Classic and LE tabs If the Classic tab is selected you will see Classic protocols If you select the LE tab you will see LE Protocols If there is only Classic or only LE the Classic and LE tabs will not appear Al Layers BB LMP L CAP AVOTP AVDTP Signaling AZDP Also along the top of the dialog are a series of protocol tabs The tabs will vary depending on the protocols Clicking on a tab displays the messaging between the master and slave for that protocol For example if you select RFCOMM you will see the messaging between the RFCOMM M Master an
6. 4 Reconnect the USB cable for both BP As r 5 Restat CPAS f necessary please refer to the Quick Start Guide for further information Figure 4 7 Incorrect ProbeSync Hardware Connection Message In Datasource Status In the device providing the clock the BPA 600 datasource dialog the Start Sniffing Q button initiates the capture for both devices On the device receiving the clock cable connected to IN the BPA 600 datasource dialog Start Sniffing button is disabled when using ProbeSync In the both device s status window in the BPA 600 Datasource dialog will announce the synchronizing function of each 70 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual mware ids eming for fimware ids Premium Maintenance will expire on August 16 2014 Guerying for fimware ids Probe mc cable connected to IN Figure 4 9 BPA 600 ProbeSync Synchronized Device Status Message Data captured in the synchronized device will appear in the Frame Display Event Display Bluetooth Timeline Bluetooth low energy Timeline and Coexistence View Data saved as a capture file will include data captured on both devices Within these dialogs the packets identified as link 1 2 and 3 were captured on the synchronizing device that provides the clock Those packets captured on the synchronized device carry link 4 5 and 6 identifiers BPA 600 hardware can also be connected via ProbeSync to ComProbe 802 11 hardw
7. All Fields Advanced Cancel Help Figure 4 30 Example Set Conditions Self Configuring Based on Protocol Selection Set Condition P3 Eid Currently Active Condition lt Untitled gt Include Exclude Condition Select each frame in the range 187 to 234 Enter decimal numbers by typing in the number directly and hexadecimal numbers by starting the number with Ox Advanced OK Cancel Help Ok J Figure 4 31 Example Set Conditions Self Configuring Based on Frame Range 2 Select Include or Exclude to add filtered data or keep out filtered data respectively 3 Select the initial condition for the filter from the drop down list 4 Set the parameters for the selected condition in the fields provided The fields that appear in the dialog box are dependent upon the previous selection Continue to enter the requested parameters in the fields provided until the condition statement is complete 5 Click OK The system displays the Save Named Condition dialog Provide a name for the filter condition or accept the default name provided by the system and click OK Prohibited characters are left bracket right bracket and equal sign The Set Condition dialog box closes creates a tab on the Frame Display with the filter name and applies the filter The filter also appears in the Quick Filtering and Hiding Protocols dialog 109 ComProbe BPA 600 User
8. a ba a Figure 1 The Test Setup A 1 3 Discussion The test began without any issue DUT1 and DUT2 negotiated a Bluetooth connection suitable for transmitting the audio When the Reference Audio was played there were no obvious audio distortions or anomalies heard by the tester The tester used a ComProbe BPA 600 configured for capturing Classic Bluetooth over a single connection In Frame Display AVDTP Signaling tab we see the start of the negotiation between DUT1 and DUT2 to establish an audio connection see Figure 2 At frames 2089 and 2092 the initiating or local device sends an AVDTP__ DDISCOVER command The remote device responds by identifying the ACP Stream Endpoint IDs In this case the remote device identifies three audio media type devices that are SNK sink devices currently not in use SEPID Stream Endpoint Identification 5 2 and 1 307 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies Rei aa AYO TP Media Hands Free AYRCP A DP Data Hon Captured Info Link 1 LE BB Data Poog B Framett ACP Eror Co Add INTS Packet Role Signal ID Trans 7 AN Ee 2 089 1 Single Slave DISCOVER o z Packet Type Single Packet 2 092 1 1 Single Master DISCOVER Message Type Response Accept 2 116 5 1 Single Slave GET CAPABILITIES 1 Signaling Identifier AVDTP_DISCOVER 2 119 1 Single Master GET_CAPABILITIES 1 El ACP Stream Endpoint ID 5 2 138 2 1 Single Slave GET_CAPABILITIES 2 i
9. 22 22 lei eee 20a 2o22 LaaLa DLL eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 255 Figure 5 5 Find Pattern Tab Side Restrictions a 255 Figure 5 6 Find by Time tab _ _ 2 222 2 ei eee cece cc cc ec cee cece eee cece eee eeeeeeeeeeees 256 Figure 5 7 Find Go TotabU eee ccc cece cee cece eee cece e cence eceeceeceeeeeeceees 258 Figure 5 8 Find Special Events Tap ga pad cos cecuewidceceecueeoeeaeedensscseciweetseeeetes su Nh Nah 260 xviii ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Figure 5 9 Find Signal tab ee cc ee cece eee eee eee cee eee anaana 261 Figtire 5 10 Find Error tabs aaa at mapaabot ba nala Ba ka an Ba aan 263 Figure 5 11 Find Bookmark tab ee ee ccc eee cee cee cece eee eee aaoo n2222 n 266 Figure 5 12 Bookmarked Frame 3 in the Frame Display 2 a 267 Figure 5 13 Find Window Bookmark tab Used to Move Around With Bookmarks 269 Figure 6 1 Windows Save dialog 220 22 a 272 Figure 6 2 Frame Display Print Dialog 2 2 ee cece eee cece eee cece cece eeeeeeeeeee 276 Figure 6 3 Frame Display Print Preview Dialog a 211 Figure 6 4 Event Display Print Dialog lee eee ccc cece eee eee e ee eeeeeeeees 279 Figure 6 5 Event Display Export Example csv file 280 Figure 6 6 Example csv Event Display Export Excel spreadsheet eee eee 282 Figure 7 1 System Settings Single F
10. Figure 4 61 low energy Timeline Zoom menu 155 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 44 416 Single Segment Zoom Markers per segment Timeline view displayed 2 5 ms 1x 11 25 ms 1x9 33 15 ms b27 125 ms 1x100 437 5 ms 1x350 1 875 s 1x1500 3 75 s b000 Zoom Menu Single Segment Each selection defines the timeline displayed the number of segments and number of 1 25 ms markers withing the segment For example selecting 33 75 ms 1x27 will display 33 75 ms of the throughput graph in 1 segment with 27 markers The scroll bar at the bottom of the segment will scroll the throughput graph view port 4 4 4 17 Multiple Segments Timeline view displayed Numberof segments Markers per segment 7 5 ms 6 1 25 ms time intervals 3x2 22 5 mg 18 1 25 ms time intervals 6x3 90 ms 721 25 ms time intervals 12 6 202 5 ms 162 1 25 ms time intervals 18x9 360 ms 288 1 25 ms time intervals 24X12 562 5 ms 450 1 25 ms time intervals 30x157 S10 ms 648 1 25 ms time intervals 36x18 1 1025 s 8821 25 ms time intervals A211 1 44 5 1152 1 25 ms time intervals 48 24 1 8225 s 1458 1 25 ms time intervals 427 2 255 1800 1 25 ms time intervals 60x30 2 1225 5 2178 1 25 ms time intervals 66x337 3 24 5 259 1 25 ms time intervals 72x36 3 8025 5 2042 1 25 ms time intervals 78 39 4 41 s 3528 1 25 ms time intervals B42
11. 2 222 eee ee cece cece cee eee cece eee cence ence cece eeeeeeeeeees 344 A 6 4 Encrypting the Link lec cece cee cee cee ccc annoa cece cence eeceeceeceeeeeees 345 A 6 5 Encryption Key Generation and Distribution 2 0 22 ee eee ee eee ec eee eee ee 345 A 6 6 Encrypting The Data Transmission 2 a 346 A 6 7 IRK and CSRK Revisited 0 2 2 ce ce ee ee ee ee eee eee eee 346 A 6 8 Table of Acronyms a 347 A 7 Bluetooth Virtual Sniffing 222 eee cece cece cece cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeee 349 X ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual A 7 1 Introduction cece eee eee ee ce ee cece cece cece eee eeeeeeeeees 349 A 7 2 Why HCI Sniffing and Virtual Sniffing are Useful 0 22 eee eee eee cece eee eeeees 349 A 7 3 Bluetooth Sniffing History _ 2 22 22 eee eee cece cece ee eee eee eee eeeeeeeees 350 A 7 4 Virtual Sniffing What is it a 350 A 7 5 The Convenience and Reliability of Virtual Sniffing 0 22 eee eee eee eee eee 351 A 7 6 How Virtual Sniffing Works 220 cece cece cee cee ccc c cece eee e cece ceeceeceeceeeeeees 351 A 7 7 Virtual Sniffing and Bluetooth Stack Vendors e eee cee eee cece e cece eeceees 351 A 7 8 Case Studies Virtual Sniffing and Bluetooth Mobile Phone Makers 352 A 7 9 Virtual Sniffing and You 22 22 eee eee cece cee cee cee eee cece eee e
12. 4 Reconnect the USB cable for both BP As a 5 Restart CPAS f necessary please refer to the Quick Start Guide for further information Figure 4 11 Incorrect ProbeSync Hardware Connection Message In Datasource Status The BPA 600 datasource dialog Start Sniffing E button initiates the capture for all connected ComProbe 802 11 and HSU devices On the 802 11 and HSU receiving the clock cable connected to IN the Start Sniffing button is disabled when using ProbeSync In each ComProbe device s Control window status window will announce the synchronizing function 72 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual i aa A Finished querying for firmware ids Probe Sync cable connected to OUT Figure 4 12 ProbeSync Synchronizing Device Status Message Premium Maintenance will expire on August 16 2014 A Querying for fimware ids Probe 5 yuls cable connected to IN port Figure 4 13 ProbeSync Synchronized Device Status Message Data captured in the synchronized device will appear in the Frame Display Event Display Bluetooth Timeline Bluetooth low energy Timeline and Coexistence View Data saved as a capture file will include data captured on each devices Within these dialogs the packets identified as link 1 2 and 3 were captured on the synchronizing device that provides the clock Those packets captured on the synchronized device carry link 4 5 and 6 identifiers 4 1 5
13. Bearer LE x HigherLaver Ox ac 97 1b 00 80 46 65 93 4a ez r MAC Os ac 2e 25 ez Ja 05 46 2d Time to Live 255 Mesh Protocol Detected Error MAC doesn t match MASP or MCP Figure 3 19 CSRmesh Bad MAC e An error message will also be displayed saying MAC doesn t match MASP or MCP This error simply means that the generated MAC does not match the received MAC This error will also be generated in the case of a bad packet b Decryption Error e The error message associated with a decryption error will say Decryption Error c Payload Size e MTL payload lt 9 bytes MAC TTL o This error is implying that the Mesh Transport Layer MTL or MTP has a payload of less than 9 bytes o Message Authentication Code MAC is 8 bytes and Time to live TTL is 1 byte e HML payload is not available o This error indicates that MTP payload contains MAC and TTL but HLM payload is missing or is O bytes e MCP data has no encrypted payload o This error indicates that the MCP payload contains the nonce sequence number and source address but encrypted payload is missing from the packet Smart Mesh a Reserved Opcode e This is most likely the scenario when incorrect keys have been entered Correct the keys in the MeshOptions ini file and reload decoders b Decryption Error e Some of the possible decryption errors are o Error in net decryption o Possible error in net decryption o Error in app decryption o Possi
14. ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings If you have decoders loaded which require decoder parameters a window with one tab for every decoder that requires parameters appears the first time the decoder is loaded For help on setting the parameters click the Help button on each tab to get help information specific to that decoder If you need to change the parameters later e Choose Set Initial Decoder Parameters from the Options menu on the Control and Frame Display windows Window Help Hardware Settings VO Settings System Settings Alt Enter bi bi Directories Check for New Releases at Startup Side Names Protocol Stack Set Initial Decoder Parameters Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters Automatically Request Missing Decoding Information Figure 3 4 Select Set Initial Decoder Parameters from Control window The Set Initial Decoder Parameters window opens with a tab for each decoder that requires parameters Set Initial Decoder Parameters Template Figure 3 5 Tabs for each decoder requiring parameters e Each entry in the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window takes effect from the beginning of the capture onward or until redefined in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog Override Existing Parameters The Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog allows the user to override an existing parameter at any frame in the capture wh
15. Figure 4 20 Frame Display with all panes active Frame Display Panes The Frame Display window is used to view all frame related information It is composed of a number of different sections or panes where each pane shows a different type of information about a frame e Summary Pane The Summary Pane displays a one line summary of each frame for every protocol found in the data and can be sorted by field for every protocol Click here for an explanation of the symbols next to the frame numbers 88 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual e Decode Pane The Decode Pane displays a detailed decode of the highlighted frame Fields selected in the Decode Pane have the appropriate bit s or byte s selected in the Radix Binary Character and Event panes e Radix Pane The Radix Pane displays the logical data bytes in the selected frame in either hexadecimal decimal or octal e Binary Pane The Binary Pane displays a binary representation of the logical data bytes e Character Pane The Character Pane displays the character representation of the logical data bytes in either ASCII EBCDIC or Baudot e Event Pane The Event Pane displays the physical data bytes in the frame as received on the network By default all panes except the Event Pane are displayed when the Frame Display is first opened Protocol Tabs Protocol filter tabs are displayed in the Frame Display above the Summary pane
16. Figure 4 65 Throughput Graph viewport 4 4 5 9 Indicator width The width of each indicator is the largest 1 second throughput seen up to that point for that technology Classic Bluetooth Bluetooth low energy or 802 11 where the 1 second throughput is calculated anew each time another packet is received The 1 second throughput indicator will never exceed this width but the average throughput indicator can For example the image below has a large average throughput because the Selected radio button was selected and a single packet was selected and the duration in that case is the duration of the single packet which makes for a very small denominator in the throughput calculation When the average throughput exceeds the indicator width a plus sign is drawn at the right end of the indicator Packets CO All Selected O Viewport Awg throughput bits ts Figure 4 66 Average throughput indicators show a plus sign when the indicator width is exceeded fe Cti Figure 4 67 A single selected packet 168 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 4 5 10 Coexistence View Throughput Graph Shows Zora i IA 93 433 ma Li ip pat Thraghral Dem Tire Viewpot synichroniced with Zoomed Throughput Graph ma and Timelines D7 802 11Packet Classic Packet Se Throughput Throughput LEPacket Throughput a Bala Na Pg Classic Payload 002 11 Payload
17. Hex 83 Hexadecimal 105 Hiding Display Filters 113 Hiding Protocol Layers 94 High Resolution Timestamping 292 HT 299 Appendicies I O Settings Change 85 Icons in Data on Event Display 85 Importable File Types 275 Importing Capture Files 274 INCLUDE 110 Include Exclude 110 Information Screen 41 L2CAP 54 L2CAP Override Decode Information 55 Layer Colors 107 LF 299 Link Key 30 LSB 30 36 69 Live Update 82 Logical Byte Display 94 Logical Bytes 94 Long Break 86 Low Energy Timeline Button Bar Legend 140 Discontinuities 152 Legend 145 Navigating and Selecting Data 153 Zooming 154 low energy Timeline Introduction 139 140 Low Power 86 Main Window 11 Mesh 59 CSRmesh 59 359 s ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Smart Mesh 59 Message Sequence Chart 191 Message Sequence Chart Find and Go To 196 Message Sequence Chart Go To 197 Minimizing 19 Missing Bluetooth Clock 138 Missing Decode Information 51 57 Mixed Channel Sides 84 Mixed Sides Mode 84 Modem Lead Names 289 Modify Display Filters 114 115 Multiple Event Displays 81 Multiple Frame Displays 97 N NK 299 Node Filters 112 Nonprintables 282 Notes 273 NU 298 Number Set 83 Numbers 297 O Object Throughput Stats File 136 Octal 83 One Second Throughput Indicators 134 Open 81 Open Capture File 274 Options 283 285 286 290 Other Term Subterm 18 Override Decode Information 52 55 58 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Overriding Frame Informa
18. Phone 1 434 984 4500 Fax 1 434 984 4505 Instructional Videos Frontline provides a series of videos to assist the user and may answer your questions These videos can be accessed at fte com support videos aspx On this web page use the Video Filters sidebar to select instructional videos for your product 302 Appendicies Appendix A Application Notes 303 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies 304 Appendix A Application Notes A 1 Audio Expert System aptX hiccup Detected m u oie eee ce eee cece eee eeeeeeees 306 A 2 Getting the Android Link Key for Classic Decryption _ 2 2 222 eee ee eee cece ee eee eee 313 A 3 Bluetooth Conductive Testing Isolating the Environment _ 2 e eee e eee eeeeee 319 A 4 Decrypting Encrypted Bluetooth data with ComProbe BPA600 2 eee eee ee eee 324 A 5 Decrypting Encrypted Bluetooth low energy 20 2 c cece cee cece eee eee cece eee eeeeeeees 332 A 6 Bluetooth low energy Security 342 A 7 Bluetooth Virtual Sniffing 22 cc cece cc cc cc ccc cece cece eeceeceeeeeeees 349 305 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies A 1 Audio Expert System aptX hiccup Detected This paper presents a case study in Bluetooth audio debugging that highlights the importance of Frontline s Audio Expert System AES in the process The actual case involves transmission of a high
19. The Timelines show Classic Bluetooth Bluetooth low energy and 802 11 packets by channel and time 4 4 5 27 Packet information Packet information is provided in various ways as described below 179 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Packets are color coded to indicate attribute Retransmit Bad Packet Can t Decrypt or Invalid IFS master Tx technology Classic Bluetooth Bluetooth low energy or 802 11 and category type Selection Box Attribute Bad Packet MasternTx Master Technology Classic Bluetooth Packet Category or Type ACL Figure 4 84 Each packet is color coded The innermost box which indicates packet category type is the packet proper in that its vertical position indicates the channel its length indicates the packet s duration in the air its left edge indicates the start time and its right edge indicates the end time The height of Classic Bluetooth and Bluetooth low energy packets indicates their frequency range 1 MHz and 2 MHz respectively Since 802 11 channels are so wide 22 MHz 802 11 packets are drawn with an arbitrary 1 MHz height and centered within a separate frequency range box which indicates the actual frequency range Selecting a packet by clicking on it draws a selection box around it as shown above and highlights the applicable entries in the legend Selected Retransmit Bad Packet Cant Decrypt Invalid IFS
20. When a portion of the waveform is selected in the Wave Panel all frames within the selection will be highlighted in the Frame Display Coexistence View and Bluetooth Timeline Note If the Frame Display is filtered to show non audio events then the frames associated with H selected audio events may not show 4 7 Data Audio Extraction You use Data Audio Extraction to pull out data from various decoded Bluetooth protocols Once you have extracted the data you can save them into different file types such as text files graphic files email files mp3 files and more Then you can examine the specific files information individually 1 You access this dialog by selecting Extract Data Audio from the View menu or by clicking on the icon from the toolbar D Data Audio Extraction Settings 5 elect WIA2DP v Open File s After Extraction Apex FA BIP SCO eSCO Options JBPP Write Streams as J FTP Two Mono Files w HCRP One Stereo File J HF J H5 J MAP V OPP JI PBAP Add Silence packets J 5C0 e5CO SPP 7 S0 PI wes Convert A Law and p law to Linear PCM CYSD is always converted Extract Figure 4 41 Data Audio Extraction Settings dialog 2 Choose a checkbox es on the left side of the dialog to identify from which profile s you want to extract data It s important to note that if there is no data for the profile s you select no extracted file is cre
21. s Selected taking the difference in timestamps between the first and All Devices 0 last packet In Bluetooth timestamp difference is used Master 0 instead of Bluetooth clock count because timestamp Slaves 0 difference is immune to role switches However this can result in inaccuracies when the duration is small enough that a coarse timestamp granularity is significant e Duration for average throughput is beginning of first packet to end of last packet If a single packet is selected the duration of that packet is used e Average throughput can be nonzero when a single packet is selected e Average throughput is shown for all devices master devices and slave devices e A horizontal bar indicates relative percentage Text displays the throughput value 4 4 3 7 4 Bluetooth Payload Throughput Over Time Graph The following figure depicts the Payload Throughput Over Time graph The Payload Throughput Over Time graph shows total payload for each successive time interval 8 548 Payload Throughput Ower Time F The time interval is initially 0 1 second Each time ese 2 swag the number of throughput elements reaches sip 100 they are collapsed into a set of 50 by E 3458 i O a combining adjacent elements and doubling the a i i F Show Running Average duration of each element Collapsing thus occurs wE md ka j Show slave LT ADOR as follows 00 00 Time 6 00 01 06 Collapse Time since E
22. 2 Click on the Duplicate View icon dg to create Frame Display 2 3 Click on Event Display icon r in Frame Display 2 Event Display 2 opens This Event Display is labeled 2 even though there is no original Event Display to indicate that it is synchronized with Frame Display 2 4 Click on aframe in Frame Display 2 The corresponding bytes are highlighted in Event Display 2 5 Click on a frame in the original Frame Display Event Display 2 does not change 4 4 1 8 Working with Multiple Frame Displays Multiple Frame Displays are useful for comparing two frames side by side They are also useful for comparing all frames against a filtered subset or two filtered subsets against each other e Tocreate a second Frame Display click the Duplicate View icon dg on the Frame Display toolbar This creates another Frame Display window You can have as many Frame Displays open as you wish Each Frame Display is given a number in the title bar to distinguish it from the others e To navigate between multiple Frame Displays click on the Frame Display icon O in the Control window toolbar A drop down list appears listing all the currently open Frame Displays e Select the one you want from the list and it comes to the front Note When you create a filter in one Frame Display that filter does not automatically appear 4 in the other Frame Display You must use the Hide Reveal feature to display a filter created in one Frame Display in anoth
23. ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Note The OK button on the Set Condition dialog box is unavailable grayed out until the Si condition selections are complete Renaming a Display Filter 1 Select Rename Display Filters from the Filter menu in the Frame Display p window to open the Rename Filter dialog The system displays the Rename Filter dialog with a list of all user defined filters in the Filters combo box Rename Filters Filters Filter x Description Include each frame where the protocol Baseband field LT ADDR Is Equal To 6 New Name Filter0 1 Apply Figure 4 36 Rename Filters Dialog 2 Select the filter to be renamed from the combo box 3 Enter a new name for the filter in the New Name box Optionally click the Apply button and the new name will appear in the Filters combo box and the New Name box will empty This option allows you to rename several filters without closing the Rename Filter dialog each time 4 Click OK The Rename Filter dialog box closes and the system renames the filter 4 4 1 13 2 Connection Filtering Connection Filtering allows the user to view a subset of the total available packets within the Frame Display The subset can include data from a single Bluetooth connection or all of the BR EDR packets all of the low energy packets all of the 802 11 packets or all of the HCI packets Bluetooth Applicability A conne
24. OxafSaSbdd Addr OxafSab45e 125 ms M1412013 12 19 52 941957 PM W14 2013 12 19 52 816957 PM Figure 4 57 Bluetooth le Timeline Segment Timestamp and Zoom Value Note The raw timestamp value is the number of 100 nanosecond intervals since the beginning of January 1 1601 This is standard Windows time 4 e Packet Info Line The packet info line appears just above the timeline and displays information for the currently selected packet Selected Packet 1 751 Adv Type ADV IND Timestamp 31472013 12 14 19 272227 PM Duration 376 us Channel 39 2480 MHz Figure 4 58 Bluetooth le Timeline Packet Info Line e When you select multiple packets the info line includes o Gap duration between the end of the first selected packet and the beginning of the last selected packet o Timestamp Delta Duration between the beginnings of the first and last packets selected o Span Duration between the beginning of the first selected packet and the end of the last selected packet 151 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Selected Packets 1 751 1 753 Gap 476us Timestamp Delta 852 us Span 980 us 24 995 ms 24 622 ms Figure 4 59 Bluetooth le Timeline Packet Info Line for Multiple Selected Packets e Floating Information Window aka Tooltip The information window displays when the mouse cursor hovers on a packet It persists as long as the mouse cursor stays on the pack
25. make our best guess at codec information when it is not transferred EHE ALI over the air but we realize we may not always be correct When we Add Bookmark make a guess for codec type we specify it in the summary and decode Export panes by following the codec with the phrase best guess by analyzer Aa Ka Provide AVDTP Rules This is to let you know that this information was not obtained over the ToT i a rovide LAC AP Rules air and that the user may wish to alter it by overriding AVDTP a AA ee parameters Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters ay NG Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Override of Frame Information Rules in effect from frame 94 onward until redefined here for a later frame On the Slave side with the L2CAP CID 0x7401 the AVDTP is carrying Signalling packets overridden by user On the Master side with the L2CAP CID 0x0042 the AVDTP is carrying Signalling packets discovered by analyzer Change the Selected Item to Carry Figure 3 12 AVDTP Override of Frame Information Item to Carry change the Selec Tem to Carry Change the See Codec to Cay Seen r Codec selection SBC appears when MPEG 1 2 Audio aay AAC Media selected to ATRAC family CAITY AFT X man bese eas Codec 3 Figure 3 13 AVDTP Override of Frame Information Media Codec Selection Each entry in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog takes effect from the spe
26. 2 Select click on and highlight the template marked for deletion and click the Delete button The system removes the selected template from the list of saved templates 3 Clickthe OK button to complete the deletion process and close the Delete dialog 4 Click the OK button on the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window to apply the deletion and close the dialog 3 2 2 Selecting A2DP Decoder Parameters Decoding SBC frames in the A2DP decoder can be slow if the analyzer decodes all the parts the header the scale factor and the audio samples of the frame You can increase the decoding speed by decoding only the header fields and disregarding other parts You can select the detail level of decoding using the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window 4 Note By default the decoder decodes only the header fields of the frame 1 Select Set Initial Decoder Parameters from the Options menu on the Control window or the Frame Display window 2 Click on the A2DP tab 3 Choose the desired decoding method AVDTP Securty LacAP RFcomM A2DP use iPx TCP UDP SBC frames decoding Information Decode only the header fields of the SBC frame in detail Decode all the parts the header the scale factors and the audio samples of the SBC frame in detail Figure 3 8 A2DP Decoder Settings 4 Follow steps to save the
27. 4 6 3 1 Non Referenced Mode 0 0 2 ccc ce ee ce ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee eee eens 213 viii ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 6 3 2 Referenced Mode cece cee ee ee ce cece cece cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeees 214 4 6 3 3 Referenced Mode Testing Processes a 216 4 6 3 3 1 System Calibration for Referenced Mode cece cece eee cece cece eeeeee 219 4 6 3 3 2 Adjusting for Optimal Volume Levels 22 22 cece ce cee ccc eee e cee ceeeeeeee 221 4 6 4 Audio Expert System Event Type o ee cece ccc cece cece ccc cece ee eeeceeeeees 222 4 6 4 1 Event Type Bluetooth Protocol _ 2 02 22 Aa 222 4 6 4 2 Event Type Codec u eee ccc ce cee eee cece eee eee e cence eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 223 464 3 Event Type AUdio oie en bees sets oes E a EAR a EL EEE 225 4 6 5 Audio Expert System Window 222 0 0 0 oaaao 0 oaao cece oaaao oorno onan 231 4 65 1 Glopal Toolbar 23 ccc case ede o eere ar EAEE EO EEE UEP EEEN 232 Aa PAG NAA AA 234 4 6 5 2 1 Audio Stream INTO secec cet ehcsdes cane cadne DID DL AEL NENG NLS NG ALDA PAANAN NGA ALZ GENE DAANDAL 235 4 6 5 2 2 Local Controls naaa omsecuwdcudessdesciee demeebe hLGE ANIT reeet Aka narani nin 236 4 6 5 2 3 Audio Waveform Panel 0 cece ee ce ce ce ce cece cece eee eeeeeeeeees 237 Ko AA Even IMENE 6 coco sce eee dee ces AA 239 PAN Aa AA AAP PAR PA AA PA APP 241 4 6 5 4 Wave Panel amp Ev
28. 4 7 5 2012 6 05 23 994441 PM 00 ff b2 00 15 aa d6 be 89 8e 00 13 7b 96 bi eb d7 90 0 5 7 5 2012 6 05 23 995066 PM 18 ff ae 00 15 aa d6 be 89 8e 00 13 7b 96 bi eb d7 90 0 6 7 5 2012 6 05 23 995691 PM 4e ff b7 00 15 aa d6 be 89 8e 00 13 7b 96 bi eb d7 90 0 mW Figure 4 26 Sample Exported Frames Text File 4 41 11 Panes in the Frame Display 4411 11 14 Summary Pane The Summary pane a displays a one line summary of every frame in a capture buffer or file including frame number timestamp length and basic protocol information The protocol information included for each frame depends on the protocol selected in the summary layer box located directly below the main toolbar On a two channel circuit the background color of the one line summary indicates whether the frame came from the DTE or the DCE device Frames with a white background come from the DTE device frames with a gray background come from the DCE device The ComProbe USB Summary pane in displays a one line summary of every transaction in a capture buffer or file Whenever there is a transaction it is shown on a single line instead of showing the separate messages that comprise the transaction The Msg column in that case says Transaction Each message in a transaction contains a packet identifier PID All of the PIDs in a transaction are shown in the transaction line All IN transactions i e transactions that contain an IN token message are shown wi
29. Configuration changes errors impairments errors information data When the ComProbe software captures data if there is audio content that must be debugged this data must be systematically examined when looking for the problem source The effort to identify and correlate the audio related data can be daunting because the problem source may be caused by protocol codec or the audio itself Using the Audio Expert System identifies events that are likely candidates for audio root cause analysis The expert system examines all captured frames in live capture or in capture file viewer and selects audio related protocol codec and audio events The events are time correlated to the audio stream and identified with specific frames In general a cluster of events suggests an area for investigation and in the presence of multiple event clusters the cluster with the most events suggests the best starting point The expert system works in conjunction with ComProbe Protocol Analysis System that is operating in live capture mode or in capture file viewer mode Selecting an event in the Audio Expert System will simultaneously highlight related packets in the ComProbe software Frame Display Coexistence View Message Sequence Chart Bluetooth Timeline and Packet Error Rate Statistics PER Stats windows Audio Expert System further provides methods for isolating testing to specific audio events by using two operating modes non referenced and referen
30. DIP 4 Once you select the Protocol Message click Protocol Message sam OK AVDTP Signaling B The Search dialog disappears and the first search result is highlight in the Message Sequence Chart JP AFCOMM OBEX BIP FTP a 0BEXS OBEX connection for the BIP Basic Imaging Image Push profile created em 4 Profile BIP Typex lt byimg capabilities Figure 4 111 Highlighted First Search Result If there is no instance of the search value you see this following dialog Once you have set the search value you can 1 use the Search Previous aa A The marraga Abort was not Found and Search Next i buttons or 2 F2 and F4 to move to the next or previous frame in the chart 4 4 6 2 Message Sequence Chart Go To Frame The Message Sequence Chart has a Go To Frame function that makes it easy to find a specific frame within the layers In addition to Search you can also locate specific frames by clicking on the Go To Frame toolbar icon TU 000 1 Click Go To Frame FI in the toolbar mara Enter frame number Ed 2 Enter a frame number in the Enter frame No text box Enter Frame No 3 Click OK 197 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data The Go To Frame dialog disappears and the selected frame is highlighted in the chart Once you have identified the frame in Go To you can 1 use the Search Previous aa and Search Next Ha buttons o
31. Data from one side Slave is shown on a white background and data from the other side Master is shown on a gray background 1 Click once on the Mixed Sides icon Ea to put the display in mixed sides mode 2 Click again to return to side over side mode 3 You can right click in the center of the data display window to change between mixed and side over side modes by selecting Display Sides Together A check mark is displayed Click on Display Sides Together to remove the check mark and return to side by side display 4 Right click in the sides panel on the right of the data display and select Display Sides Together A check mark is displayed Click on Display Sides Together to remove the check mark and return to side by side display 84 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 3 7 5 List of all Event Symbols By default the Event Display shows all eventsevents1 which includes control signal changes start and end of frame characters and flow control changes If you want to see only the data bytes click on the All Events button Click again to display all events Click on asymbol and the analyzer displays the symbol name and sometimes additional information in the status lines at the bottom of the Event Display window For example clicking on a control signal change symbol displays which signal s changed In addition to data bytes the events shown are in alphabetical order Table 4
32. E E EEH E Figure 4 134 Average Bitrate Overlay All of the information for calculating the Acutal and Average Bitrate is in the codec data frame header 4 6 5 2 4 Event Timeline The Event Timeline in the Wave Panel shows the Bluetooth E1 Codec fa g and Audio events related to the waveform being viewed The events are synchronized in time to the waveform displayed in the Wave Panel The event severity is displayed as Information O Warning A and Error F Figure 4 135 Event Timeline Shown with Wave Panel 239 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Clicking on an event in the Event Timeline shows a relevant selection in the Audio Waveform Panel The size of the selection depends on the number of frames associated with the selected event This selection will appear in all Wave Panels however the event severity icon will only appear in the Wave Panel associated with the event To assist the user with viewing events in detail the Event Timeline will zoom in and out in sync with the Wave Panel Event Timeline Example This example shows that event 159 was selected in the Event Table resulting in the severity icon being enlarged in the Event Timeline The system automatically selected the surrounding area the blue outline 01 32 47 320 PM 01 32 47 339 PM 01 32 47 357 PM Event Sey Stream ld Event mao Mode Frame Number Description 1549 39561 Unexpected Level Measured
33. Find Pattern Tab Side Restrictions Pattern allows you to enter a string in the text box You can use characters hex or binary digits control characters wildcards or a combination of any of the formats when entering your string Every time you type in a search string the ComProbe analyzer saves the search The next time you open Find the drop down list will contain your search parameters 1 Enter the search pattern 2 Check Ignore Case to do a case insensitive search 255 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data 3 When you have specified the pattern you want to use click on the Find Next or Find Previous buttons to start the search from the current event The result of the search is displayed in the in Frame Display and Event Display Refer to Searching by Decode on page 252 for information on Side Restrictions 5 1 3 Searching by Time Searching with Time allows you search on timestamps on the data in Frame Display and Event Display window To access the search by time function 1 Opena capture file to search 2 Open the Event Display Po or Frame Display 5 window 3 Click on the Find icon Ah or choose Find from the Edit menu 4 Click on the Time tab of the Find dialog Note The tabs displayed on the Find dialog depend on the product you are running and the content V4 of the capture file you are viewing Decode Pattem Time GoTo Special Event Bookmark Relative k
34. Gap duration 15 625 ms 625 us 7 19984 s 0 015625 s 0 000625 s 7 199840 s 0 015000 s 7 199840 s 7 214840 s 7 21484 s 4 4 5 33 High Speed Bluetooth High speed Bluetooth packets where Bluetooth content hitches a ride on 802 11 packets have a blue frequency range box instead of orange as with regular 802 11 packets both are shown below and the tool tip has two colors orange for 802 11 layers and blue for Bluetooth layers 188 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Rri Presta AA SO a ku Guster Nin Tpk Dais Fates i Dara Chi 3 CAST AY taft 20 bir an Pasar BAG iota Charee Tpos AG Ng Page Ler TOET ket Kauna Adee AE NO bado GA Casiinakon Ada OR 1c Beit go THAP Figure 4 100 High speed Bluetooth packets have a blue frequency box and a two tone tool tip 4 4 5 34 Coexistence View No Packets Displayed with Missing Channel Numbers S Note This topic applies only to Classic Bluetooth Captured packets that don t contain a channel number such as HCI and BTSnoop will not be displayed When no packets have a channel number the Coexistence View Throughput Graph and Timelines will display a message Packets without a channel number such as HCI won t be shown Gee AG mag rat Pati withe a Channel sunbed ich aa HOT weet ba chown Packels tha a channel number puch aa HET won be shown Parkes aih g chan mamba ph KH HO wee be
35. If the selections are not adjacent you can hold the Ctrl control key while clicking events Next right click anywhere int he Event Table to open the pop up menu and click on the Export Event Table option A Windows Save As dialog will open Enter a file name and select a file location and click on Save A confirmation dialog will open Click OK to close the confirmation dialog If you have not selected an event in the table before exporting a warning to Please select an event row first appears 4 6 6 Frame Packet and Protocol Analysis Synchronization The Audio Expert System module integrates seamlessly with ComProbe software with common timestamping of Bluetooth protocol data audio events audio waveform display and codec events The audio expert data and results are synchronized and coordinated with the existing ComProbe software data views such as Frame Display Bluetooth Timeline etc to expedite the root cause analysis of Bluetooth protocol related audio issues When a frame is selected in any ComProbe software data views the corresponding audio data associated with those frames is also selected in the Wave Panel Event Timeline and Event Table and vice verse Protocol analysis tools synchronized to the Audio Expert System include e Frame Display e Coexistence View 246 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual e Bluetooth Timeline e Message Sequence Chart e Packet Error Rate Statistics
36. In this section the ComProbe software is used to configure an analyzer for capturing data 3 1 BPA 600 Configuration and I O 3 1 1 BPA 600 Update Firmware When you select the Update Firmware on the BPA 600 Information the Update ComProbe BPA 600 firmware dialog appears You use this dialog to update your ComProbe hardware with the latest firmware It is very important that you update the firmware If the firmware versions are not the same you will not be able to start sniffing Update BPA 600 ComProbe firmware C Program Files Frontline Test System II Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System 13 3 11 Status Error opening DFU file BPA 600 Update Firmware Dialog 1 Make sure the cabling is attached to the ComProbe hardware 2 Select Flash Device The download begins with the Status bar displaying the progress When the download is complete you can check the firmware version by checking the Status dialog 21 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings 3 1 2 BPA 600 IO Datasource Settings 3 1 2 1 Classic Bluetooth Roleless Connection When configuring the ComProbe BPA 600 devices for a Classic Bluetooth connection it is no longer necessary to assign a Master or Slave role to each of the devices All Classic connection are roleless For example suppose you have a phone and a speaker as shown below KJ BPA 600 datasource File View BPA600 Help c 9 H
37. LTK used for Link Layer encryption and authentication b the Connection Signature Resolving Key CSRK used for data signing at the ATT layer and 343 Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual c the Identity Resolving Key IRK used to generate a private address Of primary interest in this paper is the LTK CSRK and IRK are covered briefly at the end Bluetooth low energy uses the same pairing process as Classic Bluetooth Secure Simple Pairing SSP During SSP initially each device determines its capability for input and output IO The input can be None Yes No or Keyboard with Keyboard having the ability to input a number The output can be either None or Display with Display having the ability to display a 6 digit number For each device in a paring link the IO capability determines their ability to create encryption shared secret keys The Pairing Request message is transmitted from the initiator containing the IO capabilities authentication data availability authentication requirements key size requirements and other data A Pairing Response message is transmitted from the responder and contains much of the same information as the initiators Pairing Request message thus confirming that a pairing is successfully negotiated In the sample SMP decode in the figure at the right note T SMP the keys identified Creating a shared secret key is an Code Pairing Request luti that j lint di 10 Capabilities KeyboardDis
38. RI changes from low to high If Ring Indicator changes from low to high the analyzer does not know that RI has changed state until another event occurs that generates an interrupt This is simply the way the UART works and is not a deficiency in the analyzer software To minimize the chance of missing a Ring Indicator change the analyzer polls the UART every millisecond to see if RI has changed It is still possible for the analyzer to miss a Ring Indicator change if RI and only RI changes state more than once per millisecond UARTs in the 8250 family include 8250s 16450s 16550s and 16550 variants If you have any questions about the behavior of your UART and Ring Indicator please contact technical support 7 2 4 Progress Bars The analyzer uses progress bars to indicate the progress of anumber of different processes Some progress bars such as the filtering progress bar remain visible while others are hidden The title on the progress bar indicates the process underway 7 2 5 Event Numbering This section provides information about how events are numbered when they are first captured and how this affects the display windows in the analyzer The information in this section applies to frame numbering as well When the analyzer captures an event it gives the event a number If the event is a data byte event it receives a byte number in addition to an event number There are usually more events than bytes with the result is that a byt
39. Recreate Companion File 1 C Users HSView cfa Exit ComProbe Protocol Analysis System 3 Click on the Control window Start Capture button to begin capturing data Click on the Coexistence View button _s and the High Speed View will appear Ww 190 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual ComProbe Protocol Analysis System 802 11 File View Live Options Window Help 1 kA NT EI Configuration C te 802 11 SN 0102120052 N N Capture file C T Test E Wty Capture Files Capture 2012 12 21_140206 cfa Captur 4 SEE 0 ForHe 1 Click on Start Capture x and then m 2 Click on Coexistence View to see the High Speed View m Coexistence View High Speed Live Mode Eira File Format Zoom Navigate Help 7 FI a A 1 L i 1 mr 1 1 ph QOOQOE gt gt H GEDH DI QO Captured Packets Dropped Packets Graph Info m 2 325 packets 100 m 0 packets 0 m 0 01 24 624649 m 60 packets s 27 avg Packets dropped at m 212 data points 103 048 bits s 62 084 avg MM Bluetooth driver 0 0 m 400 ms point m Bluetooth datasource 0 0 802 11 driver 0 0 802 11 datasource 0 0 Throughput Over Time High Speed Live Mode For Help Press F1 Figure 4 19 High Speed Live Window 4 4 6 About The Message Sequence Chart MSC The Message Sequence Chart MSC displays information about the message
40. and Error The event severity will appear as icons and text in the Audio Event System once an audio streams has been captured Refer to 4 6 5 3 Event Table Event Table Columns on page 242 for an explanation of the severity types 4 6 4 1 Event Type Bluetooth Protocol Table 4 27 Event Type Bluetooth Protocol 222 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 4 27 Event Type Bluetooth Protocol continued Severity Description Fragmented AVDTP packet not terminated before sending next packet Invalid AVDTP transaction ID Missing AVDTP command response Unrecognized A2DP content protection type Attempt to configure delay reporting during incorrect stream state Attempt to open A2DP stream that has not been configured Attempt to close A2DP stream that is not active A2DP streaming channel created before configuration completed Configuration command contains invalid length parameter Configuration command contains invalid media transport format SBC CRC Error SBC invalid channel mode Error SBC invalid header Error Invalid AVDTP configuration parameter Invalid AVDTP stream state 4 6 4 2 Event Type Codec Table 4 28 Event Type Codec SBC Error Incorrect Configuration SBC Codec detected a change in audio Detected parameters BC Error Lost Sync SBC Codec expected to find synch word 0x9C instead found Ox typically due to corrupted data Error Bad Header SBC Codec detected
41. file while it is being captured 2 Open the Event Display por Frame Display p window 3 Click the Save Fa icon or select Save from the File menu 2 1 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data Saves OO O ajz My Documents CODFT54BT Tomas Dawid 1 W My Computer 9PTS4Cortrol DH Plus Wideo am i 4 My Network Places CIFT54Cortrol DH Video eit Frontbne Ethertest 7 COIFT54Corarol No Capture bo Buffer ex Frontline ETS48T 7 11 5 0 E2FT54Contrd Intro M 1 FI Frontline FTS4Control Demo 7 10 13 0 C3FT54Contral Intro Video 1 Ef Frontline FTS4Cortrol Demo 7 10 16 0 J JFTS54Cortrol Modbus Video ff Frontline FTS4U56 7 6 11 0 FTS Help System he Adobe C53 C3 yph Lab Stock Icons Er Backgrounds Graphics Ef Basic Air Sniffing How To CO Network Vie 5 15 07 fe bmp kong odd FTS4Control camtasia videso cr Camtasia Blue with Filmstrip CjPrint User Guides Camba Blue no fiknstrip C3 ReboHelp graphics ase Save at pe Capture Files cia r Cancel Figure 6 1 Windows Save dialog 4 Type a file name in the File name box at the bottom of the screen 5 Browse to select a specific directory Otherwise your file is saved in the default capture file directory 6 When you are finished click OK 6 1 2 Saving the Entire Capture File with Save Selection 1 If you are capturing data click on the Stop icon j to stop data capture You cannot save data to file while it is
42. g 7 A Zoom to Selection pr E 3 f Select Area 30 7 7 w Select All 35 e A GS Re Table 4 39 Event Table Pop up Menu Selectioin Copies the selected events to Windows clipboard as text Clear Selection Clears the current event selection in the table Export Event Table Copies the current event selection and saves it as a csv file For additional details on exporting refer to Event Table Export Loops through the audio selected on the Wave Panel Zoom to Selection Expands the Event Table selection to fill the Wave Panel view Select Area Expands the selection Select All Selects all events 4 6 5 5 Export Audio Data There are two ways to export audio data 1 Clicking the Audio Expert System window Global Toolbar Export button ie 2 Right click in a Stream Panel Wave Panel and a pop up menu will appear Select Export 244 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Two windowss will appear 1 The standard Windows Save As 2 The Export Audio Data dialog In the Windows Save As window enter a File name and directory location Click on Save ad Export Audio Data File Name C Users jwt Desktop audiowebinar_1 wav 1 0 44100 Hz 16 bits stereo EF Encoded Audio Data raw W 2 116000 Hz 16 bits mono 3 1 16000 Hz 16 bits mono Decoded Audio Data wav Event Table Data csv Only Selected Wave Area Figure 4 139 Export Audio Data dialog The Sa
43. gis Figure 5 7 Find Go To tab To go to a particular frame 1 Select the Frame Number radio button 2 Type the frame number in the box 3 Click the Go To button 258 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 To move forward or backward a set number of frames type in the number of frames you want to move 5 Then click the Move Forward or Move Back button To go to a particular event 1 Select the Data Event Number or All Events Number radio button 2 Type the number of the event in the box 3 Click the Go To button 4 To move forward or backwards through the data type in the number of events that you want to move each time 5 Then click on the Move Forward or Move Backward button 6 For example to move forward 10 events type the number 10 in the box and then click on Move Forward Each time you click on Move Forward Frontline moves forward 10 events See Event Numbering for why the Data Event Number and All Events Number may be different As a general rule if you have the Show All Events icon depressed on the Event Display window or Frame Display Event pane choose All Events Number If the Show All Events button is up choose Data Event Number 5 1 5 Searching for Special Events Frontline inserts or marks events other than data bytes in the data stream For example the analyzer inserts start of frame and end of frame markers into framed data marking where eac
44. i e bits of resolution of the audio stream The system limits the number of reported Clipping events to typically 10 to 20 per sec Reported when a CVSD encoded audio stream is detected and there is high frequency energy above 4 kHz that is greater than 20 dBFS Reported to indicate that the system has completed processing a test script for a Reference Audio file and that the system has exited Reference Mode This event is generated when the elapsed time from the start of test is equal to or greater than the scripted duration of a test It is reached when the number of samples processed equals the number of samples associated with the test duration The number of consecutive samples needed to qualify as a clipping event depends on both sample rate and number of bits per sample Table 1 specifies the number of consecutive samples at the maximum value level that will generate a Clipping event Table 4 30 Clipping Event Thresholds 229 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Dropout Dropout events are reported when the average audio level RMS is initially above the Measurement Threshold then falls below the Silence Threshold and then quickly rises above the Measurement Threshold again This approach largely disqualifies the natural inter syllable silence and pauses that occur in natural speech but will detect gaps caused by dropped data Note that the system does not report dropouts
45. ke Discontinuity UE IR NAN Click on any bold entry above to enable navigation Figure 4 85 Highlighted entries in the legend for a selected packet Summary information for a selected packet is displayed in the timeline header Selected Packet 15 457 Timestamp 6 4 772011 10 47 19 835783 AM Technology Classic Type DMI Bluetooth Clock 02011386610 Payload Len 3 bytes Figure 4 86 Timeline header for a single selected packet 180 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual When multiple packets are selected by dragging the mouse with the left button held down clicking one packet and shift clicking another or clicking one packet and pressing shift arrow the header shows Gap duration between the first and last selected packets Timestamp Delta difference between the timestamps which are at the beginning of each packet and Span duration from the beginning of the first selected packet to the end of the last selected packet Selected Packets 15434 15437 Gapi 9477 ms Timestamp Delta 45 922 ms Span 46 192 ms Figure 4 87 Timeline header for multiple selected packets Text can be displayed at each packet by selecting Show Packet Show Packet Number Number Show Packet Type and Show Packet Subtype Show Packet Type from the Format menu w Show Packet Subtype Hide Packet Text x Auto Hide Packet Text When Duration 3 31 25 ms SSS zzzrpqjpkprzzHauQ 15 455 Marmt 15 456 D
46. link inactive H Classic Device 0x1485fd48dc49 Epic 4G Touch Arrow Head points to Slave device ap Synchronized with the master clock link active Arrow Tail points to Master device Classic Device 0x2c4401f0f2a3 Samsung WEP461 68 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual When you are capturing data there are several important concepts to consider Files are placed in My Capture Files by default and have a cfa extension Choose Directories from the Options menu on the Control window to change the default file location Watch the status bar on the Control window to monitor how full the file is When the file is full it begins to wrap which means the oldest data will be overwritten by new data Click the Stop icon to temporarily stop data capture Click the Start Capture icon again to resume capture Stopping capture means no data will be added to the capture file until capture is resumed but the previously captured date remains in the file To clear captured data click the Clear icon JE If you select Clear after selecting Stop a dialog appears asking whether you want to save the data o You can click Save File and enter a file name when prompted o If you choose Do Not Save all data will be cleared o Ifyou choose Cancel the dialog closes with no changes to the data If you select the Clear icon while a capture is occurring o The capture stops o A dialog appear
47. mode Exit Closes the timeline window the timeline window 129 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 9 Bluetooth Timeline Menus continued Description Displays less of the timeline but in greater detail Keyboard Shortcut Ctrl Displays more of the timeline in less detail Keyboard Shortcut Ctrl Displays a magnifying glass icon with a and an arrow that allows for precise positioning on the timeline Clicking will show less of the timeline around the point where the tools is clicked Similar to the Zoom In Tool except with a sign in the magnifying glass and clicking will show more of the timeline around the point where the tool is clicked Display 12 timeline slots arranged in row x time slots that is three row with 4 time slots Displays 36 slots Displays 144 slots Displays 324 slots Displays 576 slots Displays 900 slots Displays 1296 slots Displays 1764 slots Displays 2304 slots Displays 2916 slots Displays 3600 slots Displays 4356 slots Displays 5184 slots 130 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 4 9 Bluetooth Timeline Menus continued Goes to the first packet Keyboard Shortcut Home Goes to the last packet Keyboard Shortcut End Goes to the packet prior to the currently selected packet Keyboard Shortcut Left Arrow Goes to the next packet after the currently selected pa
48. modified channel maps HID kbd cant decrypt Edit View Format Filter Bookmarks Options Window Go Live Open Capture File Close Save Selection Reframe 1 le modified channel maps HID_kbd cant_decrypt_GATT cfa 2 example_btsnoop_hcilog cfa 3 C Users BPA500 cfa 4 C Users SDIO_20121005 cfa Print Print Preview Export Byte Export HTML Export Reload Decoders Recreate Companion File Figure 4 23 Frame Display File menu Byte Export 2 From the Byte Export window specify the frames to export e All Frames exports all filtered in frames including those scrolled off the Summary pane Filtered in frames are dependent on the selected Filter tab above the Summary pane Filtered out frames are not exported e Selected Frames export is the same as All Frames export except that only frames selected in the Summary pane will be exported 98 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Byte Export Las Export raw bytes from the currently selected filter tab All Frames Selected Frames Figure 4 24 Byte Export dialog Click the OK button to save the export Clicking the Cancel button will exit Byte Export 3 The Save As dialog will open Select a directory location and enter a file name for the exported frames file KJ Save As xs OU Desktop gt v Search Desktop p Organize v New folder a ARA Name i Size
49. r CEE Info Errors Filtered Data Set note protocol tabs DOES 6009 RR srry Data LE BB LE PKT LE ADY Data B Framet ASCII Hex Delta Timestamp 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6235 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6285 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6335 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6479 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6529 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6534 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6537 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6579 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6584 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6587 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6773 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6823 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6873 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6878 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 6881 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7060 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7065 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7063 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7110 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7160 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7335 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7340 00 00 00 0 142772015 10 02 04 7344 00 00 00 0 142772015 10 02 04 7385 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7435 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7585 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7635 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7685 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7792 00 00 00 0 1 27 2015 10 02 04 7842 on non BO NS Total Frames 6 767 Fra
50. the Ox prefix is entered automatically e Third if you know the Link Key in advance you may enter it directly Select Link Key in the Encryption list and then enter the Link Key in the edit box If the link key is already in the database the Link Key is automatically entered in the edit box after the Master and Slave have been selected You can also select a Master Slave and Link Key from the Device Database Note When the devices are in the Secure Simple Pairing SSP Debug Mode SSP is H automatically supported regardless of encryption configuration o If any one of the Bluetooth devices is in SSP Debug Mode then the BPA 600 analyzer can automatically figure out the Link Key and you do not have to do anything o If the Bluetooth devices do not allow Debug Mode activation enter the Link Key as described above or import the Link Key using the procedure in Programmatically Update Link Key from 3rd Party Software 3 1 2 4 3 BPA 600 Devices Under Test Dual Mode Note When selecting and using either Dual Mode or Classic Only Multiple Connection you H must connect both antennas LE and Classic to the ComProbe BPA 600 hardware 30 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 2 BPA 600 datasource o aa File View BPA600 Help O LE Only O Classic Only Single Connection Dual Mode O Classic Only Multiple Connections i 03eac1 ladbc John Trnkle sit xr LE Device Syne with Classic devices only
51. 1 22 agua codec de J abaw bla awadd PBLLELTNDALIWLalewhava kapa be sLahoDbhunIhkala 7 2 2 Data Capture Methods eee eee eee eee cece cece eee cence cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 2 2 1 Opening ComProbe Data Capture Method 2 22 22 ee eee eee eee cece cece eeeeeees 8 2 2 2 BPA 600 Data Capture Methods _ 2 22 22 ii eee ec ccc eee eee cece aaan 9 2 2 2 1 BPA 600 ProbeSync Data Capture Methods eee cece cece cece eeeee 10 FD VAN WAL PAA 11 PACKET AAP PP 11 2 3 1 Control Window Toolbar o cece eee eee eee eee eee cece eee e cece eeeeees 12 2 3 2 Configuration Information on the Control Window 2 2 22 222 e ee eee eee eee ee eee eee 13 2 3 3 Status Information on the Control Window 22 2 eee eee eee ee ee ce ee cece cece eee 13 2 3 4 Frame Information on the Control Window 2 22 222 eee ee eee eee eee ee eee eee 14 2 3 5 Control Window Menus nasan ncereccboandokased ve cnedens dedecawades eueunsescadebaecdeemepagee 14 2 3 6 Minimizing Windows oaaao aoaaa aoaaa eee eee eee ce ec ccc eee cee cee eee cece eee cece ence scence eeeeeeee 19 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings 21 3 1 BPA 600 Configuration and I O U eee ee eee eee ee eee cece eects a222i 21 3 1 1 BPA 600 Update Firmware oie enc cece cece cece eee ee eeeee 21 3 1 2 BPA 600 IO Datasource Settings 22 llc cee ccc eee eee e cece eee eeecees 22 3 1 2
52. 11 Source Address Dialog 177 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 6072 11 Ix Address 802 11 Tx Address 00 0c 29 85 F3 31 lt none gt 00 00 74 cS ed 26 D0 Oc 29 21 ced DO Dc 2985 F3 31 00 14 bF Fb a6 ive been seen during this session are listed here Also listed ce address is considered a Tx packet and is shown with a at was set here in the previous session IF that address has OOF 1c Ut ee bo it is shown in parentheses 00 le 65 42 06 65 D0 24 21 38 ae be D0 2 58 42 06 65 00 50 56 84 00 00 00 50 56 84 00 04 00 50 56 84 00 0b 40 01 1061 33 bbice Oc 26 0a 43 b69 40 FOFitaltesiasial FoePOO Zas4 b5 a4 ba db fd 11 a6 Fe 1e dF d5 b2 93 Figure 4 81 802 11 Source Address Drop Down Selector 4 4 5 22 Coexistence View Throughput Radio Buttons Throughput The radio buttons in the Throughput group specify whether to show packet and or payload lines Packet in the Throughput Graph and also whether to show packet or payload throughput in the Payload throughput indicators if the Both radio button is selected packet throughput is shown in the Both throughput indicators 4 4 5 23 Coexistence View Timeline Radio Buttons Timeline The radio buttons in the Timeline group specify timeline visibility The first three buttons specify 5 GHz whether to show one or both timelines while the Auto button shows only timelines which have 2 4GHz h
53. 2 5 Control Window Edit Menu Selections Capture Ctrl Opens the Notes window that allows the user to add File Shift O comments to a capture file 16 Chapter 2 Getting Started ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Control Window Live Menu Selections Live Start Capture Shift F5 Begins data capture from the configured wireless devices Stop Capture Stops data capture from the configured wireless devices Shift Clears or saves the capture file F10 17 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 2 Getting Started Table 2 6 Control Window Options Menu Selections Live amp Hardware Settings 0 Classic Capture File 1 Bluetooth low energy I O Settings 0 Classic 1 Bluetooth low energy System Settings Alt Opens the System Settings dialog for configuring capture Enter files Directories Opens the File Locations dialog where the user can change the default file locations Check for New When this selection is enabled the program automatically Releases at Startup Protocol Stack checks for the latest Frontline protocol analyzer software releases Opens the Side Names dialog used to customize the names of the slave and master wireless devices Opens the Select a Stack dialog where the user defines the protocol stack they want the analyzer to use when decoding frames Set Initial Decoder Parameters Opens the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window Each entry in the window takes
54. 4 Event Symbols Broken Frame The frame did not end when the analyzer expected it to This occurs most often with protocols where the framing is indicated by a specific character control signal change or other data related event Buffer Overflow Indicates a buffer overflow error A buffer overflow always causes a broken Control Signal Change One or more control signals changed state Click on the symbol and the analyzer displays which signal s changed at the bottom of the Event Display window O Data Capture Paused The Pause icon was clicked pausing data capture No data is recorded while capture is paused Ira Data Capture Resumed The Pause icon was clicked again resuming data capture Dropped Frames Some number of frames were lost Click on the symbol and the analyzer displays many frames were lost at the bottom of the Event Display window End of Frame Marks the end of a frame Flow Control Active An event occurred which caused flow control to become active i e caused the analyzer to stop transmitting data Events which activate flow control are signal changes or the receipt of an XON character Flow Control Inactive An event occurred which caused flow control to become inactive i e caused the analyzer to transmit data Events which deactivate flow control are signal changes or the receipt of an XOFF character Frame Recognizer Change A lowest layer protocol was selected or removed here causing the frame
55. 4 109 MSC View of Selected Packet from Ctrl Summary You can return to the text version by using a right click and selecting Show in Text All Layers Ctrl Summary Non Msg Summary BB LMP L2CAP SDP RFCOMM HF AVDTP AVDTP Signaling Show Framed orly Shoe Time ordy Show both Frame and Time Hide both Frames and Tine Suspend streaming to stream end point 1 Figure 4 110 Return to Text View Using Right Click Menu You can also choose to show e Frame only e Time only e Show both Frame and Time e Hide both Frame and Time 4 4 6 1 Message Sequence Chart Search The Message Sequence Chart has a Search function that makes it easy to find a specific type message within the layers When you select the 1 Search icon AA or 2 use Select layer and message F3 key the Select layer and message dialog appears From this dialog you can search for specific protocol messages or search for the first error frame 196 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 1 On the MSC dialog select one of the protocol tabs at the top Note If you select All Layers in Step 1 the Protocol Layers drop down list is active If you V4 select any of the other single protocols the Protocol Layers drop down is grayed out 2 Or Open the Search dialog using the Search icon or the F3 key 3 Select a specific Protocol Message from the drop down list Select layer and message Protocol Layer
56. 5 12 Excluded packets Retransmitted packets and bad packets packets with CRC or Header errors are excluded from throughput calculations 4 4 5 13 Tooltips Placing the mouse pointer on a data point shows a tooltip for that data point The tooltip first line shows the throughput the throughput type packet or payload and the technology Subsequent lines show the bit count the duration of the data point the packet range of that duration only packets of the applicable technology from that packet range are used for the throughput calculation and the number of the data point which is O for the first data point in each line ela TH F F L k 7 P LI a 2 880 bits s Packet Throughput Classic Bit Count 2585 pd Duration 100 ms Classic Packets in Packet Range 15 435 15 437 hk Data Point 12 Figure 4 70 Data point tooltip The Throughput graph tool tips can be shown in the upper left corner of your computer screen to provide an unobstructed view Refer to Relocating Tool Tips 4 4 5 14 Discontinuities A discontinuity is when the timestamp going from one packet to the next either goes backward by any amount or forward by more than 4 01 s This value is used because the largest possible connection interval in Bluetooth low energy is 4 0 s A discontinuity is drawn as a vertical dashed line A discontinuity for a 170 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual timesta
57. 550 3 encapsulated header accepted 5653 3 encapsulated payload 556 3 encapsulated payload accepted BB 3 encapsulated payload b64 3 encapsulated payload accepted LI Pr ng encapsulated payload 674 a encapsulated payload accepted 599 3 Simple Pamng Confirm b07 3 Simple Pamng Number yo Frame 571 Slave Len 26 A O a means that the data were reconstructed Pa O H Baseband RE LMP R7 feu Role Slave A io Address 3 A i Oocode LMP_encapsulated payload o a a H H Transaction ID Initiated by master Ag P 192 Public Key z S co ordinate Ox c2 e2 b5 92 01 e7 e0 53 df 1f dl 40 cd Of df da df Oc bn Y co ordinate Ox 9a 39 62 d9 be OF eb fb 36 06 49 5 1 ba al eb e2 H J pA A Cc Role Initiated by Master master Slave master Master master Slave master Master master Slave master Master master Slave master Master master 1111100 00 110011 110 ay NGA es ois Ui DE 110 c Aag do 6 2 KI a GN a a a O Pi E3 e c ca 1 5 2 49 D6 a ea Ol aah 7 6 bo ARI 6 L Figure 16 Encapsulated Payload Message from a Bluetooth Device NOT in SSP Debug Mode 929 Fram 11 26 11 26 11 26 11 26 Tl o 5 Naa HER m O of m g O Ji i 10 om Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Author Sean Clinchy Publish Date February 2014 330 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies S33 A 5 Decrypting Encrypted Bluetooth low energy A 5 1 How
58. 600 Conductive Test Setup Both ComProbe BPA 600 antennas must be connected as shown The AT1 through AT4 attenuator values will depend on the DUT1 and DUT2 transmitter Class At higher power levels all four attenuators may be needed In all cases use good engineering practices to protect the devices under test and the ComProbe hardware from damage and to ensure reliable operation Assuming that there is no attenuation in the test setup e For Sodera o Atthe T connector the power will split in half For example if DUT1 is a Class 1 device transmitting 20 dBm 100 mW at the T connector it will split with 17 dBm 50 mW going to DUT2 and 17 dBm 50 mW going to the ComProbe Sodera o If DUT1 or DUT2 is a Class 2 device 10 dBm 12 5 mW will reach the ComProbe analyzer antenna connector If they are Class 3 devices 3 dBm 0 5 mW will reach the antenna connector e For BPA 600 o Ateach T connector the power will split in half Therefore the power reaching the ComProbe protocol analyzer will be one fourth the transmitted power For example if DUT1 is a Class 1 device transmitting 20 dBm 100 mW at the first T connector it will split with 17 dBm 50 mW going to DUT2 and 17dBm 50 mW going to the ComProbe analyzer o The 17dBm 50 mW going to the ComProbe analyzer splits again Each coaxial cable going to a ComProbe analyzer antenna connector carries 14 dBm 25 mW o If DUT1 or DUT2 is a Class 2 device 8 dBm 6 25 mW will
59. 600 User Manual Find dual mode capture 01 cfa Aie Ka j Decode Patten Time GoTo Specid Events Emor Bookmark Frans 3 Bookmark 3 7 23 2010 7 20 57 526310 Fi Frame 2 7 Bookmark 7 2232010 7 20S 526310 PM Figure 5 13 Find Window Bookmark tab Used to Move Around With Bookmarks To delete a bookmark select it and click the Delete button To modify a bookmark select it and click the Modify button Click Remove All to delete all the bookmarks 269 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data 270 Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data 6 1 Saving Your Data You can save all or part of the data that you have captured You can also load a previously saved capture file and save a portion of that file to another file This feature is useful if someone else needs to see only a portion of the data in your capture file On the Control window toolbar you can set up to capture a single file Click here to see those settings There are two ways to save portions or all of the data collected during a data capture Click here to see how to capture data to disk 6 1 1 Saving the Entire Capture File This option is only available when you select Single File from the Capture Mode on System Settings Click here to learn more about selecting Save options from System Settings 1 If you are capturing data click on the Stop Capture icon to stop data capture You cannot save data to
60. 802 11 121 Figure 4 43 Connection Filter selecting All 802 11 frames front _ 20 22 e eee eee eee eee eee eee 121 Figure 4 44 Frame Display Quick Filtering and Hiding Protocols Dialog _ 2 2 122 Figure 4 45 Bluetooth Timeline window a 123 Figure 4 46 Bluetooth Timeline Packet Depiction with Packet Information Shown 124 Figure 4 47 Missing packets message in timeline pane cece eee eee eee cee cee ceeeeeees 139 Figure 4 48 Bluetooth low energy Timeline _ 22 22 ee eee cece cece cece cece ee eeeeeeeees 139 Figure 4 49 Bluetooth low energy Timeline Throughput Graph 2 2 2 0 eee eee eee cece ee eee 146 Figure 4 50 Creating Encrypted MIC in Frame Display Summary pane e 147 Figure 4 51 Bluetoothlow energy Timeline _ 2 22 e cece cece cece eee eee e cece eeceeceeeeeees 147 Figure 4 52 Diagram of low energy Timeline Flow with Segment and Row Relationship 148 Figure 4 53 Device Address ROWS a 149 Figure 4 54 Radio ROWS a maa aa a a ngaa PG Aa eo eee cee eee a AA a 149 XV ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Figure 4 55 low energy Timeline and Frame Display Packet Synchronization _ 150 Figure 4 56 Timeline Markers Shown Snapped to End of Packet _ 22 22 e cece eee eee eeeees 150 Figu
61. BD_ADDR Paired Friendly Select _ 3eac John Trinkle Netwo Smart phone x7a020c Delete 2608 0000000 025b UGO Rende Wearable He 240404 Delete Ai 2676 FTE 8S89P Netwo Laptop 0x3e0106 20c5 DTVBluetoo Video Display 0x00043c 370d FTE 9J7ZB Netwo Laptop Ox02010c BPA 600 Datasource Device Database Tab 38 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual The Device Database is automatically updated when you perform certain operation such as entering encryption information from the Devices Under Test dialog e When you select Discover Device HI on the toolbar BPA 600 analyzer lists all the discoverable Bluetooth devices e When you select a device from the list then click Select the information is transferred to the Devices Under Test dialog e You can delete records one at a time by selecting the record then selecting Delete e You can also delete all the records by selecting Delete All e The Help opens this help topic In the Device Database table the following columns appear Table 3 13 BPA 600 Datasource Device Database Fields BD_ADDR The address of the Bluetooth device Friendly Name If available the friendly name of the device An attribute of the Class of Device COD such as Networking Rendering Audio etc Data provided from devices supporting Extended Inquiry Response EIR during discovery Service Class identif
62. Chapter 3 Configuration Settings process can be a master in the future and connect to the device which was master during the pairing process but then would be in a slave role Since most simple LE devices are only ever slave and never master at all the second long term key exchange is optional during the pairing process Note If you use Copy Paste to insert the Long Term Key Frontline will auto correct remove Si invalid white spaces to correctly format the key 2 Enter a PIN or out of band OOB value for Pairing This optional information offers alternative pairing methods One of two pieces of data allow alternative pairing 1 PIN is a six digit or less if leading zeros are omitted decimal number 2 Out of Band OOB data is a 16 digit hexadecimal code which the devices exchange via a channel that is different than the le transmission itself This channel is called OOB For off the shelf devices we cannot sniff OOB data but in the lab you may have access to the data exchanged through this channel 3 1 2 4 4 BPA 600 Devices Under Test Classic Only Multiple Connection Note When selecting and using either Dual Mode or Classic Only Multiple Connection you H must connect both antennas LE and Classic to the ComProbe BPA 600 hardware 34 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual K3 BPA 600 datasource File View BPAG600 Help O Classic Only Single Connection O Dual Mode Cla
63. ComProbe Analyzer with Audio Expert System enabled to capture and analyze the Bluetooth data 221 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 9 Visually observe the waveform in the Audio Expert System Wave Panel comparing it to the image above Figure 1 1 If the level of the 6 dB 0 9 sec duration 400 Hz tone a little over 2 3 of the way through the test is grossly above or below the 6 dB 50 volume grid line adjust the DUT1 volume accordingly and repeat this step Optimally it would be on or just below the 6 dB gridline but not above The peak should never hit the maximum positive or negative limits of the display 10 Find the Test ID Found event in the Event Table to verify that the system has transitioned to Referenced Mode and verify that the value for Channel Gain or Level as implemented in the Ul is within the range of values specified in Table 1 2 If the observed captured waveforms do not reasonably conform to the above graphic for Test 1 02 or the Test ID Found event is not reported there is a problem along the audio chain This could be as simple as a configuration setting or more subtle such as an encoder decoder incompatibility 4 6 4 Audio Expert System Event Type The following tables list the Audio Expert System Bluetooth Codec and audio events with description Included in the tables is the event severity that can have three values Information Warning
64. Description Timestamp N A Packet retransmission Mar 31 2014 12 52 38 080991 PM N A A2DP paused between devices 98 0D 2E 23 B6 2E and 00 07 62 0F 00 00 for stream 1 using codec SBC Mar 31 2014 12 52 45 553565 PM N A A2DP paused between devices 98 0D 2E 23 B6 2E and 00 07 62 0F 00 00 for stream 1 using codec SBC Mar 31 2014 12 52 45 617944 PM N A SCO connection request Mar 31 2014 12 52 46 151071 PM N A SCO connection established between devices 98 0D 2E 23 B6 2E and 00 07 62 0F 00 00 for stream 2 using cod Mar 31 2014 12 52 46 504191 PM N A SCO connection established between devices 00 07 62 0F 00 00 and 98 0D 2E 23 B6 2E for stream 3 using cod Mar 31 2014 12 52 46 504191 PM N A Codec CVSD Frequency 64000 Bits Per Sample 16 Channels 1 Mar 31 2014 12 52 46 806067 PM N A Codec CVSD Frequency 64000 Bits Per Sample 16 Channels 1 Mar 31 2014 12 52 47 357946 PM N A SCO disconnected between devices 98 0D 2E 23 B6 2E and 00 07 62 0F 00 00 for stream 2 using codec CVSD Mar 31 2014 12 53 04 151789 PM N A SCO disconnected between devices 00 07 62 0F 00 00 and 98 0D 2E 23 B6 2E for stream 3 using codec CVSD Mar 31 2014 12 53 04 151789 PM N A A2DP resumed between devices 98 0D 2E 23 B6 2E and 00 07 62 0F 00 00 for stream 1 using codec SBC Mar 31 2014 12 53 05 446738 PM N A A2DP resumed between devices 98 0D 2E 23 B6 2E and 00 07 62 0F 00 00 for stream 1 using codec SBC Mar 31 2014 12 53 05 474864 PM N A Packet retransmission for un
65. EDR LEDs Figure 2 3 BPA 600 Hardware LEDs Table 2 1 ComProbe BPA 600 LED Status LED Off ComProbe BPA 600 device is idle Green ComProbe BPA 600 is actively sniffing waiting for configured devices to connect Blue The configured devices have connected Asynchronous Connectionless Link ACL Intermittent Configured devices are in Sniff mode slave is listening at a reduced rate conserving Blue device power 2 1 2 Connecting Powering the ComProbe BPA 600 Hardware Once you have attached the antennas the next step is to power up and connect the ComProbe BPA 600 hardware to the computer 1 Insert the USB cable into the USB port on the ComProbe BPA 600 hardware The ComProbe BPA 600 analyzer requires no external power Figure 2 4 Chapter 2 Getting Started ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual so EE ee Te ee T PP a ne IS oh PI POWER Figure 2 4 BPA 600 USB Connector 2 Insert the other end of the USB cable into the PC The next thing to do is to turn on the devices that you will be testing 2 1 3 BPA 600 ProbeSync Any ComProbe hardware with ProbeSync can be connected together to run off of a common clock ensuring precise timestamp synchronization Simply plug the supplied Cat 5 cable into the OUT connector on the sniffer that will be supplying the clock and connect the other end to the IN connector on the sniffer receiving the clock Figure 2 5 If using a BPA 600 analyzer with a different ComP
66. EIR displays extensive information about the Bluetooth devices that are discovered as data is being captured EIR provides more information during the inquiry procedure to allow better filtering of devices before connection and sniff subrating which reduces the power consumption in low power mode Before the EIR tab was created 73 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data this type of information was not available until a connection was made to a device Therefore EIR can be used to determine whether a connection can should be made to a device prior to making the connection Note If a Bluetooth device does not support Extended Inquiry Response the tab displays H Received Signal Strength Indication RSSI data which is less extensive than EIR data 4 2 Protocol Stacks 4 2 1 Protocol Stack Wizard The Protocol Stack wizard is where you define the protocol stack you want the analyzer to use when Select a Protocol Stack decoding frames Select a protocol stack Build Your Own To start the wizard M21iMAC T 802 11 Radio Air Sniffer j BlueCore Serial Protocol BCSP from Cambridge Silicon Radio with autotraverse 1 Choose Protocol Stack from the Options ee Orr an 1 1 Bluetooth HCI USB with autotraverse menu on the Control window or click the Protocol Stack icon Kz on the Frame rep hem haaa o jwt Protocol LE BB D ispl ay MWS Wireless Coexistence Interface 2 2 Select a protoco
67. Encryption Works in Bluetooth low energy Data encryption is used to prevent passive and active man in the middle MITM eavesdropping attacks on a Bluetooth low energy link Encryption is the means to make the data unintelligible to all but the Bluetooth master and slave devices forming a link Eavesdropping attacks are directed on the over the air transmissions between the Bluetooth low energy devices so data encryption is accomplished prior to transmission using a shared secret key A 5 2 Pairing A Bluetooth low energy device that wants to share secure data with another device must first pair with that device The Security Manager Protocol SMP carries out the pairing in three phases 1 The two connected Bluetooth low energy devices announce their input and output capabilities and from that information determine a suitable method for phase 2 2 The purpose of this phase is to generate the Short Term Key STK used in the third phase to secure key distribution The devices agree on a Temporary Key TK that along with some random numbers creates the STK 3 In this phase each device may distribute to the other device up to three keys a the Long Term Key LTK used for Link Layer encryption and authentication b the Connection Signature Resolving Key CSRK used for data signing at the ATT layer and c the Identity Resolving Key IRK used to generate a private address Of primary interest in this paper is the LTK CSRK and IRK ar
68. Frame 2839 Data not aptX A 1 4 Conclusions This case shows the value of Frontline s Audio Expert System An error in the transmission of an audio stream compressed using aptX was not easily detected in the protocol analysis using frames While in this situation with audio streaming between a smartphone and a Bluetooth headset there was not a significant disruption of the audio but in playback using other devices there may have been a more significant interruption of the audio streaming The smartphone manufacturer may wish to find out why aptX compressed audio contained SBC compressed data in the stream We can speculate that there may be an underlying problem with clearing stacks or memory between streaming events This investigation is beyond the scope of this paper If there is interest in the Audio Expert System as an expansion of your ComProbe Bluetooth analyzer contact the Frontline sales at sales fte com or visit our web site at fte com Author John Trinkle amp Priyanka Gupta Publish Date 27 February 2015 311 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies 312 A 2 Getting the Android Link Key for Classic Decryption Bluetooth devices on an encrypted link share a common link key used to exchange encrypted data For a Bluetooth sniffer such as the ComProbe BPA 600 to be able to decrypt the encrypted data it must also have this shared link key For obvious security reasons the link key is never sent over t
69. Identifier AYDTP GET CAPABILITIES 2 169 5 1 2 Single Slave SET CONFIGURATION 4 El Service Category Media Transport 2175 1 Single Master SET CONFIGURATION 4 Length Of Service Capability LOSC O 2185 5 1 Single Slave OPEN F pi El Service Category Media Codec 23190 1 Single Master OPEN 5 F Bee a gc oe 2 823 5 1 Single Slave START E H Media Type Audio a Media Codec Type Yendor Specific Codec eae sngeusblede aiki Codec Info Element El Apts codec data H Vendor ID APT Ltd Codec ID Classic a Sampling Frequency Reserved Supported ms Reserved Supported z 44 1Ehz Supported i ABC hz Supported z i Channel Mode Stereo mla TI t Figure 4 Frame Display for AVDTP Signaling Frame 2119 In Figure 4 frames 2138 through 2158 perform the GET CAPABILITIES negotiation between the local and remote device for SEPIDs 2 and 1 SEPID 2 is an MPEG SEP and SEPID 1 is the SBC SEP Frames 2169 and 2175 sets the specific details of the e ACP Stream Endpoint ID 5 connection with the SET CONFIGURATION signal The local INT Stream Endpoint ID 2 device sets the remote endpoint to the aptX device ACP E Service Category Media Transport Stream Endpoint ID 5 and sets the local endpoint to SEPID 1 3 Length OF Service Capability LOSC 0 INT Stream Endpoint ID 2 The Codec Sampling Frequency E service Category Media Codec and Channel Mode are also configured See Figure 5 Length OF Service Capa
70. Item type HE Desktop Cj Libraries Jp Downloads JR John W Trinkle Recent Places 88 Computer Ga Network ow Libraries Ji Frontline ComProb File folder Documents M Frontline ComProb File folder a Music Ji Frontline ComProb File folder Pictures L Frontline ComProb File folder A Subversion 0 paa File name ByteLevelExport 1 bt w Save as type Text Files bt a Hide Folders Save Cancel Figure 4 25 Save As dialog Click on the Save button The exported frames are in a text file that can be opened in any standard text editing application The header shows the export type the capture file name the selected filter tab and the number of frames The body shows the frame number the timestamp in the same format shown in the Frame Display Summary pane and the frame contents as raw bytes 99 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ByteLevelExport_1 txt Notepad cole File Edit Format View Help Byte export of all filtered in frames Capture file le modified channel maps HID kbd cant decrypt GAIT cfa Filter tab Unfiltered 1 299 frames exported Frame Number Timestamp Frame Contents 1 7 5 2012 6 05 23 966944 PM 00 ff b2 00 15 aa d6 be 89 8e 00 13 7b 96 bi eb d7 90 0 2 7 5 2012 6 05 23 967570 PM 18 ff ae 00 15 aa d6 be 89 Be 00 13 7b 96 bi eb d7 90 0 3 7 5 2012 6 05 23 968195 PM 4e ff b3 00 15 aa d6 be 89 Be 00 13 7b 96 bi eb d7 90 0
71. Japan Each channel is 22 MHz wide Channels overlap 40 2442 MHz 41 2443 MHz 42 2444 MHz 43 2445 MHz 44 2446 MHz 45 2447 MHz 46 2448 MHz 47 2449 MHz 48 2450 MHz 49 2451 MHz 18 2442 MHz 19 2444 MHz 20 2446 MHz 21 2448 MHz 22 2450 MHz 50 2452 MHz 51 2453 MHz 52 2454 MHz 53 2455 MHz 54 2456 MHz 55 2457 MHz 56 2458 MHz 57 2459 MHz 58 2460 MHz 59 2461 MHz 23 2452 MHz 24 2454 MHz 25 2456 MHz 26 2458 MHz 27 2460 MHz 60 2462 MHz 61 2463 MHz 62 2464 MHz 63 2465 MHz 64 2466 MHz 65 2467 MHz 66 2468 MHz 67 2469 MHz 68 2470 MHz 69 2471 MHz 28 2462 MHz 29 2464 MHz 30 2466 MHz 31 2468 MHz 32 2470 MHz There is a 5 MHz shift between each of the first 13 channels There is a 12 MHz shift between channels 13 and 14 70 2472 MHz 1 2473 MHz 72 2474 MHz 73 2475 MHz 74 2476 MHz 75 2477 MHz 76 2478 MHz 77 2479 MHz 8 2480 MHz 33 2472 MHz 34 2474 MHz 35 2476 MHz 36 2478 MHz 39 2480 MHz 1 2401 2423 MHz 2 2406 2428 MHz 3 2411 2433 MHz 4 2416 2438 MHz centered at 2412 MHz centered at 2417 MHz centered at 2422 MHz centered at 2427 MHz USA Europe Japan USA Europe Japan USA Europe Japan USA Europe Japan 8 2436 2458 MHz 9 2441 2463 MHz 10 2446 2468 MHz 11 2451 2473 MHz centered at 2447 MHz centered at 2452 MHz centered at 2457 MHz cent
72. KA xB x xD KE xF Ox NUL S0H STS ETX PF HT L LC DEL SHA NT EE ix DLE OCT OC2 TM RES NL 6s IL CAN EM ec Curfirs iss Rs Us LFS em Soup Jewolaod EL mi j gr Taba md rkKi t mi n olela r Ex S tT utviw x yz E Fx O 1 2 3 4 51 6 7 86159 wet W w HHT 7 2 6 4 Communication Control Characters Listed below in alphabetical order are the expanded text meanings for common ANSI communication control characters and two character system abbreviation for each one Some abbreviations have forward slash 298 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual characters between the two letters This is to differentiate the abbreviations for a control character from a hex number For example the abbreviation for Form Feed is listed as F F to differe Table 7 4 Communications Control Characters bbreviation Control Character xt a fa io 299 ntiate it from the hex number FF ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 7 General Information Table 7 4 Communications Control Characters continued i_naractel DY 7 2 7 The Frontline Serial Driver ComProbe software uses custom versions of the standard Windowss serial drivers in order to capture data These drivers are usually installed during the routine product installation However if you need to install the serial driv
73. LLE B02 2 SHAE 80211 AMP 80218 LLAP OBEX End Rata V Expand Decode Pane Copy Selection to Clipboard B Frame ASCII Hex Fram Delta Timestamp S Collapse All Nodes 1 63 4 10 2012 3 54 29 68448 Expand All Nodes 2 23 00 00 29 8 4 10 2012 3 54 59 50800 a 23 00 00 00 0 41072012 3 54 59 50800 Connection Filter gt Classic 23 00 00 00 0 4 10 2012 3 54 59 50800 Bluetooth low energy gt 23 00 00 00 0 4 10 2012 3 54 59 50800 Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters 802 11 gt 33 00 00 00 7 4 10 2012 3 54 58 80621 33 00 00 00 0 4 10 2012 2 54 52 80690 Hide This Pane 33 00 00 00 0 4 10 2012 2 54 58 80758 33 00 00 00 1 4 10 2012 3 54 58 93496 E i 33 00 00 00 0 4 10 2012 3 54 58 93565 a4 33 nann NAN N ANANN O RA RO QCA Figure 4 42 Unfiltered Capture File with Classic low energy and 802 11 When the Frame Display with the filtered 802 11 data set appears only the Protocol Tabs for 802 11 are present and the tabs for Classic Bluetooth and Bluetooth low energy have been filtered out Frame Display BTAmp80211FTPwLE cfa o 8 X File Edit View Format Filter Bookmarks Options Window Help 22 Y S2 m8 DOU MNNSume 5 ae MoeERBCee sd A Summary Data i LE ADV AdvData Field Truncated or Not Present TET ino Errors LE BB Baseband LMP PreConnection FHS Bluetooth FHS L2CAP AMP Manager SDP OBEX FTP
74. Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data When a display filter is applied a description of the filter appears to the right of the toolbar in the Frame Display windows Notes e The system requires naming and saving of all filters created by the user e The OK button on the Set Condition dialog box is unavailable grayed out until the condition selections are complete e When you have multiple Frame Display windows with a display filter or filters those filter do not automatically appear in other Frame Display windows You must use the Hide Reveal feature to display a filter created in one Frame Display in different Frame Display window 4 4 1 13 1 2 Including and Excluding Radio Buttons All filter dialog boxes contain an Include and an Exclude radio button These buttons are mutually exclusive The Include Exclude selection becomes part of the filter definition and appears as part of the filter description displayed to the right of the Toolbar Include A filter constructed with the Include button selected returns a data set that includes frames that meet the conditions defined by the filter and omits frames that do not Exclude A filter constructed with the Exclude button selected returns a data set that excludes frames that meet the conditions defined by the filter and consists of frames that do not 4 4 1 13 1 3 Named Display Filters You can create a unique display filter by selecting a data type on the Frame Display
75. NAT AGANG Naa eRe E KA AA UE DNA ee 279 6 6 1 Frame Display Export 2 220 a 279 6 6 2 Exporting a File with Event Display Export o eee ee cece cece cece eee eeeeeee 279 6 6 2 EXport Filter QU 2 once cote seucacddseseehacdivensdaedaetadedeseecddiu deutacdetewetensaekawese 282 6 6 2 2 Exporting Baudot _ 2 22 eee eee cece eee cee cece eee eee cence eeceeeeeeeeeees 282 Chapter 7 General Information aa 283 7 1 System Settings and Progam Options _ 2 22 22 o coe eee cece ee cece cee cece eee eeeceeeeees 283 7 1 1 System Settings AA 283 7 1 1 1 System Settings Disabled Enabled Options 00000000 e eee eee e eee eeeeeee 285 7 1 1 2 Advanced System Options a 285 7 1 1 3 Selecting Start Up Options 0000000000 aooaa oaaao orooro 286 7 1 2 Changing Default File Locations annaa nonan eee c cece cece ee eeceeceeeeeees 287 AO SE NAMES a E E A a ae ea oe eee nG E GA 289 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 7 1 4 Timestamping 2212 eee ee cee eee eee ee eee eee cece ee eeeeees 290 7 1 4 1 Timestamping Options 222 cee ec ccc cece cece cece eee ccceeeeeceeeeeeeee 290 7 1 4 2 Enabling Disabling Timestamp 2 2 eee eee ee eee eee e cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 291 7 1 4 3 Changing the Timestamp Resolution 22 cece eee eee cece cece eee eecececcecceeceees 291 7 1 4 4 Switching Between Relative and Absolute
76. REQ initiator will use STK to enable encryption on the Random vector Randi 0kx277c021b15512393 link Once an encrypted link is set up the LTK is Encrypted diversiher EDIV Ox8 te distributed LTK is a 128 bit random number that Master session key identiher 5KDm Ox21db57dd0157d323 the slave device will generate along with EDIV Master iraiakzabon vector Mm b034efc33 and Rand Both the master and slave devices can distribute these numbers but Bluetooth low energy is designed to conserve energy so the slave device is often resource constrained and Figure 38 Encryption Request from Master Example ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture 345 Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual does not have the database storage resources for holding LTKs Therefore the slave will distribute LTK EDIV and Rand to the master device for storage When a slave begins a new encrypted session with a previously linked master device it will request distribution of EDIV and Rand and will regenerate LTK LE LL Control Pkt LL_LENC_RSP Slave session key identiher SKDs Onc26aa3044187892e Slave inaiaization vector W3 054702256 Figure 39 Encryption Response from Slave Example ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture A 6 6 Encrypting The Data Transmission Data encryption begins with encrypting the link The Session Key SK is created using a session key diversifier SKD The first step in creating a S
77. RSP Frame 36 649 the Bluetooth devices can exchange encrypted data and the ComProbe sniffing device can also receive and decrypt the encrypted data because the appropriate key is provided in the BPA 600 Datasource window LE 36025 kalJakbdd MEESE 1 LL CHANNEL MAP REG Corkin Pkt LL ENC REQ 3 418 Chea Said Chills 1 LL CHANNEL MAP REG Random vector Pandi 000000000000000 39817 bal Jathdd WHS 1 LL ENC REQ Encopbed diwersiher EDM 0000 39 623 Chal Saad HSI 2 LL_ENC_ASP Master section key identifier SKOmp ics 3c3dda Hettdb 39 635 hal T5 Ebdd ey 2 LL 5TAAT ENC REQ Masher mibakgahon vectce Wim bed 4dc dd 191639 Daai ees ha LL START ENC R5P T19 Cova Susie HSS 5 LL START ENC RSP 23 hi Ph acl tal Pat Hi hi id PREP TIA NPMATE AET Figure 28 LE LL Tab Encryption Request Frame 39 617 from Initiator Side 1 A 5 7 3 Viewing Encryption in the Message Sequence Chart The ComProbe software Message Sequence Chart MSC links directly to a frames being viewed in the Frame Display Hi Veer Hay Similarly MSC will display the same ARAR ANOS O NN Bag information as the Frame Display Ali Layers ui Summary Mon king Semmery LE Bb LE ADY LE DATA LE LL L2CAP ATT SUP Decoder pane Frames are synchronized between the Frame Display Summary pane and the MSC so clicking on a frame in either window will select that same frame in the other window Also the pr protocol tabs are the same in each Updated channel map used window To see t
78. Set Subsequent Decode for Frame 52 RFCOMM eee ee ee ee 47 Figure 3 8 A2DP Decoder Settings 0 22 lle cece cece cece cece e cece cece eceeeeceeceeeees 49 Figure 3 9 AVDTP parameters tab _ 0 22 2 eee cee cee cece cece ccc e cece cceeccceececceceeceeceee 50 Figure 3 10 Parameters Added to Decoder 2 22 ieee eee eee cece cece cece ee aaoo 50 Figure 3 11 Look in Decoder pane for profile hints 2 220 c cece eee ccc cece eee eee eeceeeeeeee 51 xiii ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Figure 3 12 AVDTP Override of Frame Information Item to Carry 22 22 eee ee eee eee eee ee 53 Figure 3 13 AVDTP Override of Frame Information Media Codec Selection _ 53 Figure 3 14 L2CAP Decoder parameters tab l ee eee cece cece eee cece eee ceeeeee 54 Figure 3 15 Parameters Added to Decoder _ 2 eee eee cece eee c ccc e cee ceecececcecceeceeeees 55 Figure 3 16 RFCOMM parameters tab eee cece ccc cece ccc cece ee eeeeeeeeeees 56 Figure 3 17 Parameters Added to Decoder _ 20 2 cece eee cece cece cece cece cceeceeeececcececceeeeee 57 Figure 3 18 Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters selection list 2222 e eee eee eee eee 59 Figure 3 19 CSRinesi Bad MAG 2 couse cee ee token be Gee eres AG aka EO Sana Ae uate aed 61 Figure 4 1 Devices Equally Spaced in the Same Horizontal Plane
79. Time 0 cece cece eee cee ee eens 292 7 1 4 5 Displaying Fractions of a Second 2 222 eee ee eee cece cece eee e ee ceececeececceeceees 293 7 2 Technical Information 2022 e eee eee ce ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee eee eee eee eee eee 293 LL Peo mane NOLES accor ees eed cette el naa a a AA na ab 293 7 2 2 BTSnoop File Format a cctccuadncecerecesseks erase SG Tanah SE BLG HAKNYY ELA hK a DANE D Gahasa aa prt aa 294 1 2 3 RING INdICALOP fe cn J 0nay apakan lm ahens ahha Dhea Yo aha cele Le e hanna bs bean DAGA KK LDGAG kaa 296 TZ POL CSS BANO maa Na aa tea eee rs ee pagana AG Pa a BB 297 PAA AA a 297 7 2 6 Useful Character Tables ccc ce ce ee ee ee ee cece cee eee eee eee 297 Wack Ge fi assests each a cbonoe sane AA 297 PLO 2 BDAUIOCCOUGS 25 Kana AGa NA NAAN TG nent ed dene cute bets ANA eae eet saaeaeceaeneceutes ss 298 Vel OF EBCDIC COJ ES AA AA 298 7 2 6 4 Communication Control Characters 02 2 eee eee eee ee eee ee 298 7 2 7 The Frontline Serial Driver eee ce cece ce cece cece cece cence eeceeneeees 300 7 2 8 DecoderScript Overview _ 2 2 22 eee eee cece cee cee cee eee eee eee e cence eee eecereeeeeeeeeees 300 7 2 9 Bluetooth low energy ATT Decoder Handle Mapping 0 eee cece cee ceeceeceeees 301 7 3 Contacting Technical Support _ 2 22 2 ee eee ee cee cece eee cece eee cece eeeeeeeeeees 302 Appendicies ua os ssccc
80. Timestamp 3 14 2013 12 18 17 271887 PM A Duration 352 us 7 L Prev Next Timestamp Deltas 326 us 18 66 ms Prev Next Gaps 150 us 18 308 ms CP 2 Channel Index 39 2480 MHz f F De Meets Predefined Filter Criteria for BT low energy devices Yes rame Isp ay IS Event Status Recieved without errors 382 synchronized with the PDU Length 36 selected packet Advertiser Address Oxffe24c209871 st Access Address Ox8e89bed6 LE ADY AdvA Dxffe24c209871 AddrTypes rand Type 5CAN RSP Chan 39 Ler File Edit View Form 3 0 2 PHS VV Sel MD SALAS a f Ha ii Len 49 mm Ee 8 O O Find Ng A A O Summary LE ADV CP 2 MOE Bookm 4s Configured BT low energy devices Errors ee ee LE BB LE PKT ADV LE DATA LE LL L2CAP SMP ATT Meets Predefined Filter Criteria for BT low ene 7 4 Event Status Recieved without errors B Framett y Chan Type Add Init amp Scand Add AdvA Len Fram Delte PDU Length 36 F 3 LE PKT i SCAN RSP Oxffe24c209871 r 30 959 37 ADV IND pub Ox727272727272 37 52 00 0 fees ee REEE 30 960 38 ADY IND pub Ox727272727272 37 52 00 0 EE 30 961 39 ADV IND pub Dx727272727272 37 52 00 0 L Ka 30 962 39 SCAN REQ rand Ox482251082fdc pub Ox727272727272 12 27 00 0 i i mms a amis mam an aka 29 QAM BCD muhi Nu77797972972972 E 71 nnn Figure 4 55 low energy Timeline and Frame Display Packet Synchronization 4 4 4 11 low energy T
81. Use Ho 2143 1 Single Master GET_CAPABILITIES 2 Media Type Audio 2154 1 1 Single Slave GET CAPABILITIES 3 E r TRER SNE 2158 1 Single Master GET CAPABILITIES 3 El ACP Stream Endpoint ID 2 l 2169 5 1 2 Single Slave SET CONFIGURATION 4 tv ruse No 2 175 1 Single Master SET CONFIGURATION 4 iy Media Type Audio 2185 5 1 Single Slave OPEN 5 Pe TSEP SNE 2190 1 Single Master OPEN 5 i Had 2 823 5 1 Single Slave START 6 D Meda Tinerii 2 033 1 Single Master START B a kas TSEP SHE 4 IT j Figure 2 Frame Display for AVDTP Signaling Frame 2089 amp 2092 S Note ACP is AVDTP terminology for the remote device The next step in the negotiation is to get the audio capabilities of each SEPID For each SEPID there is an exchange of GET_CAPABILITIES AVDTP signals Examination of the Frame Display AVDTP Signaling protocol tab shows at frame 2116 the slave device request SEP Stream End Point characteristics for SEPID SEP Identifier 5 Details of the GET CAPABILITIES command are shown in the Figure 3 E AVDTP Baseband LMP PreConnection FHS Bluetooth FHS L2CAP SDP RFCOMM AYCTP AVDTP J eae Te elt AVDIP Media Hands Free AYRCP A2DP Data Non Captured Info inn Role Slave LE BB Dat inon Address 1 1EBB Data m AVDTP Type Signal B Framett ACP EmorCo Add INTS Packet Role Signal ID Trans AYOTP Signaling Linke 1 2 116 5 1 Single Slave GET CAPABILITIES 1 Rol
82. User Manual Overlapping Dots d Classic Bluetooth top J4 Bluetooth low enegy middle d F 802 11 bottom A 4 Da a 3 120 bits 8 192 ms Data Point 85 Right click to zoom to data point WEEK i 380 859 bits s 802 11 Packet Throughput Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Overlapping Dots d Cursor placed on visilble d bottom dot to display 802 11 jf L packet information 802 11 Packets in Overall Packet Range 16 765 16 787 Figure 4 76 Overlapping Dots Information Display 4 4 5 18 Zoomed Throughput Graph Clicking the Show Zoom button Show Zoom displays the Zoomed Throughput Graph above the Throughput Graph The Zoomed Throughput Graph shows the details of the throughput in the time range covered by the viewport in the Throughput Graph Both the Zoomed Throughput Graph and the Timelines are synchronized with the Throughput Graph s viewport The viewport is sized by dragging one of its sides or by using one of the other zooming techniques listed in the Zooming subsection in the Timelines section 174 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual N kat aaah an kras Bie la TU pa Pir Fee Paa aa ia Hiig DODO 5 eh 8 oo AR ko Cakes ki Lisa Ye Mah reg ed ajai il ada ee MAE mm maa Li maamo FE i ag a a om hm L NG haaa Pee E bai ECM Na BOO Kora lie T Zoomed Thro ughput and Timeline scrollbars are
83. When you click Find Next the analyzer searches for an event that exactly matches the conditions selected beginning from the currently selected event 262 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual o If the end of the buffer is reached before a match is found the analyzer asks you if you want to continue searching from the beginning o If you want to be sure to search the entire buffer place your cursor on the first event in the buffer o Select one of the four radio buttons to choose the condition that must be met in the search o Select one or more of the checkboxes for Pin 1 2 3 or 4 o Click Find Next to locate the next occurrence of the search criteria or Find Previous to locate an earlier occurrence of the search criteria 5 1 7 Searching for Data Errors The analyzer can search for several types of data errors Searching for data error sallows you to choose which errors you want to search for and whether to search the DTE or DCE data or both Bytes with errors are shown in red in the Event Display window making it easy to find errors visually when looking through the data To access the search by time function 1 Opena capture file to search 2 Open the Event Display PD or Frame Display window 3 Click on the Find icon AA or choose Find from the Edit menu 4 Click on the Errors tab of the Find dialog Note The tabs displayed on the Find dialog depend on the product you are running
84. Zoom Tool Mouse Wheel Zooms Ctrl Key When checked sets the mouse wheel to zoom Switches to Scroll Tool the Viewport Pressing the Ctrl key while zooming switches to scrolling the Viewport Zoom To Time Range of Selected Packets Active only when packets are selected When clicked the Viewport duration changes to the time range covered by the selected packets Zoom To Throughput Graph Data Point When clicked the Viewport duration changes to the time range of the Throughput Graph selected data point Custom Zoom Set by Zoom To Time Range of Automatically checked when taking any zoom Selected Packets Zoom To Throughput Graph action other than the fixed Viewport zoom Data Point or dragging Viewport Slide durations listed below 161 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 15 Coexistence View Zoom Menu Selections continued POLA mad ICCLI We IDU The following 21 selections are mutually exclusive Each of these Zoom selections sets the Viewport and the Timeline to a fixed time duration 625 usec 1 Bluetooth slot 1 25 msec 2 Bluetooth slots 1 875 msec 3 Bluetooth slots 2 5 msec 4 Bluetooth slots 3 125 msec 5 Bluetooth slots 6 25 msec 10 Bluetooth slots 15 625 msec 25 Bluetooth slots 31 25 msec 30 Bluetooth slots 62 5 msec 100 Bluetooth slots 156 255 msec 250 Bluetooth slots 31 25 msec 500 Bluetooth slots 625 msec 1 000 Bluetooth slots
85. address type The resulting O value is a random number Mconfirm that is sent to the responding MAPEO EAE device by the Pairing Confirm command The responding device will validate the responding device data in the Pairing Confirm command SMP Pairing Confirm 5confirm and if it is correct will generate a Sconfirm value using the same methods as used to generate Mconfirm only with different 128 bit random number and TK The responding device will send a Pairing Confirm command to the initiator and if accepted the authentication Mrand process is complete The random number in the Mconfirm and Sconfirm data is Mrand and Srand respectively Mrand and Srand sisia have a key role in setting encrypting the link Finally the master and slave devices exchange Mrand and Srand so that the slave can calculate and verify Mconfirm and the master can Figure 37 Message Sequence Chart likewise calculate and verify Sconfirm SMP Pairing A 6 4 Encrypting the Link The Short Term Key STK is used for encrypting the link the first time the two devices pair STK remains in each device on the link and is not transmitted between devices STK is formed by combining Mrand and Srand which were formed using device information and TKs exchanged with Pairing Confirmation Pairing Confirm A 6 5 Encryption Key Generation and Distribution To distribute the LTK EDIV and Rand values an LE LL encrypted session needs to be set up The Control Pkt LL ENC
86. allows the user to choose the All radio button When only one event is selected the All radio button in the Event Display Print dialog is selected How to Print Event Display Data to a Browser 1 Select Print or Print Preview from the File menu on the Event Display window to display the Event Display Print dialog Select Print if you just want to print your data to your default printer Select Print Preview if you want preview the print in your browser 2 Select the range of events to include from either All or Selection in the Event Range section Choosing All prints all of the events in the capture file or buffer Choosing Selection prints only the selected events in the Event Display window Note In order to prevent a Print crash you cannot select All if there are more than Si 100 000 events in the capture buffer Note See Configure the Print File Range in the Event Display Print Dialog above for an Si explanation of these selections 278 Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Event Display Print Evert range O Al Selection Note Browser piri ophons may alfect whether ary gray background amp parted See Help lo ino Figure 6 4 Event Display Print Dialog 3 Click the OK button If you chose Print Preview the system displays your data in a browser print preview display with options for printing such as page orientation and paper size You can also use your Printer Pref
87. and the content S of the capture file you are viewing k3 Find BPA500 cfa Decode Pattern Time Search for event where One or more of these changed One or more of these occured 1 This exactly i R One or more of these was off na rees ME tale Side Restriction eI coy Search without regard to data origin Search only these sides E Slave E Master Figure 5 10 Find Error tab Searching for event where 263 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data The first three options are all fairly similar and are described together These options are searching for an event where e one or more error conditions changed e one or more error conditions occurred e one or more error conditions were off i e no errors occurred Selecting Which Errors to Search The section with the check boxes allows you to choose which errors the analyzer should look for Click on a box to check or un check it If you want to search only for overrun errors e check the box if shown e un check the other boxes To search for all types of errors e check all boxes The most common search is looking for a few scattered errors in otherwise clean data To do this type of search e choose to Search for an event where one or more error conditions occurred e choose which errors to look for e By default the analyzer looks for all types of errors In contrast searching for an event where one or
88. associated with and encrypted link MITM Protection Yes The requested keys are also shown Selecting Frame 35 545 would provide the response from the responder Side 2 and would contain similar information Selecting Frame 39 591 will display the Pairing Confirm from the initiator Side 1 in the Decoder pane The Confirm Value shown is the Mconfirm 128 bit random number that contains TK Pairing Request command Pairing Response command initiating device address and the responding device address Selecting Frame 39 600 would provide the Sconfirm random number from the responder Side 2 with similar information from that device but the random number would be different than Mconfirm Once pairing is complete and an encrypted session established the keys are distributed by the master and slave now identified by Side M and Side S respectively in the Summary pane In Frame 39 661 the slave has distributed LTK to the master to allow exchange of encrypted data Frame 39 661 through 39 714 in the Summary pane SMP tab are the key distribution frames 3 5MP Code Piang Lonia Lentini Yah bha eS S8 ad PT ly ECN E Ti 35 573 35 545 39591 33 600 hI Re i f rary ey Farg Request Para Reto Paging Contam Farg Corim T db Pa 36 3 BELAJ LAA i O00 14 0 witi motza O00 00 0 Figure 26 SMP Pairing Confirm Frame 39 591 from Initiator Side 1 337 US ER ceed LA O04 38 335618 Biia 30564
89. audio analysis is possible High Volume Threshold for speech 6dBFS High Volume Threshold for music 12 dBFS 225 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 29 Event Type Audio continued Warning Glitch Extremely large sample to sample audio amplitude transitions that have little probability of occurring within natural speech or music Such dramatic changes would typically happen only in situations of dropped samples TestID Found Occurs when a valid Test ID has been recognized A valid Test ID must meet the level frequency duration and delimiter requirements If any of these parameters do not match the process is terminated and is reset to the initial conditions Until a Test ID is successfully recognized the system will continue to operate in Non Referenced Mode therefore no events related to false starts are reported This is because for arbitrary audio there is no expectation of any Test ID Warning Test Script Not Occurs if a valid Test ID was found but the script for Found that Test ID was not found The system reverts to Non Referenced Mode if this happens This event should not occur if using a valid Reference Audio file provided by Frontline Invalid Test Script This event is generated when an error occurs while accessing information in a script This event should not occur if using a valid reference audio file provided by Frontline 1Glitch sample to sampl
90. by taking the difference in timestamps between the first and last packet In Bluetooth timestamp difference is used instead of Bluetooth clock count because timestamp difference is immune to role switches However this can result in inaccuracies when the duration is small enough that a coarse timestamp granularity is significant Slawas S58 e Average Throughput is shown as O when there is only one packet because in that case the timestamp difference is O and an average cannot be computed e Duration is the beginning of the first packet to the end of the last packet e Duration for average throughput is beginning of first packet to end of last packet If a single packet is selected the duration of that packet is used e Average Throughput is shown for all devices master devices and slave devices e A horizontal bar indicates relative percentage Text displays the throughput value 4 4 3 7 2 Bluetooth Timeline 1 Second Throughput Indicators 1 Second Payload Throughput bits 1 Second Payload Throughput is the total payload over the most 3312 recent one second of duration This is determined by counting 1 544 Bluetooth clocks It is cleared after each discontinuity A discontinuity d TGS is when the Bluetooth clock goes forward more than two 2 seconds or goes backwards any amount This is caused by either a role switch or Bluetooth clock rollover The Bluetooth clock count is used instead of timestamp difference because t
91. captured data set 4 4 1 13 2 2 Connection Filter Display Once you have selected which connections to filter in another Frame Display will open The original Frame Display will remain open and can be minimized Note The system currently limits the number of frame displays to 5 This limit includes any Frame Displays opened using Duplicate View dg from the Toolbar see Working with Multiple Frame Displays on page 97 The new Frame Display with the filtered connection frames will only contain the data defined by the filter criteria That is the criteria could be a single link or data for a particular technology 119 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Display Example 1 Bluetooth low energy Access Address selected p Frame 1 Len 53 LE BB i Header Length 13 Header Version 3 H CP H 1 iw Channel Index 37 2402 MHz Meets Predefined Filter Criteria fo i Receive Status Received witho Decryption Initiated No Signal Strength 7 medium PDU Length 37 B LE PKT i Preamble Oxaa Access Address Ox8e89bed6 ke CRC Oxfe96e6 LE ADY i PDU Type ADY_IND i Advertiser Address Type random iv Payload Length 35 AD Data GAD Element i Length 2 i i AD Type Flags 3 GAD Data BR EDR Not Support LE General Discoverg B AD Element Length 11 i AD Type Complete list off i G AD Data UUID Health Therma UUID Hea
92. cee ceeeeceeceees 141 4 4 4 3 low energy Timeline Legend 0 22 cece c ee cee cee cece cece cece cece eceeceeceeceeeeeees 145 4 4 4 4 Throughput Displays 22 oe eee ec ec ee cece cece eee e ccc eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 145 4 4 4 5 Average and 1 Second Packet Throughput a 145 4 4 4 6 Average and 1 Second Payload Throughput 20 2 e ee ee eee cece eee eceeee 145 4 4 4 7 Throughput Graph oe eee ce cece cece cee cece cece cece cece eceeceeceeeeeees 145 4 4 4 8 The Timeline 2 147 4 4 4 9 How Packets Are Displayed _ 2 220 e eee cece cece cee cee cece cece ee eeeeceeeeeeeees 147 AAA JO Format MENU aaa AU oe eciueperrdecdssshendetweh bce seodes nse Veneers veces Ii niebie 148 VI ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 4 4 11 low energy Timeline Visual Elements 22 eee ee eee ee eee eee cece eeeeees 150 4 4 4 12 low energy Packet Discontinuities eee eee eee cece cece cece eceeceeeeeees 152 4 4 4 13 low energy Timeline Navigating and Selecting Data cle eee eee eee eee 153 4 4 4 14 low energy Timeline ZOOMING eee cece cee ec eee eee e cece eee nannan annona 154 Ae eS 26 OW MENU AA AA 155 4 4 4 16 Single Segment ZOOM _ 2 2 eee ec ce cece eee cee cece cece cece cece eceeceeceeceseeeees 156 4 4 4 17 Multiple Segments ec cc eee ce eee cece cece cece eceeeeceeceeeeees 156 WA OGIE VEW a eat
93. click and drag the cursor to the right 4 The Frame Size Timestamp and Delta columns can be hidden by right clicking on the header and selecting Show Frame Size Column Show Timestamp Column or Show Delta Column Follow the same procedure to display the columns again Moving Columns Changing Column Order To move a column 1 Click and hold on the column header 2 Drag the mouse over the header row 3 A small white triangle indicates where the column is moved to 4 When the triangle is in the desired location release the mouse Restoring Default Column Settings To restore columns to their default locations their default widths and show any hidden columns 1 Right click on any column header and choose Restore Default Column Widths or select Restore Default Column Widths from the Format menu 4 4 1 11 3 Frame Symbols in the Summary Pane Table 4 6 Frame Symbols A green dot means the frame was decoded successfully and the protocol listed in the Summary Layer drop down box exists in the frame No dot means the frame was decoded successfully but the protocol listed in the Summary Layer drop down box does not exist in the frame 103 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 6 Frame Symbols continued Description A green circle means the frame was not fully decoded There are several reasons why this might happen e One reason is that the frame compiler hasn t caught up to
94. corrupted header typically due to corrupted data Error CRC Failure SBC Codec detected bad CRC typically due to corrupted data BC Error No output SBC Codec generated no output due to corrupted data SBC Codec tear down Codec Session Ended 223 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 28 Event Type Codec continued Stream Re configuration Stream Re configuration Warning Packet Loss Concealment mSBC Codec detected a bad frame and generated substitute data to compensate for it Error Incorrect Configuration mSBC Codec detected a change in audio Detected parameters Error Lost Sync mSBC Codec expected to find synch word OxAD instead found Ox typically due to corrupted data Error Bad Header mSBC Codec detected corrupted header typically due to corrupted data Error CRC Failure mSBC Codec detected bad CRC typically due to corrupted data Error No output mSBC Codec generated no output due to corrupted data when PLC not configured Codec initialization Codec session started Codec tear down Codec session ended Information Bitstream type set The bitstream type has been set For Blueooth it should be LATM Warning Single frame error During decoding a single frame error was concealment triggered detected which triggered built in concealment processing Error Codec setting change The codec has been re initialized due to a setting change Error Unframed stream error A frame error
95. display No changes are saved e Discard Changes Closes the file without saving any of the changes made to the notes bookmarks or protocol stack 6 4 Loading and Importing a Capture File 6 4 1 Loading a Capture File From the Control Window 1 Go to the File menu 2 Choose a file from the recently used file list 3 If the file is not in the File menu list select Open Capture File from the File menu or simply click on the Open icon on the toolbar 4 Capture files have a cfa extension Browse if necessary to find your capture file 5 Click on your file and then click Open 274 Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 6 4 2 Importing Capture Files 1 From the Control window PD go to the File menu and select Open Capture File or click on the Open icon on the toolbar 2 Left of the File name text box select from the drop down list Supported File Types box to All Importable File Types or All Supported File Types cfa log txt csv cap Select the file and click Open The analyzer automatically converts the file to the analyzer s format while keeping the original file in its original format You can save the file in the analyzer s format close the file without saving it in the analyzer s format or have the analyzer automatically save the file in the analyzer s format see the System Settings to set this option All of these options keep your original file untouched When you first op
96. eae ii Mame f sktop di Development Tools wnloads di Documentation cent Places di Maintenance Tools ogle Drive fa Capture File Viewer 68 ComProbe 802 11 with Wireshark Ka Sie SS cuments vv Doc Umento Select to open Capture Methods Figure 2 6 Desktop Folder Link 2 Double click on Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System and the system displays the Select Data Capture Method dialog ComProbe Protocol Analysis System Version gt Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis A Note You can also access this dialog by selecting Start gt All Programs gt Frontline System Three buttons appear at the bottom of the dialog Run Cancel and Help When the dialog first opens Cancel and Help are active and the Run button is inactive grayed out Pur starts the selected protocol stack closes the dialog and exits the user back to the desktop takes the user to this help file as does pressing the F1 key Chapter 2 Getting Started ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 3 Expand the folder and select the data capture method that matches your configuration 4 Click on the Run button and the ComProbe Control Window will open configured to the selected capture method Pi Note If you don t need to identify a capture method then click the Run button to start the analyzer Creating a Shortcut A checkbox labeled Create Shortcut When Run is located near the bottom of the dialog This box is un checked by default Se
97. encryption mode in frame 257 and the master accepts in frame 258 The actual encryption starts after the start encryption request in frame 261 In order for the ComProbe software to decrypt an encrypted Bluetooth conversation the ComProbe software must compute the same link key being used by the devices being sniffed Since this link key is never sent over the air the ComProbe software must have all of the same information the devices being sniffed have so that it can calculate the same link key that each of the two devices does To decrypt successfully the ComProbe software must know the PIN code and capture e The LMP in rand e Both LMP comb keys e Both LMP au rand LMP sres pairs If any of these are missed the ComProbe software will not be able to decrypt If you capture encrypted data and find that everything captured after the LMP start encryption request is in error look back at the LMP frames previous to that and you ll probably find one or more of these missing The Start Encryption Request with also be marked by the ComProbe software with an error that indicates that the link key calculated by the ComProbe software is different from the one used by your devices 325 Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual A 4 3 Secure Simple Pairing SSP Bluetooth 2 1 and later To capture and decrypt data between two Bluetooth devices using Secure Simple Pairing M9 BPA 600 datasource File View BPA600 Help we have two choic
98. every instance of the Find results 5 1 1 Searching within Decodes Searching within decodes lets you to do a string search on the data in the Decode Pane of the Frame Display window To access the search within decodes function 1 Opena capture file to search bag Open the Event Display PD or Frame Display window 3 Click on the Find icon or choose Find from the Edit menu 4 Click on the Decode tab of the Find dialog Note The tabs displayed on the Find dialog depend on the product you are running and the content H of the capture file you are viewing Decode Patten Time Search For Sting In Decode C Search Foe All Errore O Search Foe Fiame ST O Search Foe Indoemation Frames Figure 5 2 Find Decode Tab Search for String 252 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Decode Patter Time GoTo 5pecid Event Signal Emor Bor O Search For Sting In Decode C lgnere cate C3 Seach For All Emors Hele O Search For Frame Enos Oink O Search Far Information Frames Sade Revinchon Search vahou regad bo data ongin C Search onb these sides w OTE m OE Figure 5 3 Find Decode Tab Side Restriction There are several options for error searching on the Decoder tab e Search For String in Decoder allows you to enter a string in the text box You can use characters hex or binary digits wildcards or a combination of any of the format
99. filter place the cursor over the text and a ToolTip pops up with the full text of the filter The following icons all change how the panes are arranged on the Frame ay Additional layouts are listed in the View menu Displ Show Default Panes Returns the panes DS to their default settings Show Only Summary Pane Displays only the Summary pane Shall All Panes Except Event Pane Makes the Decode pane taller and the Summary pane narrower Toggle Display Lock Prevents the display from updating BR owtorame First Frame Moves to the first frame in the buffer Previous Frame Moves to the previous frame in the buffer 92 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 4 5 Frame Display Toolbar Icons continued ee eee Next Frame Moves to the next frame in the buffer Last Frame Moves to the last frame in the buffer Find on Frame Display only searches the Decode Pane for a value you enter in the text box Find Previous Occurrence Moves to the previous occurrence of the value in the Frame Display Find Find Next Occurrence Moves to the next occurrence of the value in the Frame Display Find Cancel Current Search Stops the current Frame Display Find Summary Drop Down Box Lists all the protocols found in the data in the file This box does not list all the protocol decoders available to the analyzer merely the protocols found in the data Selecting
100. filter using Delete Display Filters from the Filters menu 1 Click the Display Filters icon Y on the Frame Display window or select Apply Modify Display Filters from the Filter menu to open the Set Condition dialog box Click on the Advanced button to show the condition in Boolean format The dialog box displays the current filter definition To display another filter click the Open P3 icon and select the filter from the pop up list of all the saved filters Set Condition F3 ES Currently Active Condition Filters Include C Exclude Condition AND OR where the protocol Baseband field LT ADDR Is Egu AND in the range 178 to 43 Delete selected condtion Figure 4 35 Set Condition Dialog in Advanced View 2 Select the desired condition from the filter definition 3 Click the Delete Selected Line fye icon 4 Edit the Boolean operators and parentheses as needed 5 Click OK The system displays the Save Named Condition dialog Ensure that the filter name is displayed in the text box at the top of the dialog and click OK If you choose to create an additional filter then provide a new name for the filter condition or accept the default name provided by the system and click OK The Set Condition dialog box closes and the system applies the modified filter Note When a display filter is applied a description of the filter appears to the right of the toolbar in H the Frame Display windows 115
101. for example a music audio file is to be played by a smartphone to a set of Bluetooth speakers the typical steps would include the following 1 Choose an audio reference file to be played at DUT1 appropriate for the configuration to be tested The test files are stored on the users computer In the directory Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System Development Tools Audio Expert Test Files For example Test 1 03 48kHz 16Bit 3Loops 2Ch wav Note Reference test files are periodically updated Shown here is an example Files Si delivered with your latest Frontline ComProbe software version may have changed Contact Frontline Technical Support for information on the latest reference file versions 2 Before establishing the Bluetooth connection play the file while listening to it on the DUT1 device itself and become familiar with the overall sound quality generally ignoring exact volume 3 Set the playback volume at DUT1 to maximum 4 Set the playback volume at DUT2 to minimum 5 Establish the Bluetooth connection and begin playback of the file on DUT1 if possible in Loop or Repeat mode to avoid having to continuously restart 6 Slowly increase the volume on DUT2 until it is at a comfortable level 7 If the audio sounds distorted reduce the playback volume at DUT1 and repeat Step 6 8 When the clarity of the audio is comparable to that heard when listening to the DUT1 device proceed with using Frontline s
102. for throughput calculations Performs Packets the same function as the LE Devices All radio button 159 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Large Throughput Graph Show Dots in Throughput Graph Dots Reveal Overlapped Data Points Show Zoomed Throughput Graph Freeze Y Scales in Zoom Throughput Graph Show Tooltips in Upper Left Corner of Screen Table 4 14 Coexistence View Format Menu Selections continued When checked the Throughput Graph appears in the bottom half of the window swapping position with the timeline When not checked the Throughput Graph appears in its default position at the top of the window Performs the same function as clicking the Swap button See Coexistence View Throughput Graph on page 169 When checked displays dots on the Throughput Graph Dots are different sizes for each technology so that they reveal overlapping data points which otherwise wouldn t be visible A tooltip can be displayed for each dot Performs the same function as the Dots button See Coexistence View Throughput Graph on page 169 When checked dispalys a Zoomed Throughput Graph above the Throughput Graph The Zoomed Throughput Graph shows the details of the throughput in the time range covered by the viewport in the Throughput Graph Performs the same function as the Show Zoom button When not checked the Zoomed Throughput Graph is hidden Performs the s
103. forth Selecting a Zoom icon or on the toolbar zooms in our out The current Zoom setting is shown in the center of the timeline segment information bar at the bottom of each timeline segment If you are in multiple segments the segment information bar will show the zoom level with the text Contiguous time segment x n where x is 1 2 3 segment and n is the total number of segments For example Contiguous time segment 2 3 154 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 4 4 15 Zoom menu oom In Ctrl Plus Zoom Cut Ctrl Minus oom In Tool oom Out Tool Selection Tool 2 5 ms 1x2 11 25 ms 1x9 33 75 ms 1x27 125 ms 1x100 437 5 ms 1x350 1 875 s 1x1500 3 75 s 3000 1 5 ms 6 1 25 ms time intervals 3x2 22 5 ms 18 1 25 ms time intervals 6x5 90 ms 721 25 ms time intervals 12 6 202 5 ms 1621 25 ms time intervals 18 9 360 mg 288 1 25 ms time intervals 4x12 562 5 ms 450 1 25 ms time intervals 30 15 810 mg 648 1 25 ms time intervals 36x18 1 1025 s 882 1 25 ms time intervals A271 1 44 s 1152 1 25 ms time intervals 48 24 1 8225 s 1458 1 25 ms time intervals 54x27 2 255 1800 1 25 ms time intervals 60 50 2 1235 s 2178 1 25 ms time intervals 663 33 3 245 2592 1 25 ms time intervals 72 36 3 8025 s 3042 1 25 ms time intervals 7859 441 s 3528 1 25 ms time intervals B42 5 0625 s 4050 1 25 ms time intervals 90x457
104. frequency RF sources is the most common reason for isolating the test from the environment This is especially important when the environment contains RF sources using the industrial scientific and medical ISM radio bands from 2 4 to 2 485 GHz that are the bands used for Bluetooth Conductive in this context means that you are not air sniffing that is capturing Bluetooth transmissions on the ComProbe analyzer antenna The conductive test setup uses coaxial cable to directly connect the Device Under Test DUT to the analyzer antenna connectors The coaxial cable provides the isolation from the environment through shielding A 3 1 Bluetooth Transmitter Classes Bluetooth transmitters are categorized by power classes that is by the amount of RF power output A Bluetooth Class maximum operating range is directly related to the power output The class is important in conductive testing because the DUTs and the ComProbe Sodera are connected directly to each other usually over small distances The absence of power loss which occurs during over the air transmission means that larger than normal power levels may be present at the receiving port Attenuation may be necessary to protect both the DUT and the ComProbe Sodera from excessive power input and to ensure reliable operation The table lists the maximum power and operating range for each Bluetooth Class Tables A 1 eo owe SESE slas Class M kimum Pow er Operating Range J
105. haa ee KENA ET SAANG LAN Laki aE 105 WAS EVERUP APA 106 4 4 1 11 9 Change Text Highlight Color _ 2 2 02 cece cece cece eee cee ceeeeees 106 4 4 1 12 Protocol Layer Colors 2 22 eee ccc ce cee cee cece eee cece e cence eeceeceeceeeeeees 106 4 4 1 12 1 Data Byte Color Notation _ 0 22 cece cece cece cee cece eee eeeeeeee 106 4 4 1 12 2 Changing Protocol Layer Colors 2 22 a 107 AAV AA 107 4 4 1 13 1 Display Filters a 108 4 4 1 13 1 5 Defining Node and Conversation Filters 4 4 1 13 1 6 The Difference Between Deleting and Hiding Display Filters 4 4 1 13 1 7 Editing Filters 4 4 1 13 2 Connection Filtering 20 22 a 116 4 4 1 13 2 1 Creating a Connection Filter 4 4 1 13 2 2 Connection Filter Display 4 4 1 13 3 Protocol Filtering from the Frame Display 22 22 e eee eee eee eee cece eee 121 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 4 1 13 3 1 Quick Filtering on a Protocol Layer 4 4 1 13 3 2 Easy Protocol Filtering 4 4 2 BPA 600 Baseband Layer Signal Strength eee cee cece cece ee eeeeeee 123 4 4 3 Bluetooth Timeline 00 2 ccc ce ee ce ce ce ce cece cece cece eee eeeececeenenes 123 4 4 3 1 Bluetooth Timeline Packet Depiction 2 22 ieee eee eee cece eee eee eeeeees 124 4 4 3 2 Bluetooth Timeline Packet Navigation and Selection 2c eee eee eee cece eeeees 127 4 4 3 3 Bluetooth Timeline Toolbar eee ee eee
106. han Figure 4 101 Missing Channel Numbers Message in Timelines 189 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 4 4 5 35 High Speed Live View When using the ComProbe 802 11 in conjunction with other ComProbe devices or in a stand alone configuration a smaller version of the standard Coexistence View is available This High Speed Live View is essentially the Viewport from the standard Coexistence View When viewing High Speed Live only 802 11 traffic is visible Because Bluetooth packets are slow they are not visible in High Soeed mode 1 Click on the Control window File menu and select Close a ComProbe Protocol Analysis System 802 11 SE Com View Live Options Window Help Open Capture File Ctrl O LA E Close N Save tri S apture Files Capture 2012 12 21_135337 cfa Close the active file 3 1 Capture 2012 pckets on h w 0 Packet Decoder 23 pps SES e WE Exit ComProbe Protocol Analysis System 2 The Control window will open again Click on the Control Window File menu and select Go Live High Speed Mode File Options Methods Help IPES For Help Press F1 J ComProbe Protocol Analysis System HSView cfa emp j Edit View Options Window Help Go Live kili G Go Live High Speed Mode Open Capture File N Ctrl O Close N Save gt lt _ Select High Speed Live Mode to see the Reframe Coexistence High Speed View Unframe
107. in such a way to introduce you to DecoderScript writing step by step Screenshots of the ComProbe protocol analyzer have been included in the manual to illustrate what you see on your own screen as you develop decoders But you should be aware for various reasons the examples may be slightly different from the ones that you create The differences could be the result of configuration differences or because you are running a newer version of the program Do not worry if an icon seems to be missing a font is different or even if the entire color scheme appears to have changed The examples are still valid Examples of decoders methods and frame recognizers are included in this manual You can cut and paste from these examples to create your own decoders A quick note here Usually the pasted code appears the same as the original in your editor Some editors however change the appearance of the text when it is pasted something to do with whether it is ASCII or Unicode text If you find that the pasted text does not appear the same as the original you can transfer the code into a simple text editor like Notepad save it as an ANSI ASCII file then use it in your decoder These files are installed in the FTE directory of the system Common Files directory The readme file in the root directory of the protocol analyzer installation contains a complete list of included files Most files are located in My Decoders and My Methods We will be upd
108. is anything that happens on the circuit or which affects data capture Data bytes control signal changes and long and short breaks are all events as are I O Settings changes and Data Capture Paused and Resumed 82 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Click on the Display All Events icon to remove the non data events Click again to display all events See List of all Event Symbols on page 85 for a list of all the special events shown in the analyzer and what they mean 4 3 7 2 Switching Between Hex Decimal Octal or Binary On the Event Display window the analyzer displays data in Hex by default There are several ways to change the radix used to display data Go to the Format menu and select the radix you want A check mark next to the radix indicates which set is currently being used Bookmarks Hexadecimal Decimal Octal Binary ASCI 7 bit ASCI EBCDIC Baudot Figure 4 15 Format Menu 1 Right click on the data display header labels and choose a different radix 5 2 Cot a Cam Tam Cam CU BP n i mi ml m l m Display numbers in Binary ES Display numbers in Octal Od O Display numbers in Decimal b 3 Display numbers in Hexadecimal Figure 4 16 Header labels right click 2 Or right click anywhere in the data display and select a different radix lThe base of a number system Binary is base 2 octal is base 8 d
109. it to the front 4 3 4 Calculating CRCs or FCSs The cyclic redundancy check CRC is a function on the Event Display window used to produce a checksum The frame check sequence FCS are the extra checksum characters added to a frame to detect errors 1 Open the Event Display PD window 2 Click and drag to select the data for which you want to generate a CRC 3 Click on the CRC icon Choose CRC Method 4 Inthe CRC dialog box click on the down arrow to show the list of choices for CRC algorithms Sum 1 s comp Lancel 5 Enter a Seed value in hexadecimal if desired Sum 2 s comp a LAC OR Help 6 Click OK to generate the CRC It appears in the byte information pi la a lines at the bottom of the Event Display window Whenever you CRC 16rew select a range of data a CRC is calculated automatically CPE CCITT CRC CCITTrev CAL HDLC Calculating CRC for interwoven data 4 3 5 Calculating Delta Times and Data Rates 1 Click on the Event Display icon PD on the Control window to open the Event Display window 2 Use the mouse to select the data you want to calculate a delta time and rate for 3 The Event Display window displays the delta time and the data rate in the status lines at the bottom of the window 81 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Event Display Homer cfa File Edit View Format Bookmarks a Window Help a e EIH 8a 00 41 00 Ob ef ld 0
110. launch Frontline For example if an Frontline product is installed at C Users Public Public Documents Frontline Test Equipment My Decoders then My Decoders cannot be set to any of the following e C My Decoders e C Users My Decoders e C Users Public My Decoders e C Users Public Public Documents My Decoders e or to any directory that already exists in the path C Users Public Public Documents Frontline Test Equipment My Decoders Default Capture File Folder Checkbox If the Use Last Opened Folder for Capture Files checkbox is checked then the system automatically changes the default location for saving capture files each time you open a file from or save a file to a new location For example let s say the default location for saving capture files is Drive A gt Folder A Now you select the Use Last Opened Folder for Capture Files checkbox The next time however you open a capture file from a different location Folder B gt Removable Flash Drive for example Now when you save the capture file it will be saved to Folder B gt Removable Flash Drive Also all subsequent files will be saved to that location This remains true until you open a file from or save a file to a different location There is one caveat to this scenario however Let s say you have selected Use Last Opened Folder for Capture Files and opened a file from a location other than the default directory All subsequent capture files will be saved to that lo
111. map comes before the first selected packet Bluetooth Adaptive Frequency Hopping processes will block channels determined to be unreliable These channels are not available because the Bluetooth devices have decided not to use them e s changes the size of the entire dialog e c changes the contrast of the dialog e The Reset button is only available in live mode The button will appear in the lower right hand corner of the Channels section Clicking on the Reset button will clear all prior data from PER Stats 4 5 2 Packet Error Rate Pie Chart and Expanded Chart The Expanded PER Stats Chart in the upper right displays detailed information about the channel selected from the main channel dialog Expanded Chart Pie Chart 204 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual e When PER Stats is first opened Channel O is displayed in the expanded chart e The top orange number on the Y Axis displays the maximum number of packets in Snap Mode If Snap Mode is turned off the number will display in light blue e The number of the selected channel is displayed in the upper left corner of the expanded chart e The combined value of Header and Payload CRC errors for the channel is displayed in red as a percentage to the right of the channel number e The megahertz MHz value is displayed in light blue text if the MHz option is selected in the Additional Statistics section e The number of pa
112. max S1 host connection req Decrypted by Bluetooth ComProbe No Bluetooth Clock 0x00004f6c 80 LMP LT_Addr 1 Opcode version req Role Master Initiate Figure 4 46 Bluetooth Timeline Packet Depiction with Packet Information Shown e The timeline shows Bluetooth packets within a specific period of time e The time segments flow left to right and down following a complete row across Then you move down to the next row go across then down to the next row just like reading a book upper left corner to lower right corner e Within each row are two divisions M master and S Slave Packets are placed on M or S depending on the data s role e Placing the mouse pointer on a packet displays information about that packet in an information box e Selecting a packet by clicking on it shows information about that packet above the timeline e You can use the arrow keys to move to the next or previous packet You can select multiple packets by dragging within the timeline or by holding the SHIFT key down while arrowing e Using the mouse scroll wheel scrolls the timeline vertically You can also zoom by using a right click which displays specific magnification values using the and Zoom tools or by selecting a value from the Zoom menu e Packet height indicates speed 1 2 or 3 Mbits sec Packet length indicates duration for reference the duration of a slot is 625 us Packet height and length together indicate size speed times du
113. obtain the true value In this situation the Event pane displays Ox7d 0x23 while the Radix pane displays 0x03 4 4 1 5 Sorting Frames By default frames are sorted in ascending numerical sequence by frame number Click on a column header in the Summary pane to sort the frames by that column For example to sort the frames by size click on the Frame Size column header An embossed triangle next to the header name indicates which column the frames are sorted by The direction of the triangle indicates whether the frames are in ascending or descending order with up being ascending Note that it may take some time to sort large numbers of frames 94 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 4 1 6 Frame Display Find Frame Display has a simple Find function that you can use to search the Decode Pane for any alpha numeric value This functionality is in addition to the more robust Search Find dialog Frame Display Find is located below the toolbar on the Frame Display dialog Frame Display bpa bt le cfa QI PG YY se t DO LL LAS hin l eongo OB Figure 4 21 Frame Display Find text entry field Where the more powerful Search Find functionality searches the Decode Binary Radix and Character panes on Frame Display using Timestamps Special Events Bookmarks Patterns etc Golo Special Event Bookmark betla ma Daw How Minute Second 1 1 000000 Seconds Si
114. of data allow alternative pairing 27 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings 1 PINis a six digit or less if leading zeros are omitted decimal number 2 Out of Band OOB data is a 16 digit hexadecimal code which the devices exchange via a channel that is different than the le transmission itself This channel is called OOB For off the shelf devices we cannot sniff OOB data but in the lab you may have access to the data exchanged through this channel 3 1 2 4 2 BPA 600 Devices Under Test Classic Single Connection K3 BPA 600 datasource File View BPA6GOO Help LE Only Classic Only Single Connection Dual Mode Classic Only Multiple Connections Device ke 03eac1 adbc John Trinkle s if Waiting for the master to connect to the slave LE Device Sync with First Master LE Address Type Advertiser Initiator Device x 00025b00aae0 UGO LE E ption Enter New Long Tem Key Enter New PIN OOE data 6 9 2015 12 00 39 PM bodffdffdfdffdfdf a a oe AG Figure 3 10 BPA 600 Devices Under Test Classic Only Single Connection Specifying the Bluetooth Device Address BD ADDR 28 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Select the Bluetooth device address BD ADDR form the Classic Device drop down list or from the Device Classic Device Database You can also type in the address as a 12 digit hex From Last Discov
115. operate if the audio stream has been muted Mute Mute Checking the Mute check box will silence the Wave Panel s audio output The volume indicator will respond to the audio volume but nothing will be heard All panels can be simultaneously muted using the Audio Expert System Global Toolbar The Wave Panel mute is a local control only However the Global Toolbar mute control will set the Stream Panel s Local Controls mute Vertical Zoom Each Wave Panel contains local Vertical Zoom controls that expands or reduces the waveform display vertically The waveform amplitude is always visible and the Vertical Zoom controls increases or decreases the entire vertical size of the display The vertical zoom buttons will turn gray and become inactive when the maximum and minimum values are reached Collapse Expand Control Collapse Expand button toggles between two views The top image indicates that the Wave Panel is 2 expanded When the bottom image is visible it indicates that the Wave Panel is collapsed T When the top image is visible clicking on it will collapse the Wave Panel to the minimum size that shows only the Stream Info and the Local Controls When the bottom image is visible clicking on it expands the Wave Panel to full size 236 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Sample Rate amp Bits Sample 16 bt Sa Figure 4 130 Collapsed Wave Panel 4 6 5 2 3 Audio Wav
116. packet in the session and displays it in the Packet Timeline This control is enabled when a bold packet type is selected in the Coexistence View Legend Refer to Coexistence View Legend on page 179 Performs the same functions as the lagn First Legend Packet button Previous When clicked selects the first prior legend packet in time from the current selection and Legend displays it in the Timeline This control is enabled when a bold packet type is selected in Packet the Coexistence View Legend Refer to Coexistence View Legend on page 179 Performs the same functions as the da Previous Legend Packet button Next Legend When clicked selects the next legend packet in time from the current selection and Packet displays it in the Timeline This control is enabled when a bold packet type is selected in the Coexistence View Legend Refer to Coexistence View Legend on page 179 Performs the same functions as the Next Legend Packet button Last Legend When clicked selects the last legend packet in the session and displays it in the Packet Timeline This control is enabled when a bold packet type is selected in the Coexistence View Legend Refer to Coexistence View Legend on page 179 Performs the same functions as the mie Last Legend Packet button Toggle This selection is active during Live capture mode only Checking this selection will lock Display Lock the Throughput Graph and the Timeline in its current position however
117. page number this is currently shown in the dialog You can enter a number in the text box then press Enter and the dialog will display the data for that page K lt gt D ths rabba ran aga e The first page e The previous page e The next page e Thelast page Close Print Preview Closes the dialog and returns to the Message Sequence Chart Select Font Size Allows selection of the print font size 7 from the drop down control 4 5 Packet Error Rate Statistics The Packet Error Rate PER Stats view provides a dynamic graphical representation of the Packet Error Rate for each channel The dialog displays a graph for each Classic Bluetooth channel numbered O through 78 and for each Bluetooth low energy channel numbered O through 39 Packet Error Rate Stats assist in detecting bad communication connections When a high percentage of re transmits and or header payload errors occur careful analysis of the statistics indicate whether the two devices under test are experiencing trouble communicating or the packet sniffer is having difficulty listening Generally if the statistics display either a large number of re transmits with few errors or an equal number of errors and re transmits then the two devices are not communicating clearly However if the statistics display a large number of errors and a small number of re transmits then the packet sniffer is not receiving the transmissions clearly 200 Chapter 4 Capturing a
118. protocol using this dialog Note that you may use the rest of the analyzer without addressing this dialog Additional information gathered during the capture session may help you decide how to respond to the request for decoding information If you are not sure of the payload carried by the subject frame look at the raw data shown under data in the Decode pane in the Frame Display You may notice something that hints as to the profile in use In addition look at some of the frames following the one in question The data may not be recognizable to the analyzer at the current point due to connection setup but might be discovered later on in the capture 3 2 5 3 RFCOMM Override Decode Information The Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog allows the user to override an existing parameter at any frame in the capture where the parameter is used If you have a parameter in effect and wish to change that parameter 1 Select the frame where the change should take effect and gt select Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters from the This is the Summary Pane Options menu or by selecting a frame in the frame display and choosing from the right click pop up menu and make the needed changes Copy Selection to Clipboard Save Selection Go To 2 Change the RFCOMM parameter by selecting from the Show Frame Size Column wO Show Delta Column 3 If you wish to remove an overridden rule click on Remove Add New Column Help Overr
119. quality stereo audio using the aptX codec from a smartphone to a Bluetooth headset The transmission contained SBC encoded packets despite a successful negotiation of aptX encoding and decoding mechanism between the source and the sink devices Frontline s AES software discovered this transmission error which most likely would not have been easily discovered by using traditional Bluetooth protocol and event analysis Without the Audio Expert System a product may have been shipped that was not performing as expected by the manufacturer A 1 1 Background In Bluetooth technology Audio Video Distribution Transport Protocol AVDTP uses Advanced Audio Distribution Profile A2DP for streaming audio in stereo The A2DP encompasses compression techniques to reduce the amount of radio frequency bandwidth required to transmit audio In addition to A2DP Audio Video Remote Control Profile AVRCP controls certain functions of the sending device such as pause play next track etc All Bluetooth products using A2DP are required to implement audio encoding and decoding using low complexity Sub Band Coding SBC that supports up to 345 kb per second bit rate for stereo audio The SBC codec has some issues though SBC coding and decoding produces some undesirable artifacts in the audio signal In addition the SBC encoding and decoding cycle introduces a time lag in the audio To improve on SBC s artifacts and time lag issues a CSR proprietary codec that is call
120. reach each ComProbe analyzer antenna connector If they are Class 3 devices 6 dBm 0 25 mW will reach each antenna connector Attenuation should be selected to limit the received power levels to prevent equipment damage and to provide sufficient power to reliably operate the equipment If using attenuation follow these recommendations e Ifthe devices are of the same class the attenuators AT1 and AT2 should be of equal value e For ComProbe BPA 600 attenuators AT3 and AT4 should be of equal value 321 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies e Determine the maximum power received at the ComProbe antenna jacks Then select an appropriate attenuator value to limit the input power to 20 dBm 10 uW maximum A 3 4 Test Process After connecting DUT1 DUT2 and the ComProbe Sodera or ComProbe BPA 600 follow these steps to capture Bluetooth data 1 Pair DUT 1 and DUT 2 2 Establish data transmission between DUT 1 and DUT 2 3 Begin capture of the data with the ComProbe Sodera or ComProbe BPA 600 Refer to the ComProbe User Manuals at fte com 4 Conduct protocol analysis with the ComProbe software on the personal computer or save the capture file for future analysis For any questions concerning conductive testing contact Frontline technical support at 434 984 4500 or email tech support fte com Author John Trinkle with Sean Clinchy Publish Date 22 June 2015 322 Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manua
121. role of the device initiating the frame master or slave e Server Channel The Bluetooth channel number O through 78 e DLCI This is the Data Link Connection Identifier and identifies the ongoing connection between a client and a server 56 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual e Data Source DS No When only one data source is employed set this parameter to O zero otherwise set to the desired data source e Carries UUID Select from the list to apply the Universal Unique Identifier UUID of the application layer that RFCOMM traverses to from the following o OBEX o SPP o encap asyncPPP o Headset o FAX o Hands Free o SIM Access o VCP o UDI o Raw Data Adding Deleting and Saving RFCOMMParameters 1 2 From the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window click on the RFCOMMtab Set or select the RFCOMMdecoder parameters Click ont he ADD button The Intial Connection window displays the added parameters Initial Connections in effect from beginning of capture onward until redefined In the piconet 2 on the Slave side with the LACAP CID 0x0000 and with the remote side TSID 0 the AVDTP is canying Signalling packets Modified by user In the piconet 2 on the Master side with the L2CAP CID 0000 and with the remote side TSID 1 the AVDTP is carying Reporting packets Modified by user In the piconet 2 on the Master side with the L2CAP CID Gx0000 and with the remote side TSID
122. since the beginning of Si January 1 1601 This is standard Windows time 4 4 3 6 Bluetooth Timeline Zooming Zoom features can be accessed from the Zoom menu clicking a zoom tool on the toolbar or by right clicking on the Timeline window A couple of things to remember about Zooming e Zoom tools accessed using the right click menu allow you to maintain the current position on the screen and precisely zoom in to a specific packet e Selecting a ZOOM icon or on the toolbar does not change the pointer to a Zoom tool Each distinct click only zooms in our out e Zoom tools accessed from the Zoom menu have a pointer in NENG kana Biuetooth Cock x0b00821c the upper left corner which is useful for specifying the ZOOM il aaa location and bringing up a tool tip of a specific packet 5 Clock nti 24 8 4 4 3 7 Bluetooth Timeline Throughput Displays In computing throughput payload is not counted from Bluetooth packets that have a CRC error dark red slot or that are a retransmission yellow slot 133 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 443 714 Bluetooth Timeline Average Payload Throughput The figure depicts the Throughput display with the Average Throughput indicators in the left column 2 Avg Payload Throughput betes Alec 3 655 Masa 1710 Average Throughput is the total payload over the entire session divided by the total time Total time is calculated
123. software accurately detect anomalies created by the streaming process In non referenced mode DUTs stream audio of unknown content limiting the types of detectable events The software automatically determines the operation mode with no user input required A 1 2 Test Setup The following DUTs below were used in our test setup e DUT1 smartphone with Bluetooth and aptX capability The smartphone operating system was Android e DUT2 Earphones with Bluetooth and aptX capability The protocol analyzer ComProbe BPA 600 Dual Mode Bluetooth Protocol Analyzer with Bluetooth Audio Expert System activated The BPA 600 is connected to a personal computer PC that is running ComProbe Protocol Analysis System software DUT1 was used as a source device DUT1 was streaming an AES Reference file 306 Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual DUT2 was used asa sink device After establishing a valid Bluetooth link DUT2 played the AES Reference file The audio test file was played from the Bluetooth smart phone to the Bluetooth headphone The data captured by the ComProbe BPA 600 hardware was sent to the analysis computer running ComProbe software with AES As the data was captured it was analyzed by the AES module and displayed live in the AES window The AES software automatically detected the test ID tones in the captured audio and operated in the referenced mode The figure 1 below shows the test setup ComProbe BPA 600 PC running AES
124. that begin at very low energy levels Measurement Threshold ka ah Panapaan IYO PER SEP KI KOPA Figure 4 124 Dropout Measurement and Silence Threshold Glitch The Glitch event is reported whenever an extremely large sample to sample amplitude transition occurs that has little or no probability of occurring within natural speech or music As illustration back to back N N N N values where N is any non zero number represents energy at the Nyquist frequency or the sample rate Neither speech nor music contain average energy levels at this frequency more the 20 dB below nominal However moderately large sample to sample changes in amplitude do occur and these naturally limit how sensitive this measure can be configured The system uses back to back transition levels of 90 dB for music and 40 dB for speech as the threshold for reporting the Glitch event Such dramatic changes would typically happen only in the face of dropped samples and serve as an additional means of detecting gross abnormalities 230 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 6 5 Audio Expert System Window This window is the working space for the Audio Expert System Upon opening Audio Expert System the window shown below will open with four main areas displayed e Global Toolbar Provides play cursor controls waveform viewing controls and volume controls that affect all Wave Panels e Wave Panel Displa
125. the Timestamping Options button or click the click the Timestamping Options icon f from the Event Display O window 2 Go to the Display Options section at the bottom of the window and find the Number of Digits to Display box 3 Click on the arrows to change the number You can display between O and 6 digits to the right of the decimal point 7 2 Technical Information 7 2 1 Performance Notes As a software based product the speed of your computer s processor affects the analyzer s performance Buffer overflow errors are an indicator that the analyzer is unable to keep up with the data The information below describes what happens to the data as it arrives what the error means and how various aspects of the analyzer affect performance Also included are suggestions on how to improve performance The analyzer s driver takes data from the driver and counts each byte as they are put into the driver s buffer The analyzer s driver tells the user interface that data is ready to be processed The analyzer takes the data from the driver s buffer and puts the data into the capture buffer Driver Buffer Overflows occur when the user interface does not retrieve frames from the driver quickly enough Buffer overflows are indicated in the Event Display window by a plus sign within a circle Clicking on the buffer overflow symbol displays how many frames have been lost There are several things that you can do to try and solve
126. the process is complete the dialogs display what files have been created and where they are located 248 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Data Extraction Status BipBppFipOppProfiles cfa Fie C Documents and Settings tab Desktop date extection AA HERA Bip dala esdraction frushed ey Status File Type One Steven File Path C Documents and Settings Vab Desktop data Fip data extraction started Filename Staus Foma Output File Documents and Settngstab Deskioo dela extrachon Ag Fip dala dractor Fie Documents and Settings tab Desklop deta extraction Fip dala edraction krashed HP dala edraction started te Documents and Setting lab Desktop data extrachoniM Processing Frame 540 10024 Fip date extraction Grished CADocuments and Selling tab Decklop dala extracton Bip ppFlpO ppProfies EPP 11 Unkrewn Rename to f Figure 4 42 Data and Audio Extraction Status If you selected Open Files s After Extraction the files open automatically 10 Ifyou did not select this option you can open a file by simply double clicking on the name Also if a file type is unknown you can select the file and it appears in the Rename to text box Data Extraction Staius BipBppFtpOppP rafiles cfa Bedalachecion stated File C Documents and Setting dab Deskbop data arachan Bip ppf pO ppPiofies BIP 2 ipg it Opened Bp data extachon fmish
127. the Bluetooth Timeline s Throughput Graph _ 176 4 4 5 21 Coexistence View Set Button 0000an oarn oern eenaa 177 4 4 5 22 Coexistence View Throughput Radio Buttons 22 e ee eee eee cece cece eeeeeee 178 4 4 5 23 Coexistence View Timeline Radio Buttons 0222 l eee eee eee eee eee 178 vil ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 4 5 24 Coexistence View low energy Devices Radio Buttons 178 4 4 5 25 Coexistence View Legend __ 2 a 179 4 4 5 26 Coexistence View Timelines eee eee cee cece eee eens 179 4 4 5 27 Packet information 0 0 lee eee na ONER ee eee cece Er EKEREN EE KAE EEE 179 4 4 5 28 Relocating the tool tip 2 2 lee eee ec cece eee cee cece andreaaa ia 182 4 4 5 29 The two Timelines 0 cece cece cece cece e cece cence eececeeeececeeeeceeees 184 4 4 5 30 Bluetooth slot markers 22 llc ee ee ee ee ce ce ee eee eee eens 186 Wo ZO AA 186 AA 5 32 DISCONUNUIUGS 2 02220 ccnccad encsduedandbenudetasdcseeeSecrebeuseuerecacekaseaeesetasedecseeas 187 4 4 5 33 High Speed Bluetooth a 188 4 4 5 34 Coexistence View No Packets Displayed with Missing Channel Numbers 189 4 4 5 35 High Speed Live View eee cee cece cee ce cee eee c cece cece eee e eee eceeceeceeceeeeeees 190 4 4 6 About The Message Sequence Chart MSC 2 2 e
128. the Device Database and LE Device Database tabs Save button to save the configuration if you made changes but did not begin sniffing All settings are saved automatically when you start sniffing o Help button opens the help file Grayed out icons are inactive and do not apply to ComProbe BPA 600 23 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings Table 3 6 BPA 600 datasource Menu Desci Fie Save and Exit options self explanatory View Hides or displays the toolbar BPA 600 Start Sniffing Stop Sniffing Discover Devices Opens ComProbe Help and About BPA 600 3 1 2 3 Selecting BPA 600 Devices Under Test The Devices Under Test dialog has all the setup information the analyzer needs in order to synchronize with the piconet and capture data The analyzer requires information on the clock synchronization method and the device address of the device to initially sync to You must also choose what to sniff KJ BPA 600 datasource File View BPA600 Help au OPH Devices Under Test Device Database LE Device Database BPA 600 Information LE Only Classic Only Single Connection Dual Mode Classic Only Multiple Connections H Device Ox703eac 1 ladbc John Trinkle s if T Waiting for the master to connect to the slave LE Device Sync with First Master LE Address Type Advertiser Initiator Device Q lt 00025b00aae0 UGO Classic Encryption LE Encryption Enter New L
129. the Included Length field is less than the Original Length field Packet Flags 295 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 7 General Information Flags specific to this packet Currently the following flags are defined Table 7 3 Packet fais asenen t Ne Je yn Direction flag O Sent 1 Received ia Command flag 0 Data 1 Command Event Bit O is the least significant bit of the 32 bit word Direction is relative to host DTE i e for Bluetooth controllers Send is Host gt Controller Receive is Controller gt Host Note Some Datalink Types already encode some or all of this information within the Packet Data With these Datalink Types these flags should be treated as informational only and the value in the Packet Data should take precedence Cumulative Drops A 32 bit unsigned integer representing the number of packets that were lost by the system that created the packet file between the first packet record in the file and this one Packets may be lost because of insufficient resources in the capturing system or for other reasons Note some implementations lack the ability to count dropped packets Those implementations may set the cumulative drops value to zero Timestamp Microseconds A 64 bit signed integer representing the time of packet arrival in microseconds since midnight January 1st O AD nominal Gregorian In order to avoid leap day ambiguity in calculations note that an equivalen
130. the first frame and continue until it reaches the frame where the search began e F3 is a shortcut for Find Next Occurrence e You cannot search while data is being captured e After acapture is completed you cannot search until Frame Display has finished decoding the frames e Find is not case sensitive e The status of the search is displayed at the bottom of the dialog Total Frames 259 Frames Filtered In 259 Frame s Selected 201 1 e The search occurs only on the Search for Antenna True results Found protocol layer selected e Tosearch across all the protocols on the Frame Display select the Unfiltered tab e A drop down list displays the search values entered during the current session of Frame Display Antenna True e The search is cancelled when you select a different protocol tab during a search e You can cancel the search at any time by selecting the Cancel Current Search button 96 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 4 1 7 Synchronizing the Event and Frame Displays The Frame Display is synchronized with the Event Display Click on a frame in the Frame Display and the corresponding bytes is highlighted in the Event Display Each Frame Display has its own Event Display As an example here s what happens if the following sequence of events occurs 1 Click on the Frame Display icon in Control window toolbar to open the Frame Display
131. the layer is present and can be revealed again at any time You can hide as many layers as you wish Note Hiding from the Frame Display affects only the data shown in the Frame Display and not any information in any other window There are two ways to hide a layer 1 Right click on the layer in the Decode pane and choose Hide protocol name Layer In All Frames 2 Click the Set Protocol Filtering button on the Summary pane toolbar In the Protocols to Hide box on the right check the protocol layer s you want hidden Click OK when finished To reveal a hidden protocol layer 1 Right click anywhere in the Decode pane 2 Choose Show protocol name Layer from the right click menu or click the Set Protocol Filtering button and un check the layer or layers you want revealed 4 4 1 4 Physical vs Logical Byte Display The Event Display window and Event Pane in the Frame Display window show the physical bytes In other words they show the actual data as it appeared on the circuit The Radix Binary and Character panes in the Frame Display window show the logical data or the resulting byte values after escape codes or other character altering codes have been applied a process called transformation As an example bytes with a value of less than 0x20 the Ox indicates a hexadecimal value cannot be transmitted in Async PPP To get around this a Ox7d is transmitted before the byte The 0x7d says to take the next byte and subtract 0x20 to
132. your selections will appear in the Directed Connections pop up window 7 Click on OK to close the pop up 8 Selecting the Classic Only Multiple Connections will display the same information 9 To reset the Classic Only Multiple Connections to its default mode select any other datasource configuration radio button and click on the Advanced button Click on the Dircted Classic Connection check box to remove the check Click on OK The Classic Only Multiple Connections dialog will return to its default one master two slave configuration 44 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings Directed Connections Link 1 Master Slave Link Key Pin Code Link 2 Master Slave Link Key Pin Code Link 3 Master Slave Link Key Pin Code Ox703eac 1 ladbc John Trinkle s iPhone Ox00025b00aaeD UGO 0000 Ox703eac 1 ladbc John Trinkle s iPhone Ox3cb70d53a1dd FTE 9 77B51 ooga Ox00025b00aae0 UGO Oxb4b676b7df12 FTE 3589PX1 0000 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual K3 BPA 600 datasource NA EI File View BPA600 Help 9 Ho Devices Under Test LE Device Database BPA 600 Infomation LE Only 0 Classic Only Single Connection Dual Mode Classic Only Multiple Connections Link 1 Master Ox00025b00aae0 UGO Slave Oxb4b676b7df12 FTE 8589PX1 Link Key Pin Code 0000 Link 2 Master Ox703eac1l1adbc John Trinkle s iP
133. 0 638 11 30 201212 20 02 895166PM 0 00 00 00 637 632 3 Data 221 34 42 100010 639 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 638 633 3 Data 21 33 41 100001 640 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 639 634 3 Data ic 28 34 11100 641 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166PM 0 00 00 00 640 635 3 Data 80 128 200 10000000 642 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 641 636 3 Data 80 128 200 10000000 643 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 642 637 3 Data 80 128 200 10000000 644 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 643 638 3 Data 80 128 200 10000000 Figure 6 6 Example csv Event Display Export Excel spreadsheet 6 6 2 1 Export Filter Out You can filter out data you don t want or need in your text file This option is available only for serial data In the Filter Out box choose which side to filter out the DTE data the DCE data or neither side don t filter any data For example if you choose the radio button for DTE data the DTE data would be filtered out of your export file and the file would contain only the DCE data You can also filter out Special Events which is everything that is not a data byte such as control signal changes and Set I O events Non printable characters or both If you choose to filter out Special Events your export file would contain only the data bytes Filtering out the non printable characters means that your export file would contain only special events and data bytes classified as printable I
134. 0 Creating Encrypted MIC in Frame Display Summary pane 4 4 4 8 The Timeline The low energy Timeline shows Bluetooth packets within a specific period of time Time is shown as one or more contiguous segments Within each segment are one or more source access address or radio rows Bluetooth low energy Timeline le Sniffer_Capture_GB6900AA_2 cfa File Format Zoom Navigate Help COO e 3 3 LL Average Packet Throughput Throughput Over Time E O Side 1 Average Payload Throughput Adv Initiator C Master l E 47 bits s Packet Throughput Adv Unknown Slave z F Data Start 1 Second Packet Throughput 319p lira mg yi D Payload Throughput E Data Cont E CRC Error mas a MM ak Fig r Ceme eee B ume en 1 Second Payload Throughput 546 H Both Data Ctri Invalid IFS 0 bits s Ef Data Unknown 5 Configured Devices C unknown O Selected pe ra i All Devices KA Discontinuity Ox50655d5b Packet 108 370 Adv Advertising Ady Type ADY IND Timestamp 3 14 2013 12 29 29 277668 PM Duration 376 us Prev Next Timestamp Deltas 18 463 ms 768 us Prev Next Gaps 18 087 ms 392 us CP 0 Channel Index 37 2402 MHz Meets Predefined Filter Criteria for BT low energy devices No Event Status Recieved without errors s8 PDU Length 39 Advertiser Address 0x7 27272727272 Access Address 0x8e89bed6 LE ADY AdvA Ox727272727272 AddrT ype pub Type ADY IND Chan 37 Len 37 For Help
135. 0 the AVDTP is carying Unknown Modified by user Figure 3 17 Parameters Added to Decoder To delete a parameter from the Initial Connections window select the parameter and click on the Delete button Decoder parameters cannot be edited The only way to change a parameter is to delete the original as described above and recreate the parameter with the changed settings and selections and then click on the Add button RFCOMM parameters are saved when the template is saved as described in Adding a New or Saving an Existing Template on page 48 3 2 5 2 RFCOMM Missing Decode Information ComProbe software usually determines the protocol carried in an RFCOMM payload by monitoring previous traffic However when this fails to occur the Missing Decoding Information Detected dialog appears and requests that the user supply the missing information The following are the most common among the many possible reasons for a failure to determine the traversal 57 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings e The capture session started after transmission of the vital information e The analyzer incorrectly received a frame with the traversal information e The communication monitored takes place between two players with implicit information not included in the transmission In any case either view the RFCOMM payload of this frame and other frames with the same channel as hex data or assist the analyzer by selecting a
136. 0625 seconds or 625 us M and S labels Within each row master and slave packets are indicated on the left side of the row By default all possible slave devices there can be up to 7 are put on the S sub row but checking the Show slave LT_ADDR checkbox shows all existing slave device sub rows with numbered labels some or all of S1 S2 S7 Bluetooth Clock The Bluetooth clock of the first slot in each row is shown underneath each row Packet Info Line The packet info line appears just above the timeline and displays information for the currently selected packet s If only one packet is selected this information consists of the packet number packet type B uetooth clock Bluetooth only Timestamp and Duration Duration is shown as Unknown when the selected packet has an error If multiple packets are selected this information consists of the packet range the Bluetooth clock delta Bluetooth only the Timestamp delta and Span Span is shown as Unknown when the last packet in the selected range has an error since its duration is unknown A user can use these to verify the average throughput calculations Selected packets are bounded by a magenta rectangle See the Packet Navigation and Selection section Floating Information Window aka Tooltip The information window displays when the mouse cursor hovers on a packet not slot It persists as long as the mouse cursor stays on the packet or tooltip For Bluetoot
137. 1 Classic Bluetooth Roleless Connection 022 occ cece eee ce eee eee eee eee eeee 22 3 1 2 2 Datasource Tadlbak MENU aa Png ncceacedeberesdedebsdactateducomccandeesetaciaceiataoaesas 23 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 3 1 2 3 Selecting BPA 600 Devices Under Test ieee eee eee eee eee eee eee 24 3 1 2 4 BPA 600 Devices Under Test 0 002 ccc ce cee ce ce cece cece cece ceeeeeeees 25 3 1 2 4 1 BPA 600 Devices Under Test LE Only _ 22222 lee ee eee eee ee eee eee 25 3 1 2 4 2 BPA 600 Devices Under Test Classic Single Connection _ 2 2 0 0 eee eee eee 28 3 1 2 4 3 BPA 600 Devices Under Test Dual Mode 0 2 2 30 3 1 2 4 4 BPA 600 Devices Under Test Classic Only Multiple Connection 34 3 1 2 4 5 SSP Debug Mode 2 222 oie ee cece cece ec cece eee cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 37 3 1 2 4 6 Programmatically Update Link Key from 3rd Party Software 37 3 1 2 5 BPA 600 Device Database _ 0 2 ccc eee ee ee ee ee ee ce eee eee eee ee 38 3 1 2 6 BPA 600 low enegy Device Database a 39 a AYA AA LG PAO EE 41 3 1 2 8 BPA 600 Advanced Classic Settings cece cee aan nanna cece cece eceeceeeeees 42 3 2 Decoder Parameters ee ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ence ee ence eee eee 45 3 2 1 Decoder Parameter Templates occ cc cece cece ce eee ccc e eee eceeceeceeeeeceee
138. 1 sec 1 600 Bluetooth slots 2 sec 3 200 Bluetooth slots 3 sec 4 800 Bluetooth slots 4 sec 6 400 Bluetooth slots 5 sec 8 000 Bluetooth slots 10 sec 16 000 Bluetooth slots 20 sec 32 000 Bluetooth slots Pi Note Right clicking anywhere in the Coexistence View window will open the Zoom menu ina pop up Table 4 16 Coexistence View Navigate Menu Selections Descriptior H When clicked the first packet in the session is Home selected and displayed in the Timeline Performs the same function as the First Packet button 162 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 4 16 Coexistence View Navigate Menu Selections continued MON APAT ee Last Packet When clicked the last packet in the sessionis End selected and displayed in the Timeline Performs the same function as the g Last Packet button Previous When clicked the first packet occurring in time Left Arrow Packet prior to the currently selected packet is selected and displayed in the Timeline Performs the same function as the O Previous Packet button Next Packet When clicked the first packet occurring next in Right Arrow time from the currently selected packet is selected and displayed in the Timeline Performs the same function as the gt Next Packet button Previous When clicked selects the first prior retransmitted packet from the current selection and Retransmitted disp
139. 1db57dd0157d32a the slave device will generate along with EDIV Master iniiskzabon vector Vint Ox034efes9 and Rand Both the master and slave devices can distribute these numbers but Bluetooth low energy is designed to conserve energy so the slave device is often resource constrained and does not have the database storage resources for holding LTKs Therefore the slave will distribute LTK EDIV and Rand to the master device for storage When a slave begins a new encrypted session with a previously linked master device it will request distribution of EDIV and Rand and will regenerate LTK Figure 21 Encryption Request from Master Example ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture 334 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies LE LL Control Pkt LL ENC R5P Slave session key identiher SKDs bc28383344187892e Slave inaiakzation vector W3 5472235 Figure 22 Encryption Response from Slave Example ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture A 5 6 Encrypting The Data Transmission Data encryption begins with encrypting the link The Session Key SK is created using a session key diversifier SKD The first step in creating a SK is for the master device to send Link Layer encryption request message LL_ ENC_REQ that contains the SKD ter The SKD ter is generated using the LTK The slave receives SKD cer generates SKD oe and generates SK by concatenating parts of SKD aster and SKD ave The sl
140. 2 2 185 5 1 Single Slave OPEN 5 d Bee eee A ane 2190 1 Single Master OPEN 5 1 e OO Ma Sg sive START i Length Of Service Capability LOSC 9 ao aindlesa EMs all ba Media Type Audio mg Media Codec Type Vendor 5pecific Codec GE Codec Info Element e Apts codec data i Vendor ID APT Ltd Codec ID Classic e Sampling Frequency i 44 1Khz Supporbed i Channel Mode Stereo Ng jil 4 lb TM b ils II P t Figure 5 Frame Display for AVDTP Signaling Frame 2169 SET_CONFIGURATION So far the process of setting up an aptX audio connection between DUT1 and DUT2 appears normal correct and error free We now move from he AVDTP protocol to the A2DP protocol to observe the audio Problem Discovery badi L AVDTP Signaling AVDTP Media Hands Free AVRCP PYM Data Non Captured Info Role Slave i Address 1 LE BB Data I wen B Frame Codec Addr Role LS Num F Fram Delta Timestamp ink Address 1 2 839 APTX 1 5 Audio Source 514 12 30 2014 3 3 _ Role Slave Audio Source 5 2841 APTX 1 S Audio Source 684 00 00 00 0 123072014 3 3 Codec APT X 1 2 850 APT 1 5 Audio Source 684 00 00 00 0 12 30 2014 3 3 Audio Frame Ox 9c bd 23 30 80 c0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 d9 6d 2a b2 ba dO a5 56 56 f9 34 aa ca cb 5f 55 55 56 99 69 2a 92 83 e4 65 46 4a 65 Da a8 a9 33 A 55 15 39 74 2a a2 ab b3 45 54 56 2a 33 0 55 65 73 5f ca ac ad 68 45 55 55 9c bd 23 30 80 c0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 81 76 b
141. 2 ab 2a b1 92 55 24 d0 42 4a a4 92 ab 15 51 52 cd a2 aa 2a 91 c8 55 45 5c al aa aa ac fb 7615 61 c4 9d 42 b4 3b 1c 93 ea aa aa d8 35 55 55 50 f7 8c a8 c9 53 65 55 55 9c bd 23 30 80 c0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 26 10 2a a2 af fb 05 54 55 6d 98 aa Ba c3 fe 55 55 5b 29 Oc 2a c3 al 6d 55 55 76 be ca ac ae 76 b9 55 95 Ja c5 45 54 52 58 c3 2a 32 57 ac 55 45 51 bb Ba a8 ab 7f 95 15 51 9c bd 23 30 80 c0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 9c fe aa aa b8 5c 65 56 57 61 44 aa ca eb fe 95 59 5c 1f d2 ab 2b 37 76 55 65 5b a9 2c aa 54 d9 28 aa 8a ac 85 15 51 58 56 2a 2a a3 60 c5 85 58 73 de aa aa ae d7 f9 55 95 9c bd 23 30 80 c0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 d0 19 2a b2 b6 2e e5 56 56 1a 9a ca ac ad 19 45 54 53 70 e8 aa Ba 4b bc 5 ca ac b3 50 95 55 57 04 62 aa aa eb d3 91 59 1d 89 d2 ab 2b 87 7e 55 65 67 8c 4c ac cb 89 95 55 55 9c bd 23 30 80 c0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 47 da b2 ab 25 8a 45 54 54 95 a8 ca 8c Ya 67 1551 55 1 7a15al da f3 2a b2 ba 29 65 56 56 ce 7c aa ca c4 9d 59 55 95 c9 28 aa Da 71 41 25 52 49 91 Da a8 a9 50 01 55 15 Figure 6 Frame Display for A2DP Streaming at Frame 2839 with Audio Expanded In the ComProbe software the audio data is shown in the A2DP tab in the Frame Display see Figure 6 The frame 2839 which is the first audio frame is identified as being aptX encoded because of the successful codec negotiation At this frame the conventional audio data analysis methods do not show any issues Assuming the data is aptX encoded the AES software passes it to the AES aptX dec
142. 2 markers per segment 90 segments 45 markers per segment 143 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 12 Bluetooth low energy Timeline Menus continued wenn seesion besefpin O O Navigate First Packet Goes to the first packet Keyboard Shortcut Home Last Packet Goes to the last packet Keyboard Shortcut End Previous Packet Goes to the packet prior to the currently selected packet Keyboard Shortcut Left Arrow Next Packet Goes to the next packet after the currently selected packet Keyboard Shortcut Right Arrow Previous Invalid IFS Packet Goes to the previous invalid IFS packet from the currently selected packet If there is no previous invalid IFS packet this item is not active Next Invalid IFS Packet Goes to the next invalid IFS packet from the currently selected packet If there are no invalid IFS packets following the current selection this item is not active Previous Error Packet Goes to the first error packet prior to the current selection If there are no error packets available this item is not active Keyboard Shortcut Ctrl Left Arrow Next Error Packet Goes to the first error packet following the current selection If there are no error packets available this item is not active Keyboard Shortcut Ctrl Right Arrow Selected Packet Keyboard Shortcut Enter Toggle Display Lock Available only in Live mode To prevent timeline scrollin
143. 273 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data 2 Type your comments in the large edit box on the Notes window The Cut Copy Paste features are K Fs B are all supported from Edit menu and the toolbar 2C at the current cursor location supported from Edit menu and the toolbar when text is selected Undo and Redo features 3 Click the thumbtack icon to keep the Notes window on top of any other windows 4 When you re done adding comments close the window 5 When you close the capture file you are asked to confirm the changes to the capture file See Confirming Capture File CFA Changes for more information 6 3 Confirm Capture File CFA Changes This dialog appears when you close a capture file after changing the Notes the protocol stack or bookmarks The dialog lists information that was added or changed and allows you to select which information to save and whether to save it to the current file or to a new one Changes made to the file appear in a list in the left pane You can click on each item to see details in the right pane about what was changed for each item You simply check the boxes next to the changes you want to keep Once you decide what changes to keep select one of the following e Save To This File Saves the changes you have made to the current capture file e Save As Saves the changes to a new file e Cancel the Close Operation Closes the file and returns you back to the
144. 3000 Ha Augun eu A Sy ee b Go to the imestamp Ce On or bedore the specced ime On o after the specified tine Figure 4 22 Search Find Dialog Find on Frame Display only searches the Decode Pane for a value you enter in the text box To use Find 1 Select the frame where you want to begin the search 2 Enter a value in the Find text box Find Antenna Troe H 95 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data A Note Note The text box is disabled during a live capture Select Find Previous Occurren e Je to begin the search on frames prior to the frame you selected or Find Next Occurrence 53 to begin the search on frames following the frame you selected db Arterna Signat True The next occurrence of the value if it is found will be highlighted in the Decode Pane dim Tian Qtheruastion Faka db Tiansmi Alberuation Fake 4 Select Find Previous Occurrence or Find Next Occurrence to continue the search There are several important concepts to remember with Find e When you enter a search string and select Enter the search moves forward e If you select Find Previous Occurrence when the search reaches the first frame it will then cycle to the last frame and continue until it reaches the frame where the search began e Shift F3 is a shortcut for Find Previous Occurrence e If you select Find Next Occurrence when the search reaches the last frame it will then cycle to
145. 5 awom 7605 atiam 735836 Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual MP 23604 1 Panng Random 36 OO000O O05 01 755607 Code Enerypiran Inlomashon 39610 2 PakingRandam 56 000000 00501755938 LTE Qodd ec 740713821891161 cA bbi H BE 5 Encryption Infor 40 oaio 000502065841 33671 5 Master dente 34 OOOO 0005 02 12584 HEH 5 lantay rima al OO CN O00 DO Cele 185642 73 706 5 Signing Ir oma A DOO0001 00500 305843 710 Hi Iderkiy bioma 40 POO DOS 335613 33712 hi Identity Add 7i CAGE 0 O00 DO Cte 336273 29714 M Signing Irfoma 40 wwa 000502 236861 Figure 27 SMP Key Distribution Frames A 5 7 2 2 Link Layer The Link Layer LL protocol manages the Bluetooth low energy radio transmissions and is involved in starting link encryption To observe the decoded LL commands click on the Frame Display LE LL tab search for and select ControlPkt LL ENC REQ This command should originate with Side 1 the initiator of the encryption link In Figure 11 Frame 39 617 is selected in the Summary pane and we see the decoded LE LL frame is display in the Decoder pane Shown in this frame packet is the SKDm that is the Master Session Key Diversifier SKDmaster In Frame 39 623 you will find SKDslave that is combined with SKDmaster to create the Session Key SK Both SDKs were created using the LTK Frame 39 635 through 39 649 in the LE LL tab completes starting of the encryption process After the slave sends LL START ENC
146. 5 0625 s 4050 1 25 ms time intervals 0x45 156 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Zoom Menu Multiple Segment Each selection defines the timeline view port the number of segments and number of 1 25 ms markers withing the segment For example selecting 7 5 ms 6 1 25 ms time intervals 3x2 will display 7 5 ms of the total timeline in 3 segments of with 2 markers per segment for a total of 6 markers The scroll bar at the left of the segments will scroll the view through the timeline 4 4 5 Coexistence View The Coexistence View displays Classic Bluetooth Bluetooth low energy and 802 11 packets and throughput in one view You access the Coexistence View by clicking its button lad in the Control window or Frame Display toolbars or Coexistence View from the View menus kd Coexistence View bpa bt le wf hs 18 842 packets cfa File Format Zoom Navigate Spectrum Help BOO ae 9 4 9 49 4459 AA Packets All Selected Viewport Awg throughput 1 sec throughput Hi TEP Throughput Over Tag Throughput bits s bits s BAGA Kai O Packet O Payload Both Timeline 5 GHz O 24 GHz Both Selected Auto Retransmit Bad Packet Can t Decrypt Invalid IFS LE Devices Configured Al Wi Unknown Click on any bold entry above to enable navigation 2 4 GHz Channels For Help Press F1 Figure 4 62 Coexistence View Window 4 4 5 1 Coexi
147. 6 0 dB Expected 3 0 dB o Bpo D Ret n POOS Repon FOS Repon 12213 rag Far DOOF Figure 4 136 Example Event Table Selection Shown in Event Timeline Event Pop Up When the cursor hovers over a selected event severity icon in the Event Timeline a pop up will display the event class severity and associated Bluetooth frame 240 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 01 32 47 320 PM 01 32 47 339 PM co i _ Class of event Audio Ci E Seventy Error seventy Stream Id Eveni Bluetooth Frame 39561 E dj her E REF Figure 4 137 Event Timeline Selected Event Pop Up Erang Ea 7 4 6 5 3 Event Table The Event Table lists all audio stream events Clicking on an event will select that event in the Event Timeline in the Wave Panel If the selected event is outside the visible area of the waveform the waveform will move and bring the selected event to the center of the display The event icon in the Event Timeline is also centered and the selected icon will be larger than the non selected event icons Selecting one or more events in the table will highlight the associated frames in the standard ComProbe software windows such as Frame Display Coexistence View Bluetooth Timeline etc Lock Event Table F Severity Stream Id Event Type Mode Frame Number
148. 8 for Classic Bluetooth and 40 individual channels 0 39 for Bluetooth low energy 202 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual kali laso Bha Packet Error Babe by Chand Mabe test 39 110 4cfa _ Ha Ba k J AN a a m BN N BN UN nea uE E z L P a E Figure 4 117 Bluetooth low energy Packet Error Rate Channels 203 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data e For Classic Bluetooth Each channel contains a bar that displays the number of packets with no errors in green packets with Header Errors in red packets with Payload or CRC errors in dark red and Retransmitted packets in yellow e The red number at the top of the channel shows the percentage of Header Error and Payload CRC Errors in relationship to the total number of packets in the channel e The light blue number at the top of each channel shows the megahertz MHz for the channel if the option is chosen in the Additional Statistics section e When you select a channel detailed information for that channel is displayed in the expanded chart on the upper right e The channels change dynamically as the Viewport is moved or new data appears within the Viewport e The Channel Not Available symbol is displayed if the channel is not available in the most recent channel map that is in or before the last selected packet even if that channel
149. 92 TYPE 2 DH3 6 465 56 00 00 00 0 4 13 2015 10 55 32 694 i Payload Data Rate 3 Mbps 6 469 17 00 00 00 0 4213 2015 10 55 32 701 Figure 4 37 Connection Filter from the Frame Display Menu From the Frame Display toolbar Right click anywhere in the toolbar and select Connection Filter from the pop up menu The procedure for creating a connection filter are identical as described in From the Frame Display Filter menu above 117 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data KI Frame Display TestFile5limmer cfa File Edit View Format Live Filter Bookmarks Options Window Help Ogg a A 45 Y Va Hasan lad lad Led GS lol p Frame 6 471 Mi Connection Filter d Classic Q Sum Ea Errors Bluetooth low energy Link O po A a i Baseband F Sle ie dea anes l Baseband L eband PreConnection FHS SCO eSCO Header Length 11 4 Header Version 3 B Frame Pr Access Add CRC BDADOR Fram Delta Timestamp a Link 4 6 463 17 4 13 2015 10 55 32 661 KA ot Ld 1 mam Aaa a A Bir en CAL AY Figure 4 38 Connection Filter from the Frame Display Toolbar right click From the Frame Display panes Right click anywhere in a Frame Display pane and select Connection Filter in the pop up menu The procedure for creating a connection filter are identical as described in From the Frame Display Filter menu above KJ Frame Display TestFileSlimmer c
150. Actions Right clicking anywhere in the Wave Panel will provide you with a Clear Selection selection of the following actions Copy Selection Export Audio Data Loop Zoom to Selection Select Area Select All pa HA Fa mr Table 4 38 Wave Panel Pop up Menu Selections Clear Selection Clears the current selection in the viewer Copy Selection Saves a copy of the selection to the computer clipboard The clipboard can be pasted into a Word document an e mail or other Windows clipboard compatible application Export Audio Data Opens the Export pop up menu with options to export the waveform as a raw wav or Event Data For additional details on exporting refer to Waveform Display Export Loops through the audio selected on the Wave Panel Zoom to Selection Expands or compresses the selection to fill the Wave Panel view 243 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 38 Wave Panel Pop up Menu Selections continued Select Area When the mouse cursor is positioned over data not fill pause or gaps in the Wave Panel and selecting this option will select all the data between and fills pauses or gaps Select All Selects the entire waveform Event Table Pop up Menu Actions Right clicking in the Event Table will provide you with a selection of the following actions Copy Clear Selection Export Event Table BAGA Loop 3 38
151. Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 9 Event Display Homer cfa File Edit View Format Bookmarks B G Window Help AK Ev A t x Event Humber 3 4 o 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 432 Slave 00 01 5a 03 F 4a 04 a5 23 6b be O01 Im Master 4237 BP d6 56 c0 23 Slave kF WALE a6 23 6b be 00 00 01 Masher 4353 Ob 9d 52 q 3 00 08 00 Slave Captured Byte Master 4369 Slave RP 1b b c0 23 Ob 3d Se 00 01 07 17 21 50 Master 4385 Slave do 23 0b Sd 5c 00 01 5a 01 amp FP 34 3 Co Master 4401 e 37 6a 0 23 Ob Bd Slave _ Event 4 338 of 4 831 Frame 188 5 3 2011 1 48 58 604388 PM source ASCII Hex Dec Oct Binary Errors Master 27 393 47 00200111 7 For Help Press Fl Captured Byte Information Figure 4 2 Event Display Click on an event to find out more about it The three status lines at the bottom of the window are updated with information such as the time the event occurred for data bytes the time the byte was captured the value of the byte in hex decimal octal and binary any errors associated with the byte and more Events with errors are shown in red to make them easy to spot When capturing data live the analyzer continually updates the Event Display as data is captured Make sure the Lock icon a is displayed on the toolbar to prevent the display from updating Clicking on the icon again will unlock the display While locked you can review your data run searches determine delta time in
152. BPA 600 User Manual General group applies to all technologies The other groups are technology specific HOES COO _ Classic Bluetooth blue MENE Boom ail b Baseband LAGAP TES LE BB LE PET LE ADW lt lt m BOZ 11 Radia B0211 MAC Data mm Bluetooth low energy green B a Fryn 15 801 ee Ere Uu 802 11 orange N5 809 NG EO Figure 4 27 Example Protocol Tags e Clicking on a protocol filter tab in the General group filters in all packets containing that protocol regardless of each packet s technology e Clicking on a protocol filter tab in a technology specific group filters in all packets containing that protocol on that technology e A protocol filter tab appears in the General group only if the protocol occurs in more than one of the technology specific tab groups For example if L2CAP occurs in both Classic Bluetooth and Bluetooth low energy there will be L2CAP tabs in the General group the Classic Bluetooth group and the Bluetooth low energy group Select the Unfiltered tab to display all packets There are several special tabs that appear in the Summary pane when certain conditions are met These tabs appear only in the General group and apply to all technologies The tabs are e Bookmarks appear when a bookmark is first seen e Errors appear when an error is first seen An error is a physical error in a data byte or an error in the protocol decode
153. Classic Encryption LE Encryption Enter New Long Term Key PIN Code ASCII X ka814c8b0ed4af7c02a52c 1e063ab017d3 Enter New Value Enter New PIN OOB data 0000 Current Link Key Current Long Term Key 2 5 2014 1 17 16 PM Q 1 1 1601 12 00 00 AMOxa814c8b0a4af7c02852c le 0545231 79fd8e20e43d8ecfea4aba Sabb Premium Maintenance will expire on February 3 2015 Clear Querying for firmware ids Finished querying for firmware ids tab For example if you selected PIN code in the encryption drop down but you neglected to fill in the PIN code then Start Sniffing will be grayed out Click on the toolbar Start Sniffing button The Control window will display a capture status message When you start sniffing the colored arrow be red indicating that the Bluetooth devices are initializing After a few seconds the arrow will turn green T the status will change to Waiting for the master to connect to the slave At this point the BPA 600 is synchronized and waiting for a baseband connection When your connection is established the arrow will turn blue T Signifying that a baseband link has been established and data should start to appear in the Frame Display The direction of the arrow indicates which device is master and which is slave The arrow points from master to slave If ComProbe software successfully calculates the correct link key the Link Key icon X on the datasource is updated with a check mark to indica
154. ComProbe software e Chapter 3 Configuration Settings The software and hardware is configured to capture data Configuration settings may vary for a particular ComProbe analyzer depending on the technology and network being sniffed There are topics on configuring protocol decoders used to disassemble packets into frames and events e Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data This Chapter describes how to start a capture session and how to observe the captured packets frames layers and events e Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data Here you will find how to move through the data and how to isolate the data to specific events often used for troubleshooting device design problems e Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data When a live capture is completed you may want to save the captured data for future analysis or you may want to import a captured data set from another developer or for use in interoperability testing This chapter will explain how to do this for various data file formats e Chapter 7 General Information This chapter provides advanced system set up and configuration information timestamping information and general reference information such as ASCII baudot and EBCDIC codes This chapter also provides information on how to contact Frontline s Technical Support team should you need assistance 1 2 Computer Minimum System Requirements Frontline supports the following computer systems configurations e Operating System Win
155. DUT1 Bluetooth address of one device in the connection Can be either sending or receiving the audio data DUT2 Bluetooth address of the other device in the connection Can be either sending or receiving the audio data Displays the Codec type used by the captured audio stream The supported codecs include SBC AAC aptX mSBC and CVSD SBC Codec Information Pop up When you hover over the Codec tag and the Codec SBC a pop up will appear that shows additional information about which SBC parameters can be used The pop up is visible as long as the cursor hovers over the Codec tag ah j Block Lengths Figure 4 128 SBC Codec Information Pop Up on Cursor Hover Over 235 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 4 6 5 2 2 Local Controls The Local Controls in each Wave Panel provide the user with indicators and controls for waveform display and audio play back Mute Cy Arl Figure 4 129 Wave Panel Local Controls Waveform Play Back Volume The volume slider controls the playback volume for the audio in each Wave Panel Audio Volume Indicator Aa The volume indicator shows the relative audio volume at the waveform display play cursor When the green bars completely fill the indicator the audio volume is at its highest level As the volume decreases the bars will move to the right linearly with no visible green bar indicating no audio The volume indicator will continue to
156. Display Data to a File 1 Select Export Events from the File menu on the Event Display window to display the Event Display Export dialog 2 Enter a file path and name or click the browser button to display the Windows Save As dialog and navigate to the desired storage location 3 Selecta file type from the Save as type drop down List Menu on the Event Display Export dialog Select from among the following file formats Text File txt CSV File csv HTML File html Binary File bin 4 Select the range of events to include in the file from either All or Selection in the Event Range section of the Event Display Export dialog e Selecting more than one event in the Event Display window defaults the radio button in the Event Display Export dialog to Selection and allows the user to choose the All radio button e When only one event is selected something must be selected the All radio button in the Event Display Export dialog is selected by default 5 Next you need to select the Side variable for serial communications e is used to determine whether you want to export data from or both e Choose or Both to determine how you want to export the data 5 Choose or Both to determine how you want to export the data 6 Choose whether you want to display multiple events or single events per row 280 Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Events Per Row You can choose to display Multipl
157. Display Filter menu above If the frame you have selected is associated with a Classic Bluetooth link or a Bluetooth low energy access address an additional pop up menu item will appear as shown in the example image below This selection is a predetermined filter based on your selection In the example frame 6471 is associated with Link 4 so the predetermined filter assumes that you may want create a connection filter for that link Clicking on Connection Filter Link 4 will filter in Link 4 frames without opening all the drop down menus 118 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Bz Frame ASCII Hex Fram Delta Timestamp 4 13 2015 10 55 This is the Summary Pane Copy Selection to Clipboard Save Selection Go To v Show Frame Size Column Show Timestamp Column Show Delta Column Add New Column Help Remove New Column Change Column Order Help Restore Default Columns m Add Bookmark Export T T ie Connection Filter k Classic a All Connection Filter Link 4 Bluetooth low energy Link Provide L2CAP Rules Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters Show Hidden Panes f Figure 4 40 Connection Filter from frame selection right click Creating from any Frame Display window A Connection Filter can be created from any open Frame Display window and the filtering will always be applied to the original
158. Extended Inquiry Response Extended Inquiry Response EIR is a tab that appears automatically on the Frame Display window when you capture data Frame D taplany NIT T la i aasa pa eg siga PO ha TY SEN Dan CESTA Pam Arcade Frommer where the protocol Ta BOMISECOD Smary Erre Ingary herer Baseband mata katorse Wodikorad Basahan Kaanak Ick Besatt Sada a T Matin Lene BOSODOO 10111005 11160110 e Hasshand NO1011101 11010011 HOO1OO11 00000000 00000001 Hate ingay Pag a DoDo0000 DOODO000 OAO00010 00000000 00090000 SE heree lear Barang i t iim K1001000 00000110 00001001 01010000 Bi bang rir G O12101000 01401111 01101110 01100101 00000111 E cerd HF E sterii nauna Paru m googli 00010101 00010001 00011111 00010001 mer OU 90001003 00016001 DINGO DGOGDOGO 00000000 a Cirer oi ie MEF Lii ea Cis nia F rhii cedar aE ENA reil p ar kad 7 Tat dna Lea FA F Es Lue Fee jae af sara Remon la j n a r rete 00000000 Dee OED Cee any Feipane Data Type Compe et oi TEBI LID Taea AANER phone AR NANAMAN oat pia Sanal Ce NG Bhan SAAN RANA te ta ee A vu ews ka a ng TASA ure ee Ki SUSANA Ma a 7 vevuwevy ew uw YU Naan ara Pa u ey ye UD BETE PEG E Peer uM PERE Peo ee eee ee eee Tote Frames DH Frames Feedin 275 Frame Ps Selected ANA ites Figure 4 14 Frame Display Extended Inquire Response
159. Figure 6 3 Frame Display Print Preview Dialog 2 From this point the procedure is the same as steps 2 through 5 in How to Print Frame Display Data above 3 Click the OK button and after a brief wait a browser window will appear 2 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data 6 5 2 Printing from the Event Display The Event Display Print feature provides the user with the option to print either the entire capture buffer or the current selection When Print Preview is selected the output displays in a browser print preview window where the user can select from the standard print options The output file format is in html and uses the Microsoft Web Browser Control print options for background colors and images see below Print Background Colors Using Internet Explorer 1 Open the Tools menu on the browser menu bar 2 Select Internet Options menu entry 3 Click Advanced tab 4 Check Print background colors and images under the Printing section 5 Click the Apply button then click OK The Event Display Print feature uses the current format of the Event Display as specified by the user See About Event Display for an explanation on formatting the Event Display prior to initiating the print feature Configure the Print File Range in the Event Display Print dialog Selecting more than one event in the Event Display window defaults the radio button in the Event Display Print dialog to Selection and
160. HS B Frame LT_Addr Original Opcode Opcode Role Initiated by 246 1 in_rand Slave slave 247 1 in_rand Master master 249 1 in rand accepted Slave master 250 1 comb key Master master 21 1 comb_key Slave master 252 1 au_rand Master master Se 253 1 Stes Slave master Oo 254 1 au_rand Slave master 255 1 Stes Master master 256 1 setup complete Master master 257 1 enciypt mode req Slave slave 258 1 encrypt mode req accepted Master slave 259 1 encrypt key size req Master slave 260 1 encrypt key size req accepted Slave slave 261 1 start encrypt req Master slave Figure 14 Frame Display Frame 247 is the LMP in rand which is where a random number generated by the master is passed to the slave The slave acknowledges that it has accepted the number in frame 249 The initialization key has been passed to the slave and is now shared by both devices Both devices now independently generate combination keys In frames 250 and 251 the combination keys are passed between master and slave In frame 252 the master sends its LMP au rand This is the random number that has been encrypted using the link key that master has calculated The slave then responds with frame 253 an LMP sres confirming that it was able to compute the same number That process is repeated in the other direction slave to master in frames 254 and 255 This completes the authentication between devices and the setup complete message is sent and the slave requests
161. Initial Template Manager Decoder Parameters dialog to display the Template Manager dialog Name To Save Template As Cancel Frontline4 2 Enter aname for the new template and click OK Cre Baal Tala Pain OLA Toe Frontline The system saves the template and closes the Template Frontine2 Manager dialog EC rontline5 3 Clickthe OK button on the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window to apply the template and close the dialog Save Changes to a Template This procedure saves changes to parameters in an existing template 1 After making changes to parameter settings in a user defined template click the Save Ld button at the top of the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window to display the Template Manager dialog 2 Ensure that the name of the template is listed in the Name to Save Template As text box and click OK 3 The system displays a dialog asking for confirmation of the change to the existing template Click the Yes button The system saves the parameter changes to the template and closes the Save As dialog 4 Click the OK button on the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window to apply the template and close the window 3 2 1 3 Deleting a Template 1 After opening the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window click the Delete button in the toolbar The system displays the Template Manager dialog with a list of saved templates 48 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual
162. K is for the master device to send Link Layer encryption request message LL_ ENC_REQ that contains the SKD miga The SKD aa is generated using the LTK The slave receives SKD aster generates SKD and generates SK by concatenating parts of SKD and SKD _ The slave device responds ast slav with an eneryption response message LL_ENC_RSP that contains SKD x the Bi will create the same SK Now thata SK has been calculated the master and slave devices will now aaah a handshake process The slave will transmit unencrypted LL START ENC REQ but sets the slave to receive encrypted data using the recently calculated SK The master responds with encrypted LL START ENC RSP that uses the same SK just calculated and setting the master to receive encrypted data Once the slave receives the master s encrypted LL START ENC RSP message and responds with an encrypted LL START ENC RSP message the Bluetooth low energy devices can now begin transmitting and receiving encrypted data A 6 7 IRK and CSRK Revisited Earlier in this paper it was stated that LTK would be the focus however the IRK and CSRK were mentioned We revisit these keys because they are used in situations that require a lesser level of security First let us note that IRK and CSRK are passed in an encrypted link along with LTK and EDIV Use of the IRK and CSRK attempt to place an identity on devices operating in a piconet The probability that two devices will have the same IRK and generate the
163. Kep Diairibuhon Encke Iniiator shall distribute LTE followed by EDT and Rand dey nasio shal distribute IAE followed by ika odder Sign Intiaa shall distnbute CSF hespandat Key Difinita Erker Responder shall distibute LTE lollowed by EDIY and Hand lar Responde shall distribute AE bollowred by tts address Sign Responder shall disinbule CSAK NG AP AE APA AEE ee PE POY AYY LOT POE LENA LE BB LE PKT LE ADV LE DATA LE LL L2CAP PO Data B Fiamat 13140 33 147 6539 15 545 Side Z Z Tt O ww we Pj fpj k Ph Cida Painng Request FPang Faded Fama Response Panny Cones Pawn Conima Fang Random Pawa Faraon Enenapibon Inim Master ldertiic lderhiy Irama Siging riga ldertity Ir erty Adat Siging Inform Frame Sre Deia BSESSEERHR RRR RSS 00 00 00 0 OO O10 00 00 000 OO OS ngg Ii 00 DOC Di DO ODOO O DO OOO 2 0 00 O00 Dadada iki Oo OC 00 1 00 00 000 00 0000 0 Oo OC 00 0 Figure 25 SMP Pairing Request Frame 35 539 from Initiator Side 1 Tinetiamnp Dit 04 24 206463 00 D2 235700 0 04 38 335618 DO 04 38 65843 00 0801 706605 OO 0G 73835 DO CEO 765607 00 080 736633 DOS NG 06541 00 CEOS 125841 DOG 16554 DO OS 0S DOS 02 335613 OO Oe FPS OO Cite t On the left side of the figure above is the Frame Display Decoder pane that shows the decoded information supplied in the selected frame in the Summary pane Frame 35 539 Shown is the SMP data
164. LE Address Type Advertiser Initiator Classic E ption LE Encryption Enter New Long Tem Key Enter New Value Enter New PIN OOB data bodffdffdfdf df df Current Link Key Current Long Term Key 6 3 2015 12 06 10 PM edttditatattatat Q quires a valid link key to be configured Figure 3 11 BPA 600 Devices Under Test Dual Mode Specifying the Bluetooth Device Address BD_ADDR In Dual Mode the analyzer needs to know the Bluetooth Device Address BD ADDR for each device but it does not need to know which is master or slave for the Classic Bluetooth connection ComProbe analyzser can figure that out for you through roleless connection 31 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings 1 You can manually select Select the Bluetooth device address BD ADDR form the Classic Classic Device ipin ERiy Device drop down list or from the Device ane D LY in th 12 Ox001 ve J sa Ka ones j a Ha a nG Stopped 0k 1c 65Sdacae6f ITLOANER PC igit hex number 6 octets The Ox is 0x60d819b62789 IOT TESTERO2 PC automatically typed in by the control Any devices QeabeddaSSd 14 4 SC entered this way is added to the Device Database ther Devices Classic Device 00017487003 Da 6246 55 CRAIGS TEFANCHIK 2 Specify the BD ADDR for the LE Device by selecting Sync with Classic Devices Only By doing this the low energy device will follow connections from or to the specif
165. M the analyzer looks for Connect frames and stores the PSM along with the associated source and destination channel IDs In this case the analyzer does not need to see the SDP process but does need to see the L2CAP connection process giving the source and destination channel IDs 4 2 6 Providing Context For Decoding When Frame Information Is Missing There may be times when you need to provide information to the analyzer because the context for decoding a frame is missing For example if the analyzer captured a response frame but did not capture the command frame 77 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data indicating the command The analyzer provides a way for you to supply the context for any frame provided the decoder supports it The decoder writer has to include support for this feature in the decoder so not all decoders support it Note that not all decoders require this feature If the decoder supports user provided context three items are active on the Options menu of the Control window and the Frame Display window These items are Set Initial Decoder Parameters Automatically Request Missing Decoding Information and Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters These items are not present if no decoder is loaded that supports this feature Set Initial Decoder Parameters is used to provide required information to decoders that is not context dependent but instead tends to be system options for the pro
166. Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Save Named Condition Mame This Condition Ok gaang AA User Defined Conditions FilterQ Figure 4 33 Save Named Filter Condition Dialog The Set Condition dialog box closes creates a tab on the Frame Display with the filter name and applies the filter When a display filter is applied a description of the filter Filter Include each frame where the protocol Data exists appears to the right of the toolbar in the Frame Display windows Note The OK button on the Set Condition dialog box is unavailable grayed out until the H condition selections are complete 4 4 1 13 1 5 Defining Node and Conversation Filters There are two steps to using Node and Conversation display filter Define the filter conditions and then apply the filter to the data set The analyzer combines both filter definition and application in one dialog 1 Click the Display Filters icon Y on the Frame Display window or select Apply Modify Display Filters from the filter menu to open the Set Condition dialog box 2 From the Select each frame combo box choose frames with the conversation as the initial condition 3 Select an address type IP MAC TCP UDB from the Typecombo box The address type selection populates both Address combo boxes with node address in the data set that match the type selection 4 Selecta node address from the first Address combo box 5 Choose a direction arrow fro
167. Manual Chapter 7 General Information e If you are still experiencing buffer overflows after trying all of the above options then you need to use a faster PC 7 2 2 BTSnoop File Format Overview The BTSnoop file format is suitable for storing Bluetooth HCI traffic It closely resembles the snoop format as documented in RFC 1761 File Format The snoop packet capture file is an array of octets structured as follows File Header Packet Record Number 1 Packet Record Number 2 Packet Number N The File Header is a fixed length field containing general information about the packet file and the format of the packet records it contains One or more variable length Packet Record fields follow the File Header field Each Packet Record field holds the data of one captured packet File Header The structure of the File Header is as follows Identification Pattern Version Number 1 Datalink Type Identification Pattern A 64 bit 8 octet pattern used to identify the file as a snoop packet capture file The Identification Pattern consists of the 8 hexadecimal octets 62 74 73 6E 6F 6F 70 00 This is the ASCII string btsnoop followed by one null octets Version Number A 32 bit 4 octet unsigned integer value representing the version of the packet capture file being used This document describes version number 1 294 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Datali
168. NA Aone Pa a b ee a rii Foot Heip Paets F Figure 31 Decrypted Data Example Frame 39 723 Author John Trinkle Publish Date 9 April 2014 Revised 23 May 2014 340 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies 341 A 6 Bluetooth low energy Security Paris is quiet and the good citizens are content Upon seizing power in 1799 Napoleon sent this message on Claude Chappe s optical telegraph Chappe had invented a means of sending messages line of sight The stations were placed approximately six miles apart and each station had a signaling device made of paddles on the ends of a rotating regulator arm whose positions represented code numbers NM Each station was also outfitted with two telescopes for viewing the other stations in the link and clocks were used to synchronize the stations By 1803 a communications network extended from Paris across the countryside and into Belgium and Italy Chappe developed several coding schemes through the next few they represented Not only was Chappe s telegraph system the first working network with protocols synchronization of serial transmissions but it also used data encryption Although cryptography has been around for millenniums dating back to 2000 B C Chappe was the first to use it in a wide area network in the modern sense 342 2 i C Aare a lahi r ae a EE LA pai AN a kal a a ae _ i AG Fe Li i x i H TU i 1 H
169. O capabilities from Pairing Request and Pairing Response packet data to determine which of two pairing methods to use for generation of the Temporary Key TK The two methods are Just Works and Passkey Entry An example of when Just Works method is appropriate is when the IO capability input None and output None An example of when Passkey Entry would be appropriate would be if input Keyboard and output Display There are 25 combinations that result in 13 Just Works methods and 12 Passkey Entry methods In Just Works the TK O In the Passkey Entry method _ 6 numeric digits Input Keyboard 6 random digits Input Display lA third method Out Of Band OOB performs the same as Pass Key but through another external link such as NFC 344 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies SMP Code Pairing Confirm Contin Value Dwade394940947c6edbElfee39 333c 395 Figure 35 Initiator Pairing Confirm Example ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture SMP Code Pairing Contin Confirm Value Oxfic2569e1 3692125795345264256208a Figure 36 Responder Pairing Confirm Example ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture Initiator Responder The initiating device will generate a 128 bit random number that is combined with TK the Pairing Request command the Pairing Response command the initiating device address and address type SMP Pairing Request and the responding device address and
170. O link Supported a Baseband Baseband Filter3 Bluetooth FHS Bluetooth FHS Role Slave Headset Headset Configured BT low energy devic L2CAP L2CAP Exclude NULLs and POLLs LMP LMP Non Captured Info Non Captured Info PreConnection FHS PreConnection FHS RFCOMM RFCOMM SDP SDP Cancel Filtering shows only frames that contain the protocol desired but it shows the entire frame Hiding removes any protocol layers from displaying in any frame Figure 4 44 Frame Display Quick Filtering and Hiding Protocols Dialog The box on the left is Protocols To Filter In When you select the checkbox for a protocol in the Protocols to Filter In the Summary pane will only display those frames that contain data from that protocol If you filter on more than one protocol the result are all frames that contain at least one of Quick Filter those protocols For example if you filter on IP and IPX NetBIOS you receive all frames that contain either IP or IPX NetBIOS or both A Quick Filter tab then appears on the Frame Display Changing the filter definition on the Quick Filter dialog changes the filter applied on the Quick Filter tab Quick filters are persistent during the session but are discarded when the session is closed The box in the center is the Protocols To Hide When you select the checkbox for a protocol in the Protocols To Hide data for that protocol will not appear in the Decode Binary Radix and Character pa
171. P BlueCore Serial Protocol protocols USB HCI H2 sniffing SDIO sniffing and Virtual sniffing So with ComProbe software nothing is sacrificed the product is simply more functional than other Bluetooth protocol analyzers A 7 3 Bluetooth Sniffing History Frontline has a strong appreciation for the importance of HCI sniffing because of the way we got involved with Bluetooth Because of our company history we are uniquely qualified to offer a multi mode analyzer that provides many ways to sniff and supports a wide variety of protocols This brief Bluetooth sniffing history should help you understand our approach to Bluetooth protocol analysis In the early days of Bluetooth there were no commercially available Bluetooth protocol analyzers so developers built their own debug tools and or used protocol analyzers that weren t built for Bluetooth Many developers built homegrown HCI analyzers basically hex dumps and crude traces because they recognized the need for visibility into the HCI interface and because it was too difficult to build air sniffers Several companies developed air sniffers because they saw a market need and because they realized that they could charge a high price USD 525 000 and higher Two Bluetooth chip companies Silicon Wave and Broadcom were using Frontline s Serialtest serial analyzer to capture serial HCI traffic and then they would manually decode the HCI byte stream This manual decoding was far too much w
172. Press F1 Figure 4 51 Bluetoothlow energy Timeline 4 4 4 9 How Packets Are Displayed Bluetooth low energy packets are displayed in the low energy timeline in Segments and Rows 147 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data e Segments are pieces of the timeline You can zoom in to show just one segment or you can zoom out to show multiple segments In multiple segment displays the segments are contiguous from top to bottom Refer to the diagram below The top most segment contains the beginning timestamp on the left The timeline proceeds from left to right in a segment and continues in the next segment down beginning on the left of that segment If you zoom out to show two segments the viewable timeline appears in those two segments You will use the scroll bar on the right to scroll through the timeline In a one segment display the viewable timeline appears in that one segment You will scroll through the timeline using the scroll bar appearing at the bottom of the timeline display e Rows show either the access address of the configured devices or of all discovered devices Because the segments are contiguous in multiple segment displays the rows in each segment are identical In the following diagram we see a three segment display showing the timeline flow Timeline Begining Timestamp Timeline Segment End of Segment Timestamp Timeline Row1 Timeline Row2 Timeline Row3 En
173. SCII character PIN Code ABC then select PIN Code Hex from the Encryption drop down list and enter 0x414243 in the field Where 41 is the Hex equivalent of the letter A 42 is the Hex equivalent of the letter B and 43 is the Hex equivalent of the letter C 4 Note When PIN Code Hex is selected from the Encryption drop down list the Ox prefix is entered automatically 32 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual e Third if you know the Link Key in advance you may enter it directly Select Link Key in the Encryption list and then enter the Link Key in the edit box If the link key is already in the database the Link Key is automatically entered in the edit box after the Master and Slave have been selected You can also pick Choose Pair from Device Database to select a Master Slave and Link Key from the Device Database 1 Select an Encryption option 2 Enter a value for the encryption The Current Link Key field displays the currently provided Link Key and the date and time the key was provided The status of the Link Key is displayed with the following icons Link Key Status LE Encryption 1 Enter the New Long Term Key for the LE LE Encryption Encryption Enter New Long Term Key The long term key is similar to the Link key in Classic It is a persistent key that is stored in both devices and used to derive a fresh encryption key each time the Enter New PIN OOB data devices go encrypte
174. SCO link Supported Errors a AVDTP Connection FHS Bluetooth FHS L2CAP SDP RFCOMM XD A ole Slave eadset Non Captured Info Address 5 AVDTP Type Signal B Framett AVDTP Type A Role Frame Size De Timestamp AVDTP Signalin Aiea ii 92 Signal 5 Master 15 5 3 2011 1 47 26 596810 Ad nani E 93 Signal 5 Slave 19 00 54372011 1 47 26 811181 Transaction Label 14 94 Signal 5 Master 16 00 5 3 2011 1 47 26 833066 ansaction Labe Packet Type Single Packet 95 Signal 5 Slave 25 00 5 3 2011 1 47 26 952430 TRC Sey ae 96 Signal 5 Master 16 00 5 3 2011 1 47 26 974303 i Signaling Identifier AYDTP DISCOVER 99 Signal 5 Slave 29 00 5 3 2011 1 47 27 389922 4 ACP Stream Endpoint ID 1 T01 Signal 5 Master 2 00 5 3 2011 1 47 27 41304 In use No 103 Signal 5 Slave 15 00 54342011 1 47 27 601168 Media Type Audio 104 Signal 5 Master 16 00 54342011 1 47 27 605543 TSEP SNK 105 Signal 5 Slave 15 00 5 3 2011 1 47 27 731166 ACP Stream Endpoint ID 6 In use No ba Media Type Audio B90011000 00001010 00101011 00011111 00001011 TSEP SNK N10011101 01011010 00000001 00000001 00000110 A RO0000000 00000001 01110100 11100010 00000001 Yooo000i100 MGHio0 00011000 00001000 P Figure 3 11 Look in Decoder pane for profile hints si gt ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings 3 2 3 3 AVDTP Override Decode Information The Set Subsequent Decoder Pa
175. Signaling AVDTP Media bands F AZP WE Speech Monaptued inig Pode Maton A EE E AT JI a Chainat 11 20131HH2 B Frames Ade LTAd Ob PSM i Code Source CD e pr oF BO Slave 1 GAO Signing 2 Inanakan request FLOW Go 27813 Maite 1T CIO hagar SDP 1 iaca a GD TPE Dhl f i Cert 5 a pal Zz 8 LT ADO 1 Paan Sheree 1 irain i Correchen spore tei oo Seg 1 ETEN Ti 1 CDO Sagresbrag E lihen nagan B O arg Marha 1 BO Seyna A LACAP Fi Go alls Loza Link I LAAF ihat ct ro baari Pagbaad Lengthy 16 O000101131 00000011 000010 611001400 00111112 Sara Seegi 8 mre Hooooooo 00000000 10011001 00011010 00000010 Dernpted by Buctooth Confeo Ng aa Maa OO E e 10007100 VO 1100 paa KU a g 000000 E LECAP ooog JW oo Li JOO FG SODA ON Bole Minibar ac ie Aa TMA le lt i a Gs ee AG divides g 2000000 bi Ni Na Mi Wi Wa Ki PULI Lem 12 Chanel ih hah Signaling A a b 83 Ob gd FE 9 1 00 a4 a O22 80 B84 Code Infomation aipin o j gik S jdari A Leased Langit 5 A Intel ye Eaterded besue mgeceted 4 Femi Soren Extended Padure Mark E SO ak O oe ARA NAA oe a rea Cab Sete Na Guata E Pama e My edabad n aoe si D5 Mat Pa F hanced Fletancmenion mode Sung sang magka puppa a H F i 3 je DE DA o bb 64 af BI DO 9 9 la Oz Of 4 oc o O D1 ier Ob 2 O88 OO O8F GG bb OO NG GG mM fi A Tota fronts S000 Gremes Sltered in 10 256 Crame Ss Selected 27 217 1 oba For Help Press F1 Event Pane Character Pane Radix Pane
176. TOQUE aaa mama a Aaya Inahan Bal cd taeseud anaes oe NTG mh nue decusuanceas 90 iV ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 4 1 2 Frame Display Status Bar U oi eee aaa aLaaa aaa aaa aaa aaa aana 93 4 4 1 3 Hiding and Revealing Protocol Layers in the Frame Display 94 4 4 1 4 Physical vs Logical Byte Display _ 2 22 e lee cece eee c eee eee e cece eceeeeeeee 94 4 4 1 5 Sorting Frames 0 2 222 eee ee ee ec eee eee cee cence cence nce e nen eeeeneeneeeenenaes 94 AA a a Ba FING AA 95 4 4 1 7 Synchronizing the Event and Frame Displays 22 eee eee cece cece ccc cecceeceeceees 97 4 4 1 8 Working with Multiple Frame Displays 22 2 e eee cece cee cece cece ce eeeeees 97 4 4 1 9 Working with Panes on Frame Display 2 20 eee cece eee cece cece eceeceecceeeeeees 97 4 4 1 10 Frame Display Byte Export ec cece ee ce cece cece annona 98 4 4 1 11 Panes in the Frame Display a 100 aA LILLE AGA AA AO 100 4 4 1 11 2 Customizing Fields in the Summary Pane 20 c eee cece cece ecececceeeeees 102 4 4 1 11 3 Frame Symbols in the Summary Pane 22 22 o eee eee e eee cece cece eee 103 AAA ILA Decode Pane o 225 2525dccussdccneresscsees lcucoueetcceccsawaietsateteececeddenesexceldece 104 4 4 1 11 5 Radix or Hexadecimal Pane cee ee ee ee ee ee ee eens 105 Be a ASA CP APP PA 105 AALL Binay PanG 4am EDAD
177. The amount that a measured duration must deviate from the programmed duration of a tone segment before the system declares this event varies depending on the negotiated over the air audio stream specific parameters but it is generally in the range of 5 to 10 Note that this event will result in an attempt to resynchronize if the measured duration is greater than expected The system calculates amplitude fluctuations as Max Level Min Level Max Level Min Level 100 228 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 4 29 Event Type Audio continued Excess Noise CVSD HF Level Too High Clipping The Excess Noise event is reported when energy sufficiently above the Silence Threshold is detected during programmed segments of silence Excess noise can indicate a poor analog audio chain with an inherently poor noise floor glitches occurring during silence intervals or codecs that do not transition to silence instantaneously Reports the detection of suspected distortion that occurs when the amplitude of a signal exceeds a digital systems ability to represent it accurately Clipping is a type of amplitude distortion The system reports a Clipping event when consecutive samples at the maximum value that can be represented by the digital system have been detected Note that the maximum value that can be represented is different depending on the number of bits per sample
178. Timestamp Searching Timestamping can be turned on and off while data is being captured As a result the capture buffer may have some data with a timestamp and some data without When doing a search by timestamp the analyzer ignores all data without a timestamp Note The raw timestamp value is the number of 100 nanosecond intervals since the beginning of Si January 1 1601 This is standard Windows time 5 2 Bookmarks Bookmarks are electronic sticky notes that you attach to frames of interest so they can be easily found later In Frame Display bookmarked frames appear with a magenta triangle icon next to them B Frame Command Emo Code FID PIDs FIC Source TID LID Fra Deka Timestane Pa 1 Ed 12 6 2010 11 25 Z 165 DOO 127672010 11 25 b E3 124 00 00 00 2 LAND 11 25 a Ed OOOOODT 12620 11 25 Figure 5 12 Bookmarked Frame 3 in the Frame Display 00 00 00 o0 g Inthe Event Display bookmarks appear as a dashed line around the start of frame 21 M 0G 15 marker D0 4500 00 47 oan Bookmarks are easy to create and maintain and are a very valuable tool for data analysis When you create or modify a bookmark you have up to 84 characters to explain a problem leave yourself a reminder leave someone else a reminder etc Once you create a bookmark it will be saved with the rest of the data in the cfa file When you open a cfa file the bookmarks are available to you Once you have created a bookmar
179. Virtual Sniffing The Virtual Sniffer is a live import facility within ComProbe software that makes it possible to access any layer ina stack that the programmer has access to and feed this data into the Virtual Sniffer Please refer to the Show Live Import Information button on the Virtual Sniffer Datasource window in ComProbe software More information is available in the Live Import Developer s Kit located in the Development Tools folder in Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System desktop folder and a white paper is available at Bluetooth Virtual Sniffing e FTS Side o No hardware required o ComProbe software acquires data via user developed software e IEEE 11073 o No hardware required o for sniffing data virtually from the continua Enabling Software Library CESL IEEE 11073 tester 2 3 Control Window The analyzer displays information in multiple windows with each window presenting a different type of information The Control window opens when the Run button is clicked in the Select Data Capture Method window The Control window provides access to each ComProbe analyzer functions and settings as well as a brief overview of the data in the capture file Each icon on the toolbar represents a different data analysis function A sample Control Window is shown below KI ComProbe Protocol Analysis System BPA 600 File View Live Options Window Help G e o H 4 f PIH F ALALA GS hin B Configuration Bluetooth low energy
180. Window Windows Menu Selections Ctrl W Arranges open analysis windows in a cascaded view with window captions visible Live amp Cascade Capture ele Close All Views Closes Open analysis windows Minimize Control When checked minimizing the Control window also Minimizes All minimizes all open analysis windows Frame Display and When these windows are open the menu will display these Event Display selections Clicking on the selection will bring that window to the front Control Window Help Menu Selections Live amp Help Topics Ki Opens the ComProbe Help window Capture Fil E About ComProbe Provides a pop up showing the version and release Protocol Analysis information Frontline contact information and copyright System information Support on the Web Ui Opens a browser to fte com technical support page 2 3 6 Minimizing Windows Windows can be minimized individually or as a group when the Control window is minimized To minimize windows as a group 1 Go to the Window menu on the Control window 2 Select Minimize Control Minimizes All The analyzer puts a check next to the menu item indicating that when the Control window is minimized all windows are minimized 3 Select the menu item again to deactivate this feature 4 The windows minimize to the top of the operating system Task Bar 19 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 2 Getting Started 20 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings
181. a protocol from the list changes the Summary pane to display summary information for that protocol When a low energy predefined Named Filter like Nulls and Polls is selected the Summary drop down is disabled Summary Non Captured Info z Text with Protocol Stack To the right of the Summary Layer box is some text giving the protocol stack currently in use Summary Non Captured Info 4 Baseband with Auto traverse in the buffer is the sorted order Therefore the last frame in the buffer may not have the last frame A Note If the frames are sorted in other than ascending frame number order the order of the frames number 4 4 1 2 Frame Display Status Bar The Frame Display Status bar appears at the bottom of the Frame Display It contains the following information 93 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data e Frame s Selected Displays the frame number or numbers of selected highlighted frames and the total number of selected frames in parentheses e Total Frames The total number of frames in the capture buffer or capture file in real time e Frames Filtered In The total number of frames displayed in the filtered results from user applied filters in real time 4 4 1 3 Hiding and Revealing Protocol Layers in the Frame Display Hiding protocol layers refers to the ability to prevent a layer from being displayed on the Decode pane Hidden layers remain hidden for every frame where
182. abase LE Device Database BPA 600 Information LE Only Classic Only Single Connection Dual Mode Classic Only Multiple Connections B Device 703eac11adbc John Trinkle s ub Synchronized with the master clock link active LE Device 0000174870003 Device Ox00025b00aae0 UGO Figure 3 3 Arrow Shows master slave Relationship Should the roles change during the connection the arrow will change to show the new Master Slave connection In the following screen shot the speaker has connected as the Master to the phone as the Slave KJ BPA 600 datasource File View BPA600 Help Da OPH Devices Under Test Device Database LE Device Database BPA 600 Infomation ic Only Single Connection Dual Mode LE Onh H Device O x703eac 1 ladbc John Trinkle s if ap Synchronized with the master clock link active LE Device 0x000174870003 Device Bx00025b00aae0 UGO Figure 3 4 Arrow Showing Results of Role Switch 3 1 2 2 Datasource Toolbar Menu The Datasource dialog toolbar and menu options are listed below Table 3 5 BPA 600 datasource Toolbar Start Sniffing button to begin sniffing All settings are saved automatically when you start sniffing Selection of devices is disabled during sniffing To select another device stop sniffing ff Pause button to stop sniffing Ww When you select the Discover Devices button the software lists all the discoverable Bluetooth devices on
183. ad packets at some point during this session If no packets have been received at all and the Both Auto button is selected the 2 4 GHz timeline is shown Auto 4 4 5 24 Coexistence View low energy Devices Radio Buttons LE Devices The radio buttons in the LE Devices group where LE means Bluetooth low energy Configured specify both visibility and inclusion in throughput calculations of Bluetooth low energy packets CD All The All radio button shows and uses all B uetooth low energy packets The Configured radio button shows and uses only Bluetooth low energy packets which come from a configured device 178 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 4 5 25 Coexistence View Legend Selected Retrans mit Bad Packet Cant Decrypt Invalid IFS fe Discontinuity MB Unknown Click on any bold entry above to enable navigation Figure 4 82 Coexistence View Legend The legend describes the color coding used by packets in the timelines Selecting a packet in a timeline highlights the applicable entries in the legend An entry is bold if any such packets currently exist Clicking on a bold entry enables the black legend navigation arrows in the toolbar for that entry 4 4 5 26 Coexistence View Timelines Yuasa gg aa gc gt gt a 5 I P Pe EE E ga a 7 a jaria i B TE oer pe Figure 4 83 Coexistence View Timelines
184. ade to the PC logging program and it now sends the data to ComProbe software using the Live Import API The HCI traffic is fully decoded and the debug messages are decoded as well The decoder for the debug messages was written using ComProbe software s DecoderScript feature DecoderScript allows ComProbe software user to write custom decodes and to modify decodes supplied with ComProbe software DecoderScript is supplied as a standard part of ComProbe software In this case the customer also created a custom decoder for HCI Vendor Extensions The air sniffer that was formerly used has been replaced by the standard ComProbe software air sniffer Case Study 2 A second Bluetooth mobile phone maker plans to use Virtual sniffing in conjunction with a Linux based custom test platform they have developed Currently they capture serial HCI traffic on their Linux system and use a set of homegrown utilities to decode the captured data They plan to send the captured serial HCI traffic out of the Linux system using TCP IP over Ethernet Over on the PC running ComProbe software they will use a simple TCP IP listening program to bring the data into the PC and this program will hand the data off to ComProbe software using the Live Import API A 7 9 Virtual Sniffing and You If you are a Bluetooth stack vendor a Bluetooth chip maker or a maker of any other products where integrating your product with ComProbe software s Virtual sniffing is of interest plea
185. adia Figure 4 54 Radio Rows e The mouse wheel scrolls the timeline horizontally when displaying a single segment and scrolls vertically when displaying multiple segments e You can also zoom by using the right click menu which displays magnification values using the and Zoom buttons on the toolbar or by selecting a value from the Zoom menu e Packet length indicates duration e The Timeline and Frame Display are synchronized so the packet range selected by the user in one is automatically selected in the other For the selected packet range the Timeline shows various duration values Gap Timestamp Delta and Span but only if both the first and last packet in the range are available in the Timeline If not those values are shown as n a Packets that are not displayed in the Timeline are Sniffer Debug packets non LE packets e g WiFi and packets that are not from a Configured Device the Configured Devices radio button is checked 149 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data m Bluetooth low energy Timeline le Sniffer_Capture_GB6900AA_2 cfa File Format Zoom Navigate Help Average Payload Throughput Selected Packet 30 958 Adv Type SCAN RSP Timestamp 3 14 2013 12 18 17 47 bits s 4 634 ms 18 66 ms 1 Second Payload Throughput 0 bits s 4 506 ms 18 308 ms Packet Throughput Width peak 68 2 Packet 30 958 Ady Scanning Adv Type SCAN RSP HE d
186. al Toolbar Controls continued Loop Loops waveform playback continuously If the Play button is visible it will toggle to the Pause Clicking the Pause button will stop Loop playback Clicking on the Loop button will stop the loop and the playback If there is a selection on the waveform only the selection will loop Horizontal Zoom Out Increases the amount of data that is visible on the screen however less detail is discernable Horizontal Zoom In Decreases the amount of data that is visible on the screen however more detail is discernable Lock Unlock Operational in live mode only Selecting Lock will freeze the waveform display however the Audio Expert System will still continue to analysis new audio data Selecting Unlock will jump to the waveform end and then resume following the waveform Mute Mute will mute unmute audio playback for all Wave Panels Individual Wave Panel Mute control will override the Global Toolbar Mute for that panel only Volume Down Decreases the audio playback volume of all Wave Panels based on the current volume level setting for each individual Wave Panel Volume Down Decreases the audio playback volume of all Wave Panels based on the current volume level setting for each individual Wave Panel Average Bit Rate Overlay Displays an overlay graph of the average bit rate for the audio stream in each Wave Panel The average is based on a 0 10 second moving window Actual Bit Rate Over
187. alue Display Relative Timestamps Number of digits to display to the right of the decimal point Figure 7 1 Timestamping Options dialog 7 1 4 2 Enabling Disabling Timestamp To enable timestamping click to make a check appear in the check box Store Timestamps This time takes effect immediately Removing the check will disable timestamping 7 1 4 3 Changing the Timestamp Resolution This option affects the resolution of the timestamp stored in the capture file The default timestamp is 10 milliseconds This value is determined by the operating system and is the smallest normal resolutions possible Note The raw timestamp value is the number of 100 nanosecond intervals since the beginning of H January 1 1601 This is standard Windows time It is also possible to use high resolution ag E l l timestamping High resolution timestamp V Store Timestamps This item takes effect immediately values are marked by an asterisk as high Capture Options resolution in the drop down list To change Storage Resolution 0 50 Mictoseconds high resolution mi timestamping resolutions Note 1 To apply resolution changes you must restart the program 1 Goto the Capture Options section of the window Note 2 Finer resolutions increase the capture file size 2 Change the resolution listed in the Storage Resolution box 291 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 7 General Information Note If you change the resolut
188. amal sarap ataizi Bapu EET How Second 1 1 000000 Second a dh dl da Bilis e Go bo the bmestamp CG On o baoe the specified lima O Onor after the specihed lime Figure 5 6 Find by Time tab The analyzer can search by time in several different ways Search for Absolute Relative timestamp 256 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual e Absolute An absolute timestamp search means that the analyzer searches for an event at the exact date and time specified If no event is found at that time the analyzer goes to the nearest event either before or after the selected time based on the Go to the timestamp selection e Relative A relative search means that the analyzer begins searching from whatever event you are currently on and search for the next event a specific amount of time away 1 Select Absolute or Relative 2 Select the date and time using the drop down lists for Month Year Day Hour Minute Second 1 10000000 I Note Month and Year are not available if you select Relative 3 When you have specified the time interval you want to use click on the Go To Move Forward or Move Backward buttons to start the search from the current event Note When you select Absolute as Search for Go To is available When you select H Relative as Search for Move Forward or Move Backwardis available Go to the timestamp On or before On or after The analyzer searches
189. ame function as the Hide Zoom button see Coexistence View Throughput Graph on page 169 Only active when the Zoomed Throughput Graph is visible When checked it freezes the y axis scales and makes it possible to compare all time ranges and durations Performs the same fuction as the Freeze Y button which appears with the Zoomed Throughput Graph When not checked the y axis scales are unfroozen Performs the same function as the Unfreeze Y button which appears with the Zoomed Throughput Graph see Coexistence View Throughput Graph on page 169 When checked Timeline and Throughput Graph tooltips will appear in the upper left corner of your computer sceen You can relocate the tool tip for convenience or to see the timeline or throughput graph unobstructed while displaying packet information See Coexistence View Timelines on page 179 Table 4 15 Coexistence View Zoom Menu Selections election Description When clicked Ctri Plus Viewport time duration decreased 160 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 4 15 Coexistence View Zoom Menu Selections continued When clicked Ctrl Minus Viewport time duration increases The following two selectioins are mutually exclusive Scroll Tool Mouse Wheel Scrolls Ctrl Key When checked sets the mouse wheel to scroll Switches to Zoom Tool the Viewport Pressing the Ctrl key while scrolling switches to zooming the Viewport
190. and resolve random address Initiator Key Distribution Enckey Initiator shall distribute LTE followed by EDIY and Rand 2 CSRK 128 bit key used to sign data and ve rify IdFey Initiator shall distribute IAK followed by its address Sigri Initiator shall distribute LOA Responder Key Distribution Encke Responder shall distribute LTE followed by EDIY and Rand 3 LTK 128 bit key used to generate the session key for Idkey Responder shall distribute IRE followed by its address ign A istri SR an encrypted connection Sign Responder shall distribute CSAK signatures on the receiving device 4 Encrypted Diversifier EDIV 16 bit stored value used to identify the LTK A new EDIV is generated each time a new LTK is distributed Figure 17 Sample Initiator Pairing Request Decode ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture 5 Random Number RAND 64 bit stored value used to identify the LTK A new RAND is generated each time a unique LTK is distributed Of particular importance to decrypting the encrypted data on a Bluetooth low energy link is LTK EDIV and RAND A 5 3 Pairing Methods The two devices in the link use the IO capabilities from Pairing Request and Pairing Response packet data to determine which of two pairing methods to use for generation of the Temporary Key TK The two methods are Just Works and Passkey Entry An example of when Just Works method is appropriate is when the IO capability inpu
191. and using a right click menu When you create a Name Filter it appears in the Quick Filtering dialog where you can use it do customize the data you see in the Frame Display panes 1 Select a frame in the Frame Display Summary Pane 2 Right click in the one of the data columns in the Summary Pane CRC NESN DS Packet Success Ethertype Source Address etc 3 Select Filter in data type The Filtering Results Filtering Results dialog appears 4 Enter a name for the filter 5 Select OK Filter Name The filter you just created appears in the Named Filters section Mad of the Quick Filtering dialog OK Cancel 441 113 1 4 Using Compound Display Filters Compound filters use boolean logic to create complex and precise filters There are three primary Boolean logic operators AND OR and NOT The AND operator narrows the filter the OR operator broadens the filter and the NOT operator excludes conditions from the filtered results Include parentheses in a compound filter to nest condition sets within larger condition sets and force the filter processing order 110 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual There are two steps to using a compound filter Define the filter conditions and then apply the filter to the data set The analyzer combines both filter definition and application in one dialog 1 10 Click the Display Filters icon Y on the Frame Display windo
192. anel _ 2 2 2 a 234 Figure 4 127 Audio Stream Info in the Wave Panel 22 2 eee eee eee cece c ce eee eee eeeeeeeees 235 Figure 4 128 SBC Codec Information Pop Up on Cursor Hover Over u A cece eee eeeeeees 235 Figure 4 129 Wave Panel Local Controls _ _ 2 2 22 2 eee eee ee cee cee eee cee cece cece eeeeeeeeees 236 Figure 4 130 Collapsed Wave Panel Ha 237 Figure 4 131 Audio Waveform Panel in the Wave Panel 2 eee ec eee e cece cee ceeeeeeeeeee 237 Figure 4 132 Selection in the Audio Waveform a 238 Figure 4 133 Actual Bitrate Overlay 0 22 22 lec 00000000000 ooo aaoo eee e cee eeeeeceeeeees 239 Figure 4 134 Average Bitrate Overlay a 239 Figure 4 135 Event Timeline Shown with Wave Panel 2 2 eee eee eee eee cee eee eceeeeees 239 Figure 4 136 Example Event Table Selection Shown in Event Timeline 240 Figure 4 137 Event Timeline Selected Event Pop Up 2 2 22 le eee eee cece cece eee eeees 241 Figure 4 138 Event Table AA 241 Figure 4 139 Export Audio Data dialog lei aa cece cece ee eee cece eee eeeeees 245 Figure 5 1 Find Dialog _ 22 a 251 Figure 5 2 Find Decode Tab Search for String eee cece cece cee cece cece eee eeeeees 252 Figure 5 3 Find Decode Tab Side Restriction a 253 Figure 5 4 Find Pattern Tab _
193. any point in the waveform or if the cursor is already present it can be dragged to another position To drag the Play Cursor hover the mouse cursor over the Play Cursor until the mouse cursor changes to a pointing hand click and drag the cursor to a new position Waveform Segment Selection 03 02 10 159 PM 03 02 10 214 PM AFF M dT 00 00 00 010 Samples Selected 458 Bluetooth Frames 42771 LO GG UEF GG Ln Bl Figure 4 132 Selection in the Audio Waveform A waveform segment selection is identified by a blue border surrounding the selection Procedures for selecting a segment depend on the desired actions Table 4 36 Segment Selection Procedures Loop play back 1 Zoom in to the waveform segment of interest 2 Click in the approximate center of the proposed selection This will place the Play Cursor in the area to be selected 3 Move the mouse cursor to the right or left of the Play Cursor click and hold then drag over the waveform segment of interest Release the mouse key The selection is surrounded by a blue border View waveform 1 Zoom in to the segment of interest details 2 Move the mouse cursor to the right or left limit of the waveform segment of interest click and hold then drag over the waveform segment of interest Release the mouse key The selection is surrounded by a blue border For either of the procuedures described in the table above once the selection is made details of the se
194. aptured the Scroll Bar in Classic Bluetooth PER Stats contains the message ID packets and packets without a channel number such as HCI are excluded and the Scroll Bar in Bluetooth low energy PER Stats contains the message Packets without a channel number such as HCl are excluded 210 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Figure 4 120 Example Excluded Packets Message in Scroll Bar Classic Bluetooth 4 6 Bluetooth Audio Expert System The Bluetooth Audio Expert System monitors and analyzes Bluetooth audio streams with the purpose of detecting and reporting audio impairments The primary goal of the Audio Expert System is to expedite the detection and Audio Expert System resolution of Bluetooth protocol related audio impairments To achieve this the system automatically identifies audio impairments and reports them to a user as events It also correlates the audio events with any detected codec or Bluetooth protocol anomalies events The system allows a user to view the audio waveform audio events codec events and Bluetooth protocol events on a time aligned display An Audio Expert System event identifies to the user information warnings and errors Event categories are shown in the following table Table 4 21 Audio Expert System General Events PO a Pa an a AXE vs LEI 16 ral TVEN Re JOI LB8U Bluetooth Protocol Protocol violations Best practice violations
195. are but the BPA 600 device must be connected to provide the clock the CAT5 cable connected to the BPA 600 OUT jack 4 1 4 Combining BPA 600 802 11 and HSU with ProbeSync ProbeSync allows multiple ComProbe analyzers to work seamlessly together and to share a common clock Clock sharing allows the analyzers to precisely synchronize communications stream and to display resulting packets in a single shared view The ComProbe BPA 600 ComProbe 802 11 and ComProbe HSU analyzers have ProbeSync capability allowing timestamp synchronization of captured data Synchronizing the clock for these ComProbe devices used in combination requires attention to the sequence of hardware connection It is important to remember the following key points e ComProbe devices are connected serially in a daisy chain fashion The combined length of all cables in the chain cannot exceed 1 5 meters 4 5 ft e The master ComProbe device provides the clock to the other devices All other ComProbe devices are slaves and received the clock from the master device e On ComProbe devices with an OUT and IN connector the function of these connectors is dependent on if they area master or a slave o master device OUT connector provides the clock to all slave devices IN connector is not used o slave device IN connector receives the clock from the OUT connector of the prior device in the chain The OUT connector is just a pass through connector on a sla
196. ary tab you will see a summary of the control and signaling frames in the order that they are received transmitted from and to devices 194 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual AA EER TASE AA NG Te OEE PEPE PE ROO Oe ee eee N All Layers Cii Summary NonMag Summary BB LMP pL2CAPISDP RECOMMEHE PAVOTPLAVDTP Signaling LESES pama PR BU dU Figure 4 106 Control and Signaling Frames Summay The frame numbered is shown whether the message comes from the Master or Slave the message Address the message itself and the timestamp Additionally the control signaling packets for each layer are shown in a different background color Piconet 1 Piconet 2 aE a a ame m et All Layers Ctl Summary Non Msg Summary BE LMP L2CAP SDP RFCOMM OBEX BIP Figure 4 107 Packet Layers Shown in Different Colors If you right click within the Ctrl Summary you can select Show in MSC ni A za pa _ am na n e o a maa i All Layers Ctrl Summary Nonksg Summary BB LMP L2CAP SDP AFCOMM HF AVDTP AVDIP Signaling 1 Figure 4 108 Right Click in Ctrl Summary to Display Show in MSC The window then displays the same information but in the normal MSC view 195 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data All Layers Ctrl Summary NonMsg Summary BB _ LMP L CAP SDP RFCOMM HF AYDTP AVDTP Signaling eS Figure
197. ata The timeline shows Bluetooth packets within a specific period of time The timeline shows Bluetooth packets within a specific period of time The time segments flow left to right and down following a complete row across Then you move down to the next row go across then down to the next row just like reading a book upper left corner to lower right corner Within each row are two divisions M master and S Slave Packets are placed onM or S depending on source of the data withing the link Placing the mouse pointer on a packet displays information about that packet in an information box Selecting a packet by clicking on it shows information about that packet above the timeline You can use the arrow keys to move to the next or previous packet You can select multiple packets by dragging within the timeline or by holding the SHIFT key down while arrowing Using the mouse scroll wheel scrolls the timeline vertically You can also zoom by using a right click which displays specific magnification values using the and Zoom tools or by selecting a value from the Zoom menu Packet height indicates speed 1 2 or 3 Mbits sec Packet length indicates duration for reference the duration of a slot is 625 us Packet height and length together indicate size speed times duration Rows of Bluetooth Slots Each slot begins at the left edge of the vertical blue bar There are two Bluetooth clocks per slot Each slot represents 0 00
198. ata 4 4 1 11 5 Radix or Hexadecimal Pane The Radix pane displays the logical bytes in the frame in either hexadecimal decimal or octal The radix can be changed from the Format menu or by right clicking on the pane and choosing Hexadecimal Decimal or Octal Because the Radix pane displays the logical bytes rather than the physical bytes the data in the Radix pane may be different from that in the Event pane See Physical vs Logical Byte Display for more information Colors are used to show which protocol layer each byte belongs to The colors correspond to the layers listed in the Decode pane ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual pig cos 27 9 FO Ah GA D od This is the Radix Pane x p Copy Selection to Clipboard Ar Select Entire Frame E TEN Change Text Highlight Color f v Hexadecimal R A Decimal G Octal The Event Radix Binary Character and Decode panes are all synchronized with one another Clicking on an element in any one of the panes highlights the corresponding element in all the other panes 4 4 1 11 6 Character Pane The Character pane represents the logical bytes in the frame in ASCII EBCDIC or Baudot The character set can be changed from the Format menu or by right clicking on the pane and choosing the appropriate character set Because the Character pane displays the logical bytes rather than the physical bytes the data in the Character pane may be different from that in the Event pane See Phy
199. ata 15 459 Data 15 460 Data 15 456 DN 15 457 DM1 Figure 4 88 Descriptive text on timeline packets Placing the mouse pointer on a packet displays a tooltip color coded by technology that gives detailed information 181 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Et Diii Packet 15 457 Classic DM1 B172011 10 41 15 835783 AM Beginning Timestamp 671772011 10 41 15 836053 AM Ending Timestamp Duration 270 us Hole Master Channel 36 438 MHz Clock Ox011 3e610 Packet Status CAC Error L2CAP Flow Go Logical Link ID L CAP start or no fragmentation SEUN 1 ARON 0 Payload Length 9 534 of 17 bytes max Decmpted by Bluetooth ComProbe No Bad packet data Ox 45 02 02 00 Figure 4 89 A tool tip for a Classic Bluetooth packet 4 45 28 Relocating the tool tip You can relocate the tool tip for convenience or to see the timeline or throughput graph unobstructed while displaying packet information In the Format menu select Show Tooltips in Upper Left Corner of Screen and any time you mouse over a packet the tool tip will appear anchored in the upper left corner of the computer screen To return to viewing the tool tip adjacent to the packets deselect the tool tip format option in the menu 182 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual lal Coexistence View le Sniffer Capture GE69ODAA 2 cfa File Format Zoom Naviga
200. ated 3 If you want the file s to open automatically after they are extracted select the Open File s After Extraction checkbox J Note This does not work for SCO eSCO 4 Click on a radio button to write the streams as Two Mono Files or as One Stereo File 247 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data A Note This option is for SCO eSCO only 5 Select the checkbox if you want to convert A Law and y law to Linear PCM CVSD are always converted to Linear PCM It s probably a good idea to convert to Linear PCM since more media players accept this format 4 Note This option is for SCO eSCO only 6 Select the Add Silence packets to insert the silence packets dummy packets for the reserved empty slots into the extracted file If this option is not selected the audio packets are extracted without inserting the silence packets for the reserved empty slots J Note This option is for SCO eSCO only 7 Select Extract A Save As dialog appears Sever C3 AFH AFH Change Cfa frm The application will assign a file name and file type U hagang for each profile you select in Step 1 above The file type varies depending on the original profile A Ei Deskiop separate file for each profile will be created but only for those profiles with available data 8 Selecta location for the file PE 9 Click Save The Data Extraction Status and Audio Extraction Status dialogs appear When
201. ating our web site with new and updated utilities etc on a regular basis and we urge decoder writers to check there occasionally 300 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 7 2 9 Bluetooth low energy ATT Decoder Handle Mapping Low energy device attributes contain a 16 bit address called the attribute handle Each handle is associated with an attribute Universally Unique Identifier UUID that is 128 bits long In the attribute database the handle is unique while the UUID is not unique The ComProbe software detects and stores the relationships mappings between handle and UUID during the GATT discovery process But sometimes there is no GATT discovery process because e The discovery has previously taken place and both devices stored the mappings and the discovery will not repeat at every subsequent connection e The developer owns both devices in the conversation and chose to ignore discovery because the mappings are known e The devices are in development and the code to perform the mappings has not been written yet The solution to this problem is to 1 define the mappings in a file and 2 then pre loading the mapping using the ComProbe software Creating handle UUID mapping file Create a file named ATT_Handle_UUID_Preload ini in the root directory of C Users Public Public Documents Frontline Test Equipment My Decoders but the file can be located anywhere Assume that you want to create a GATT s
202. ault locations 1 Choose Directories from the Options menu on the Control window to open the File Locations window 287 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 7 General Information File Locations File Types Location My Capture Files C Users Public DocumentsFrontine Test Equipment hMy Capture Files My Configurations C Users Public DocumentsFronthne Test EquipmentsMy Configurations My Decoders CA sers4Public 3D ocuments4Prontine Test Equipment Decoders My Log Files C AU sers4Publie Documents Frontline Test EquipmentyhMy Log Files My Methods C Users Public DocumentssFrontline Test EquipmentsMy Methods 4 IF Modify CO Use Last Opened Folder for Capture Files Figure 7 4 File Locations dialog 2 Select the default location you wish to change 3 Click Modify 4 Browse to a new location Specify My Decoders directory a di Public b gt di Desktop F d Public Documents r di Frontline Test Equipment di My Capture Files di My Configurations My Decoders di My Log Files gt di My Methods d My Node Databases _ lb e Figure 7 5 File Locations Browse dialog 5 Click OK 6 Click OK when finished 288 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual If a user sets the My Decoders directory such that it is up directory from an installation path multiple instances of a personality entry may be detected which causes a failure when trying to
203. ave device responds with an encryption response message LL ENC RSP that contains SKD 6 the master will create the same SK Now thata SK has been calculated the master and slave devices will now begin a handshake process The slave will transmit unencrypted LL START ENC REQ but sets the slave to receive encrypted data using the recently calculated SK The master responds with encrypted LL START ENC RSP that uses the same SK just calculated and setting the master to receive encrypted data Once the slave receives the master s encrypted LL START ENC RSP message and responds with an encrypted LL START ENC RSP message the Bluetooth low energy devices can now begin transmitting and receiving encrypted data A 5 7 Decrypting Encrypted Data Using ComProbe BPA 600 low energy Capture Note The following discussion uses the ComProbe BPA 600 in low energy capture mode to H illustrate how to identify the encryption process and to view decrypted data However any of the ComProbe devices BPA 500 BPA low energy that are low energy capable will accomplish the same objectives although the datasource setup will be slightly different for each device 3337 Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual A 5 7 1 Setting up the BPA 600 1 Run the ComProbe Protocol Analysis Software 94600 datasource and select Bluetooth Classic low energy r T a BPA 600 This will bring up the BPA 600 datasource window This is where the parameters are set for sn
204. ay a ha ta Can Fi T roi Na aii om Hie ee E DE z k UE a Bete ee gt E Pa dl k no a i oa aii a a kl 1 Saw GA ca ai mp nI E J r I By i iy oe hh cS J T z I a E mi Di Tie F i ji ci years The station operators only knew the codes not what characters lag Figure 32 Chappe s Optical Telegraph ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies Of course anyone positioned between the telegraph stations that had Chappe s telegraph code in hand could decode the transmission So securing the code was of paramount importance in Chappe s protocol Be k Modern wireless networks such as Bluetooth low energy employ security measures to prevent similar potentially man in the middle attacks that may have malicious intent WN C a 3 ban E Ls j J Bluetooth low energy devices connected in a link can pass sensitive data by setting up a secure encrypted link The process is similar to but not identical to Bluetooth BR EDR Secure Simple Pairing One difference is that in Bluetooth low energy the confidential payload includes a Message Identification Code MIC that is encrypted with the data In Bluetooth BR EDR only the data is encrypted Also in Bluetooth low energy the secure link is more vulnerable to passive eavesdropping however because of the short transmission periods this vulnerability is considered a low risk The similarity to BR EDR occurs with shared secret key a fu
205. ayload is 1840 bits sec MICs in the last second of the file A 4 MIC is 32 bits for a total of 32 bits X 15 MICs 480 bits The easiest way to view MIC data is Frame 1 280 Len 28 Epa t th F Di Errors Do at LE PKT LE BB LE PKT 1 Using the Decoder pane Preamble 0x55 Ca Access Address Dx50655521 B Framet scroll through the frames CRC Ox11c063 ET until LE Data shows a ee 1 273 Encrypted MIC NESN 0 1 274 SN 1 1275 MD 0 Mee Frame 1280 contains Encrypted 2 Place the cursor on the Payload Length 130 1 277 MIC Expand LE Data in the Encrypted MIC data and aNG Payload Data Dnf9345c44bebd76 baba VI Summary Pane nerypted MIC OxaScb4a91 Fl while holding the left Payload is fragmented Decode is in another f 1 281 146 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual mouse button drag the field to the Summary pane 3 An Encrypted MIC column is added to the Summary pane E LE PET LE BB LE PKT LE ADY LE DATA LE LL L2CAP SMP a Preamble 0x55 ST Access Address 0450655521 EB Framett Clk Freg Enorypted MIC LE Msg ihan Taw Ng a CAC Ox110063 1271 Oxe025304e ag Encrypted MIC El ala 1272 0s612b5fed n column is added to e LLID Start 1273 the Summary Pane 1 274 1 275 Oxa180f2df 1 276 OxIcab047t 1 277 1 278 1 279 x9b924182 Te 1 280 Oabcb4a91 p 5 NAO i Use your mouse to drag this field to the Summary Pane Figure 4 5
206. being captured 2 Open the Event Display por Frame Display J window 3 Right click in the data 4 Select Save Selection or Save As from the right click menu 5 Click on the radio button labeled Entire File Save Entire File 6 Choose to save Events or Frames Choosing to save T Selection Events saves the entire contents of the capture file Choosing to save Frames does not save all events in the capture file CEvens Frames 1 tl 7 Type a file name in the As box at the bottom of the screen As Type fie name hen Click the Browse icon to browse to a specific directory TINAPA TAR RA ie Otherwise your file is saved in the default capture file file is being saved directory 8 When you are finished click OK 272 Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 6 1 3 Saving a Portion of a Capture File 1 If you are capturing data click on the Stop icon to pause data capture You cannot save data to a file while it is being captured Open the Event Display or Frame Display window depending on whether you want to specify a range in bytes or in frames Select the portion of the data that you want to save Click and drag to select data or click on the first item move to the last item and Shift Click to select the entire range or use the Shift key with the keyboard arrows or the navigation icons in the Frame Display toolbar If the range you want to save is too large to select
207. between frames J Expand All Nodes Protocol layers can be hidden preventing them from being Ha displayed on the Decode pane Right click on any protocol layer Hide L2CAP Layer In All Frames and choose Hide protocol name from the right click menu Provide AVDTP Rules In a USB transaction all messages that comprise the transaction are shown together in the detail pane The color coding that is applied to layers when the detail pane displays a single message is applied to both layers and messages when the detail pane displays a transaction To keep the distinction between layers and messages clear each header of each message in the detail pane ends with the word Message or Messages The latter is used because data and handshake messages are shown as a single color coded entry Each protocol layer is represented by a color which is used to highlight the bytes that belong to that protocol layer in the Event Radix Binary and Character panes The colors are not assigned to a protocol but are assigned to the layer The Event Radix Binary Character and Decode panes are all synchronized with one another Clicking on an element in any one of the panes highlights the corresponding element in all the other panes Click the Toggle Expand Decode Pane icon ia to make the Decode pane taller This allows for more of a lengthy decode to be viewed without needing to scroll 104 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing D
208. bility LOSC 3 2 Media Tupe Audio ba Media Codec Tupe Vendor 5pecifie Codec EF Codec Info Element Apts codec data Vendor ID APT Ltd Codec ID Classic Frames 2823 and 2833 START the audio stream with the local i Sampling Frequency request and the remote response respectively 4 1Khz Supported Channel Mode Stereo At frame 2175 the remote device sends the message Response Accept completing the audio stream setup Frames 2185 and 2190 are the local request and the remote response to OPEN the audio stream 309 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies i oo DULANG NIN ADIP Media Hands Free AVRCP A2DP Data Non Captured Info j Link 1 LE BE Data Han k B Framed ACP EnorCo Add INTS Packet Fole Signal ID Trans nee Signal 2 089 1 Single Slave DISCOVER 0 El AVDTP Signaling 2 092 1 Single Master DISCOVER 0 ened 2 116 5 1 Single Slave GET CAPABILITIES 1 Pae Sie 2119 1 Single Master GET CAPABILITIES 1 i Address 1 2 138 2 1 Single Slave GET_CAPABILITIES 2 7 Transaction Label 4 2 143 1 Single Master GET_CAPABILITIES 2 Packet Tupe Single Packet 2154 1 1 Single Slave GET CAPABILITIES 3 iw Message Type Command 2159 1 Single Master GET CAPABILITIES 3 Signaling Identifier SYDTP SET CONFIGURATIO E 246g 5 1 2 Single Slave SET CONFIGURATION 4 ACP Stream Endpoint ID 5 2175 1 Single Master SET CONFIGURATION 4 ec INT Stream Endpoint ID
209. ble error in app decryption 61 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings 269 4 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data The following sections describe the various ComProbe software functions that capture and display data packets 4 1 Capture Data 44 1 Air Sniffing Positioning Devices When capturing over the air packets proper positioning of the ComProbe hardware and the Devices Under Test DUTs will result in the best possible captures and will mitigate sources of path loss and interference The following procedures will help optimize the capture process especially if you are have problems obtaining reliable captures Problems with indoor radio propagation Even in free space it is well understood that radio frequencies attenuate over distance The free space rule of thumb dictates that radio energy decreases in strength by 20 dB by each 10 to 1 increase in range In the real world the effects of objects in an outdoor environment cause reflection diffraction and scattering resulting in greater signal losses Indoors the situation can be worse Reflections occur from walls and other large flat surfaces Diffraction occurs from objects with sharp edges Scattering is produced from objects with rough surfaces and from small objects Also any object directly in the path of the radiation can present a hard or soft partition depending on the partition s material properties Path losses from partitions are
210. byte to ComProbe software All applications that send data to ComProbe software via Live Import use the first two functions Usually only one of the two Send functions is used by a particular application When ComProbe software receives data from the application via Live Import the data is treated just as if it had been captured on a Frontline ComProbe sniffer The entire protocol stack is fully decoded With Virtual sniffing the data can literally be coming from anywhere ComProbe software does not care if the data being analyzed is being captured on the machine where ComProbe software is running or if the data is being captured remotely and passed into ComProbe software over an Internet connection A 7 7 Virtual Sniffing and Bluetooth Stack Vendors As the complexity of the Bluetooth protocol stack increases Bluetooth stack vendors are realizing that their customers require the use of a powerful Bluetooth protocol analyzer Even if the stack vendor s stack is bug free 351 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies there are interoperability issues that must be dealt with The homegrown hex dumps and trace tools from the early days of Bluetooth just are not good enough anymore And building a good protocol analyzer is not easy So stack vendors are partnering with Frontline This permits the stack vendors to concentrate of improving their stack The typical Bluetooth stack vendor provides a Windows based SDK The stack vendor interfac
211. cacucde bbe ceecdaeanceseadecearedecansdaees 78 4 3 2 The Event Display Toolbar _ 2 2 2 ieee ce cece ee cece cee eee eee cece cence eeeeees 79 4 3 3 Opening Multiple Event Display Windows 22 a 81 4 3 4 Calculating CRCs or FCSs UA 81 4 3 5 Calculating Delta Times and Data Rates _ 22 occ eee cee cee eee e cece ee ceeeceeeeees 81 4 3 6 Switching Between Live Update and Review Mode 0 2 22 eee eee eee ee eee eee eee 82 4 3 7 Data Formats and Symbols 2 220 eee eee eee ce cee cece cece eee eeeeeeceeceeceeceeeceees 82 4 3 7 1 Switching Between Viewing All Events and Viewing Data Events _ 2 2 2 2 82 4 3 7 2 Switching Between Hex Decimal Octal or Binary 0 22 e eee ce eee eee eee eeeeees 83 4 3 7 3 Switching Between ASCII EBCDIC and Baudot ieee cece aoaaa 84 4 3 7 4 Selecting Mixed Channel Sides 0 cece cece cece eee c cece cece eee cecececececeeeceeeeeeees 84 4 3 7 5 List of all Event Symbols 2 222 eee eee ce ec ccc eee cece cece eee eeeeeeeeeeees 85 daO FON SIZE cup tuuicce2cced sseusuneeuenesscunsadn eienmeeeenves ceerietoundsnuuteduxioeuacccaveceseneess 86 4 4 Analyzing Protocol Decodes 2 2 2 ieee cece cece eee cece cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeceeeees 87 4 4 1 Frame Display Window 2 22 eee c ee eee cece annann anaona a cece eee e eee eeeeeeeceeceeceeeceees 87 BA Ad Frame Display
212. cation Suppose however the next time you want to save a capture file the new file location is not available because the directory structure has changed a folder has been moved a drive has been reassigned a flash drive has been disconnected etc In the case of a lost directory structure subsequent capture files will be saved to the default location ComProbe software will always try to save a file to the folder where the last file was opened from or saved to if Use Last Opened Folder for Capture Files is checked If however the location is not accessible files are saved to the default directory that is set at installation If the checkbox is unchecked then the system always defaults to the directory listed in the File Locations dialog 7 1 3 Side Names The Side Names dialog is used to change the names of objects and events that appear in various displays The Side Names dialog will change depending on the sniffing technology in use at the time the software was loaded Changes to the Names are used throughout the program 289 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 7 General Information Side Names Default Namez Current Hames Slave Master Figure 7 6 Example Side Names Where Slave and Master are current 1 To open the Side Names dialog choose Side Names from the Options menu on the Control window 2 Tochange aname click on the name given in the Current Names column and then click again to mod
213. ccc ee cee cee cee cece cece cece eeeeeceeceeceeceeees 170 Figure 4 71 A negative discontinuity 22 22 ee eee eee cee cee cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeeees 171 Figure 4 72 Three positive discontinuities 22 2 a 171 Figure 4 73 Throughput Graph Viewport 22 ee eee eee eee eee eee cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeees 172 Figure 4 74 Small Timeline and large Throughput Graph after pressing the Swap button 173 Figure 4 75 Dots Toggled On and Off _ 2 222 2 eee ee cece ee ee eee eee cece cece oaoa 173 Figure 4 76 Overlapping Dots Information Display 2 a 174 Figure 4 77 Synchronized Zoomed Throughput Graph and View Port eee eee 175 Figure 4 78 Zoomed Throughput Graph Largest Value Snaps to Top 22 2 2 eee eee eee eeeees 175 Figure 4 79 Zoomed Throughput Graph Freeze Y keeps the y axis constant _ 176 Figure 4 80 802 11 Source Address Dialog _ 2 22 22 eee ee ec ee cee cece eee eceececeeceeceeeeceeees 177 Figure 4 81 802 11 Source Address Drop Down Selector 2 22 e eee eee eee cece cece eeeeeeee 178 Figure 4 82 Coexistence View Legend _ 2 a 179 Figure 4 83 Coexistence View Timelines cece cece cee cece cece cece cece eee eeeeeeeceeees 179 Figure 4 84 Each packet is color coded 2 22 cece cece eee c ce eee cece cece ecccecceececceceec
214. ccess the Timeline by selecting Bluetooth low energy Timeline from the View menu or by pressing the Bluetooth low energy Timeline icon Ad on the Control window toolbar and Frame Display toolbar In computing throughput packets that have a CRC error are excluded 4 4 4 1 low energy Timeline Toolbar The toolbar contains the following Table 4 11 Bluetooth low energy Timeline Toolbar Lock The Lock button only appears in live mode and is automatically depressed when the user scrolls Unlock First Packet Previous Packet Next Packet Last Packet Previous Interframe Spacing IFS Error e Interframe Spacing is considered valid if it is within 150 us or 2us e f the Interframe Spacing is less than 148 us or greater than 152 us but less than or equal to 300 us it is considered an IFS error Next Interframe Spacing IFS Error e Interframe Spacing is considered valid if it is within 150 us or 2us e Ifthe Interframe Spacing is less than 148 us or greater than 152 us but less than or equal to 300 us it is considered an IFS error Previous Error Packet Next Error Packet Zoom In Zoom Out 140 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 4 11 Bluetooth low energy Timeline Toolbar continued Reset The Reset button appears only in live mode Reset causes all packet data up to that point to be deleted from the Packet Timeline display This does not affect the data i
215. ce 322 A 4 Decrypting Encrypted Bluetooth data with ComProbe BPA 600 2 2 22 e eee ee eee eee 324 A 4 1 How Encryption Works in Bluetooth AA 324 A 4 2 Legacy Pairing Bluetooth 2 0 and earlier eee eee cece cece eee e eee eeecceeeeeees 324 A 4 3 Secure Simple Pairing SSP Bluetooth 2 1 and later ele eee eee eee eee 326 A 4 4 How to Capture and Decrypt Data Legacy Pairing eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee 326 A 4 5 How to tell if a device is in Secure Simple Pairing Debug Mode _ 328 A 5 Decrypting Encrypted Bluetooth low energy a 332 A 5 1 How Encryption Works in Bluetooth low energy 0 ee cece cece cece eee eeeeee 332 Pace Pail APA 332 A 5 3 Pairing Methods a 333 AO Encrypunge ME LINK sescedusndeiderduersd laa eeu eree E iA e A OENAR Nra 334 A 5 5 Encryption Key Generation and Distribution 22 eee eee eee eee ee eee ee 334 A 5 6 Encrypting The Data Transmission 2 cece eee e cece cece cece cece cee eceeceeceeeeeeeees 335 A 5 7 Decrypting Encrypted Data Using ComProbe BPA 600 low energy Capture 335 A 6 Bluetooth low energy Security a 342 A 6 1 How Encryption Works in Bluetooth low energy ee cee eee eee cece eee eeeeee 343 AG Paasa NADAL de oe edo ene eee a scores 343 A 6 3 Pairing Methods _ _
216. ced 211 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 22 Audio Expert System Operating Modes Non referenced Referenced Processing audio of completely unknown program content e g arbitrary music or speech content Since the system does not have any prior knowledge of the audio being analyzed the types of audio analysis that can be performed is limited A pseudo closed loop test scenario where the user plays specific Reference Audio files pre recorded audio test files provided by Frontline on the Source DUT Device Under test The analysis of the received audio results in a series of Audio Events being reported by comparing changes in the received audio to expected changes of the Reference Audio and reporting deviation events when they occur Reference mode detects a larger number of events because the reference audio has specific frequency amplitude and duration occurring at known points in time allowing for precise comparison 4 6 1 Supported Codec Parameters Supported Parameters for SBC Codec e Sampling Frequencies 16 KHz 32 KHz 44 1 KHz 48 KHz e Channel Modes Mono Dual Channel Stereo Joint Stereo e Block Length 4 8 12 16 e Number of subbands 4 8 e Allocation Method SNR Loudness e Minimum Bitpool Value 2 e Maximum Bitpool Value 53 Supported Parameters for MPEG 2 4 AAC e Object Types MPEG 4 AAC LC e Sampling Frequenc
217. cee eee e eee e eee eeeeeeee 83 Figure 4 16 Header labels right click l ee cece cc cee eee eee eee cece cece eeceeeeeceeceeeees 83 Figure 4 17 Data display right click menu _ 2 22 22 eee cece cece eee cece cece ee oann 84 Figure 4 18 Event Display Options menu _ 22 22 e eee cee cee ce eee eee eee e cence eeceeceeceeeeeeees 87 Figure 4 19 Event Display Font Size Selection l eee cece c eee e cece e cece eee eceeceee 87 Figure 4 20 Frame Display with all panes active _ 2 22 eee ec cee eee eee e cece ee ceeeeeeceeees 88 Figure 4 21 Frame Display Find text entry field eee ce cece eee cece eee ceeeeee 95 Figure 4 22 Search Find Dialog cece cece c cece cece cece cece eee e cece eeeceecececeseseeeeeeees 95 Figure 4 23 Frame Display File menu Byte Export o eee ee ec c ec e cece eee ee eeeeee 98 XIV ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Figure 4 24 Byte Export dialog eee cee eee eee aaa aana naaa 99 Figure 4 25 Save As CldlO Sven eccerwedcecdesee da cudacecucew sac boveeus wecesawerewauesusiesbseeeeeenbaeevies 99 Figure 4 26 Sample Exported Frames Text File eee cece cece eee cece eeeeeeeeee 100 Figure 4 27 Example Protocol Tags 20 22 a 101 Figure 4 28 Summary pane right with Tooltip on Column 5 Tran ID U 22 ee 102 Figure 4 29 Frame Display Pro
218. cf ble Zoom Higie Thrsughput Help ROO ee ola gt s AR tng Piped a bail 1 Second Pais Teao Bi Pet pe i io Ban free A Dace 317 MP geheg La 1 ate Fleer IN Kk 1 oe Brey Paad Thaha babes serine Al Dean BG NA Bas Siew Flurry krema iii 5 ee i w Help Pres F Figure 4 45 Bluetooth Timeline window You access the Bluetooth Timeline by selecting Bluetooth Timeline from the Control window View menu or by clickingthe Bluetooth Timeline icon m on the Control window toolbar or Frame Display 123 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 4 4 3 1 Bluetooth Timeline Packet Depiction Selected Packet 2604 TYPE DM1 Bluetooth Clock 0x00004f44 Timestamp 3 19 2013 4 24 42 3245 PM Duration 234 us a aa S1 Bluetooth Clock 0x00004f30 M S1 packetinformation above timeline Packet 2 604 Timestamp 8 19 2013 4 24 42 3246 PM Buration 234 us Role Master Ox04 98 f3 49 38 ce Channel 15 2417 MHz Bluetooth Clock 0x00004f3c 12 M S1 Bluetooth Clock 0x00004f48 24 M aa Clock Ox00004f44 Packet Status OK FLOW Go 1 Bluetooth Clock 0x00004f54 36 TYPE DM1 AA Nd eee Hover over packet with LT_ADDR 1 ae on al mouse to display packet SEQN 1 information elle eae L2CAP Flow NZA 1 Bluetooth Clock 0x00004f60 43 Logical Link ID LMP resreenen snares ogical Lin F i j Payload Length 6 35 of 17 bytes
219. cified frame onward or until redefined in this dialog on a later frame If you are unhappy with your changes you can undo them by simply choosing your override from the dialog box and pressing the Remove Override button After pressing OK the capture file will recompile as if your changes never existed so feel free to experiment with desired changes if you are unsure of what configuration to use CPAS Info uat Sue Note If the capture has no user defined overrides V4 then the system displays a dialog stating that no user defined overrides exist This buffer contains no user overridden items 53 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings 3 2 4 L2CAP Decoder Parameters 3 2 4 1 About L2CAP Decoder Parameters Each entry in the Set Initial Decoder Parameters dialog takes effect from the beginning of the capture onward or until redefined in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog AVDTP Security L2CAP RFCOMM A2DP USB iPx Tce UDP Initial Connections in effect from beginning of capture onward until redefined in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog Stream Master m Channel ID Address DataSource DS No set 0 for Single DS Caries PSM Raw Data x Figure 3 14 L2CAP Decoder parameters tab The L2CAP Set Initial Decoder Parameters dialog requires the following user inputs to complete a Parameter e Stream This identifies the role of the device i
220. cket Keyboard Shortcut Right Arrow Goes to the previous retransmitted packet from the currently selected packet If there is no previous retransmission this item is not active Goes to the next retransmitted packet from the currently selected packet If there are no retransmitted packets following the current selection this item is not active Goes to the first error packet prior to the current selection If there are no error packets available this item is not active Keyboard Shortcut Ctrl Left Arrow Goes to the first error packet following the current selection If there are no error packets available this item is not active Keyboard Shortcut Ctrl Right Arrow Available only in Live mode To prevent timeline scrolling during capture click on this time and the display will lock in its current position Capture will continue but the displays will remain Static To resume scrolling during capture click again on this menu item Save a comma separated values csv file that contains information about the Payload Throughput Over Time graph Save a comma separated values csv file that contains information about objects in the timeline Assumes at most one object transfer per capture Displays Bluetooth Timeline help topics 4 4 3 5 Bluetooth Timeline Visual Elements The Bluetooth Timeline consists of the following visual elements 131 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing D
221. ckets with no errors is displayed in light green in the bar chart e For Classic Bluetooth The number of packets that have header errors is displayed in red in the bar chart e For Classic Bluetooth The number of payload errors is displayed in dark red in the bar chart e For Classic Bluetooth The number of re transmits is displayed in yellow in the bar chart e All the values except MHz change dynamically when multiple time periods are selected in the Scroll Bar e When you select the g in the upper right corner the bar chart is replaced by a pie chart The pie chart applies to all channels not a selected channel To return to the bar chart click on the channel again or click on the O in the upper right hand corner 4 5 3 Packet Error Rate Legend The Legend displays color coded information about the channel selected Classic Bluetooth Bluetooth low energy For Classic Bluetooth e The number of Packets with No Errors and percentage of packets with No Errors in relationship to total packets for the channel is displayed in green e The number of Packets with Header Errors and percentage of packets with Header Errors in relationship to total packets for the channel is displayed in red 205 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data The number of Packets with Payload CRC Errors and percentage of packets with Payload CRC Errors in relationship to total packets for the channel is disp
222. clutter when viewing a larger timeline section Increase Auto When not checked the default the packets in the viewport are hidden if the number of Hide Packet visible packets exceeds 4 000 Count from 4 000 to 20 000 When checked the default count increased from 4 000 to 20 000 packets before the May Be Slow packets are hidden Choosing this selection may slow down the displaying of the packets The following three selections are mutually exclusive Use All When checked all captured packets are used for average throughput calculations and Packets for all packets in the last one second of the capture session are used for the 1 sec Throughput throughput See Coexistence View Throughput Indicators on page 166 for more Indicators information Performs the same function as the throughput indicator All radio button Use Selected When checked the packets selected in the Viewport are used for average throughput Packets for calculations and selected packets in the one second before the last selected packet are Throughput used for the 1 sec throughput See Coexistence View Throughput Indicators on page Indicators 166 for more information Performs the same function as the throughput indicator Selected radio button Use Viewport When checked all packets appearing in the Viewport are used for average throughput Packets for calculations and all packets in the one second before the last packet in the Viewport are Throughput u
223. column to a different position Fields from the Decode pane can be added to the summary pane by dragging any Decodepane field to the desired location in the Summary pane header If the new field is from a different layer than the summary pane a plus sign is prepended to the field name and the layer name is added in parentheses The same field can be added more than once if desired thus making it possible to put the same field at the front and back for example of along header line so that the field is visible regardless of where the header is scrolled to An added field can be removed from the Summary pane by selecting Remove New Column from the right click menu 102 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual The default column layout both membership and order can be restored by selecting Restore Default Columns from the Format or right click menus Changing Column Widths To change the width of a column 1 Place the cursor over the right column divider until the cursor changes to a solid double arrow 2 Click and drag the divider to the desired width 3 To auto size the columns double click on the column dividers Hiding Columns To hide a column 1 Drag the right divider of the column all the way to the left 2 The cursor changes to a split double arrow when a hidden column is present 3 To show the hidden column place the cursor over the divider until it changes to a split double arrow then
224. corrupted data repeated data faulty packet loss concealment algorithms etc Reported if the system detects unexpected amplitude changes over a given interval The test tones in Frontline s Reference Audio files have a fixed amplitude level over their duration Therefore if the corresponding audio levels received over the air by the system fluctuates more than a specified level this level is based on the received audio stream parameters then the system generates an Amplitude Fluctuations event Provides a fine grained indication of lost or repeated energy The system knows when a specific tone should be expected During this interval the system checks that the measured average frequency is the same as the expected frequency If this is correct the system will continue to monitor the instantaneous frequency If the instantaneous frequency deviates sufficiently from the current average frequency the frequency measurement state machine will reset and begin re measuring Typically the outcome is the discovery of the next scripted expected frequency However another outcome can be that the same frequency as the previous average frequency is rediscovered and this is reported as an Unexpected Phase Change event Such phase changes are an indicator of losses of signal that do not result in amplitude dropouts or signal substitution repetition of previous audio energy due to things such as packet loss concealment tactics 1
225. ction device pair is identified by 1 A Link for Classic Bluetooth 2 An Access Address for Bluetooth low energy The link ID is a number that the ComProbe software assigns to identify a pair of devices in a BR EDR connection In the Frame Display details pane the Baseband layer contains the link ID field if the field s value is not O An Access Address is contained in every Bluetooth low energy packet The Access Address identifies a connection between a slave and a master or an advertising packet Connection filtering displays only the frames protocols summary details and events for the selected connections P Note Connection Filters are not persistent across sessions 116 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 4 1 13 2 1 Creating a Connection Filter In the Frame Display there are four ways to create a connection filter From the Frame Display Filter menu Click on the Frame Display Filter menu Connection Filter selection From the drop down menu select Classic or Bluetooth low energy The options are e Classic Bluetooth o All will filter in all Classic Bluetooth frames You are in effect filtering out any Bluetooth low energy frames and are selecting to filter in all the Classic Bluetooth links o Links displays all the master slave links You can select only one link to filter in The selected link will filter in only the frames associated with that link e Bluetooth low energ
226. d p lt Opcode gt F lt Opcode gt an XML file delivered with the ComProbe Protocol Analysis System lt Frequency gt 100 lt Frequency gt software This file is used during Referenced mode testing for lt Level gt 95 lt Level gt he sniffed Ref Audi t f lt Cycles gt 10 lt Cycles gt comparison to the sniffed Reference Audio parameters o Durations D1 lt Duration gt frequency amplitude duration etc lt FadeIn gt 0 lt Fadeln gt lt FadeOQut gt O lt FadeQut gt Below is a sample script table and the resulting sample Reference lt StartTime gt 0 lt StartTime gt Audio wav file The generated wav file begins with a Test ID that is p used to identify the sniffed audio as a Reference Audio file and the lt 5egID gt 1 lt SegID gt Audio Expert System automatically switches from Non Referenced lt Opcode gt F lt Opcode gt lt Frequency gt 210 lt Frequency gt lt Level gt 3 lt Level gt lt Cycles gt 21 lt Cycles gt lt Duration gt 0 1 lt Duration gt lt FadeIn gt 0O lt FadelIn gt lt FadeOQut gt O lt FadeQut gt lt StartTime gt 0 1 lt StartTime gt lt Segment gt lt Segment gt lt SegID gt 2 lt SegID gt lt Opcode gt F lt Opcode gt mode to Referenced mode tanes 4 Ae Sampie Test Soript Table a ous of 0 la a om o 0 Do oef o o om Cal wo o aco o 0 a 4 6 3 3 Referenced Mode Testing Processes In the Referenced mode the devices under test use a specific audio fi
227. d Learn more about the Long Term Key The Long Term Key is similar to the Link key in BLEL NI io Bs Classic it is a persistent key that is stored in both devices and used to derive a fresh encryption key each time the devices go encrypted There are a few differences though In Classic the Link key is derived from inputs from both devices and is calculated in the same way independently by both devices and then stored persistently The link key itself is never transmitted over the air during pairing In LE the long term key is generated solely on the slave device and then during pairing is distributed to a master device that wants to establish an encrypted connection to that slave in the future Thus the long term key is transmitted over the air albeit encrypted with a one time key derived during the pairing process and discarded afterwards the so called short term key Unlike the link key this long term key is directional i e it is only used to for connections from the master to the slave referring to the roles of the devices during the pairing process If the devices also want to connect the other way round in the future the device in the master role during the pairing process also needs to send its own long term key to the device in the slave role during the pairing process also encrypted with the short term key of course so that the device which was in the slave during the pairing 33 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual
228. d the RFCOMM S Slave Channel Signaling Length 0 UA Channel Signaling Length 0 The Non Message Summary tab displays all the non message items in the data AFCOMM signaling channel created The Ctrl Summary tab displays the signaling packets for all layers in one window in the order in which they are received The information in the colored boxes displays general information about the messaging The same is true for each one of the protocols If you want to see the all the messaging in one dialog you select the All Layers tab When you move the mouse over the message description you see an expanded tool tip If you position the cursor outside of the message box the tool tip will only display for a few seconds LMP timing accuracy req Address 1 Opcode LMP_max_slot Transaction ID Initiated by maste Max Slots 0x05 slots Tran D Initiated by slave If however you position the cursor within the tool tip box the message will remain until you move the cursor out of the box Additionally If you right click on a message description you will see the select Show all Layers button 193 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data a NATE When you select Show all Layers the chart will display all the messaging layers The Frame and Time of the packets are displayed on the left side of the chart Classic LE All Lay
229. d 0a 7b 43 49 A 76 57 00 74 0 2c 30 Od 0a Sa amp Co CO AN DO ne G mW oe U U 4 UOD Se m y Ti m m m m NG 05 agd EC 00 i my 5c m P aa Fz lt A yo HE 48 70 IT Tr Ti Tr Trt Li Figure 4 3 Delta fields 4 3 6 Switching Between Live Update and Review Mode The Event Display and Frame Display windows can update to display new data during live capture or be frozen to allow data analysis By default the Event Display continually updates with new data and the Frame Display is locked 1 Make sure the Lock icon A is active so the display is locked and unable to scroll 2 Click the Unlock IS icon again to resume live update The analyzer continues to capture data in the background while the display is locked Upon resuming live update the display updates with the latest data You can have more than one Event Display or Frame Display window open at a time Click the Duplicate View icon g to open additional Event or Frame Display windows The lock resume function is independent on each window This means that you can have two Event Display windows open simultaneously and one window can be locked while the other continues to update 4 3 7 Data Formats and Symbols 4 3 7 1 Switching Between Viewing All Events and Viewing Data Events By default the analyzer on the Event Display dialog shows all events that include e Data bytes e Start of frame e End of frame characters e Data Captured Was Paused lAn event
230. d Info Errors Info Baseband E l5 Bluetooth FHS SCO eSCO L2CAP SDP RFCOMH AYDTP AYDTP Signaling B Framet LT Add Onginal Opcode Opcode Hole Initiated by Fram 393 a encapsulated header accepted Slave master 11 396 a encapsulated_payload Master master 26 407 3 encapsulated payload accepted Slave master 11 40 J encapsulated payload Master master 26 415 Ka encapsulated payload accepted Slave master 11 LI 4156 aa encapsulated payload Master master 26 425 3 encapsulated payload accepted Slave master 11 405 3 preferred rate Slave slave 11 b47 a encapsulated header Slave raster 13 so Frame 418 Master Len 26 4 01111100 SSaeeaet a means that the data were reconstructed NG ODOIDOOT 20210011 Baseband REBEL a aTa a BOTO O LMP R7c BRR eeeeeeeeee iy Hole Master EEEE ar ar Ca io Address 3 x05 25 ea 7 b9 i io Upcode LMP_encapsulated_payload p d b5 e4 79 sf He Transaction ID Initiated by master Aba P 192 Public Key z ab Debug Reyfy Ox b 9d 42 b8 1b c5 bd 00 Sf 79 e4 b5 9d bb aa 85 7 5 i D a i o E C i i AALSABD5S4AYFUuD Figure 15 Encapsulated Payload Message from a Bluetooth Device in SSP Debug Mode 328 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Unfiltered Non Captured Info Errors Info Bluetooth FHS SCO eSCO L2CAP SDP RFCOHH AYDTP AYDTP Signalin Baseband Appendicies B Frame LT Addr Original Opcode Opcode
231. d by a cross hatched pattern drawn between two packets and a corresponding vertical dashed line in the throughput graph When the timestamp delta is greater than 4 01 seconds the discontinuity is a cosmetic convenience that avoids excessive empty space When the timestamp delta is negative the discontinuity is necessary so that the packets can be drawn in the order that they occur 444 13 low energy Timeline Navigating and Selecting Data Buttons menu items and keystrokes can be used to go to the next or previous packet next or previous invalid interframe spacing IFS next or previous error packet and the first or last packet e lf there is no selected packet in the timeline First Packet Next Packet O and Last Packet D are enabled but Previous Packet Q is not e A single packet is selected either by clicking on it navigating to it or selecting it in the Frame Display o Single Segment Navigation m Selecting Previous Packet will select the next packet in time moving back in time to the left regardless of which row it is on If the previous packet is not in the display or if a portion of the packet is visible the display will scroll to the next packet and it will appear selected on the left of the display The timestamp will change with the scrolling of the display Selecting Next Packet will select the next packet in time moving forward in time to the right If the next packet is not in the display the display will scroll t
232. d of upper segment is beginning of segment below Timeline Row1 Timeline Row2 Timeline Row3 End of upper segment is beginning of segment below Timeline Row1 Timeline Row2 Timeline Row3 Timeline Ending Timestamp Figure 4 52 Diagram of low energy Timeline Flow with Segment and Row Relationship e Rows can display either source device access addresses or the three radios receiving the data You choose with methods by selecting Show Device Address Rows or Show Radio Rows from the Format menu 4 4 410 Format Menu Show Device Address Rows will display rows of packets Zoom Navigate Help from sending devices The source device address will appear Show Daan Aa four on the left of each row Show Radio Rows Show Radio Rows will display rows packets received on radios 0 1 or 2 The radio number will appear on the left of each row o The Addr rows display packets sent by that access address for all devices or configured devices You select All Devices or Configured Devices using the radio buttons The address shown is the access address for the device 148 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Selected Packet 57120 Adv Type ADV IND Timestamp Addr Figure 4 53 Device Address Rows o The Radio rows display packets received by that radio 0 1 or 2 Selected Packet 30 957 Adv Type SCAN REQ Timestamp 3414 2013 12 1 326 US 151 us 150 us R
233. d to generate MAC is CSRK Each peer device in a piconet will have a unique CSRK The receiving device will authenticate the message from the trusted sending device using the CSRK exchanged from the sending device The counter is initialized to zero when the CSRK is generated and is incremented with each message signed with a given CSRK The combination of the CSRK and counter mitigates replay attacks A 6 8 Table of Acronyms Author John Trinkle Publish Date 21 May 2014 347 Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 348 A 7 Bluetooth Virtual Sniffing A 7 1 Introduction The ComProbe software Virtual sniffing function simplifiesBluetooth development and is easy to use Frontline s Virtual sniffing with Live Import provides the developer with an open interface from any application to ComProbe software so that data can be analyzed and processed independent of sniffing hardware Virtual sniffing can also add value to other Bluetooth development tools such as Bluetooth stack SDKs Software Development Kits and Bluetooth chip development kits This white paper discusses e Why HCI sniffing and Virtual sniffing are useful e Bluetooth sniffing history e What is Virtual sniffing e Why Virtual sniffing is convenient and reliable e How Virtual sniffing works e Virtual sniffing and Bluetooth stack vendors e Case studies Virtual sniffing and Bluetooth mobile phone makers e Virtual sniffing and you e Where to g
234. data depending on the choices you made in the System Settings e Utilization Events The second half of the status bar gives the current utilization and total number of events seen on the network This is the total number of events monitored not the total number of events captured The analyzer is always monitoring the circuit even when data is not actively being captured These graphs allow you to keep an eye on what is happening on the circuit without requiring you to capture data 143 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 2 Getting Started 2 3 4 Frame Information on the Control Window Frame Decoder information is located just below the Status bar on the Control window It displays two pieces of information For Help Press F1 e Frame Decoder 233 fps displays the number of frames per second being decoded You can toggle this display on off with Ctrl D but it is available only during a live capture e 132911 displays the total frames decoded e 100 displays the percentage of buffer space used 2 3 5 Control Window Menus The menus appearing on the Control window vary depending on whether the data is being captured live or whether you are looking at a cfa file The following tables describe each menu Table 2 3 Control Window File Menu Selections d k Capture GoLive Returns to Live mode els Reframe If you need to change the protocol stack used to interpret a capture file and the framing is different
235. difficult to estimate Estimating indoor propagation loss 1 One estimate of indoor path loss based on path loss data from a typical building provides a range power rule At 2 4 GHz the following relationship provides an approximate estimate of indoor path loss Indoor Path Loss in dB 40 35Log iolrange in meters This approximation is expected to have a variance of 13 dB Mitigating path loss and interference Bluetooth device design contributes to mitigating environmental effects on propagation through spread spectrum radio design for example However careful planning of the testing environment can also contribute to reliable data capture process 63 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data The first step to ensuring reliable air sniffing data capture is to understand the RF characteristics of the Devices Under Test DUTs The Bluetooth Class antenna types and radiation patterns are all important factors that can affect the placement of the DUTs and the ComProbe analyzer Radiation patterns are rarely spherical so understanding your device s radiation patterns can greatly enhance successful data capture Position devices to avoid radiation attenuation by the surroundings This step is optional Consider conductive testing to establish a baseline capture Conductive testing isolates the DUTs and analyzer from environmental effects The next step is to ensure that the testing environmen
236. dio volume controls and Indicators Mute Vertical Zoom and Collapse Expand 3 An Audio Waveform which is plotted as amplitude linear or dB versus time and an interactive play cursor The play cursor appears as a white vertical line across the waveform 4 Event Timeline that shows color coded Bluetooth E Codec wl and Audio events Details of these events are listed in the Audio Expert System Event Table 234 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 6 5 2 1 Audio Stream Info The Audio Stream Info displays Audio Bluetooth and Codec information left to right in the image below about the audio waveform displayed in the panel This information is discovered during AVDTP signaling when the devices under test DUT negotiate audio streaming parameters Sample Rate 44100 MG 40 EF 40 82 96 6E BG AG Mono Stereo Stereo Bits Sample 16 B0 79 94 20 12 1E Sereg E F ee he bn I Figure 4 127 Audio Stream Info in the Wave Panel Table 4 34 Audio Stream Info Tags ii SSS A system assigned index number that represents an audio waveform between a pair of Bluetooth devices This number appears in the Event Table for easy cross referencing Sample Rate Displays the sampling frequency used to digitize the original audio Mono Stereo Indicates if the audio data is monaural or stereophonic Bits Sample Displays the number of bits per sample of the audio data
237. dix Binary and Character panes 1 Choose Select Protocol Layer Colors from the Options menu to change the colors used The colors for the different layers is displayed 2 To change a color click on the arrow next to each layer and select a new color 3 Select OK to accept the color change and return to Frame Display Select Cancel to discard any selection Select Defaults to return the highlight colors to the default settings Protocol Layer Color Selector Layer 1 Layer9 Abcd OK Layer 2 Abed Layer 10 EEE Cancel Laver Abcd J sn SS A E TTE Defaults Layer 4 Abcd State ba Layer 12 E E E Layer 5 Abcd ff Lari MJO MO Layer E Abcd Mis Layer 14 Layer Abed ff Layer15 Abcd 2f Layer 2 Layer 16 Abcd Figure 4 29 Frame Display Protocol Layer Color Selector 4 4 1 13 Filtering Filtering allows the user to control the display which capture frames are displayed Filters fall into two general categories 1 Display filters allow a user to look at a subset of captured data without affecting the capture content Frames matching the filter criteria appear in the Frame Display frames not matching the criteria will not appear 2 Connection filters Two options are available a A Bluetooth connection Displays only the frames associated with a Classic Bluetooth link or a Bluetooth low energy access address A new Frame Display will open showing only the protocol tabs frames summary and e
238. dows 7 and 8 e USB Port USB 2 0 High Speed or USB 3 0 Super Speed The ComProbe software must operate on a computer with the following minimum characteristics e Processor Core i5 processor at 2 7 GHz e RAM 4 GB e Free Hard Disk Space 20 GB 1 3 Software Installation 1 3 1 From CD Insert the ComProbe installer disc into your DVD drive Click on the Install CPAS shortcut and follow the directions Chapter 1 ComProbe Hardware 8 Software ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 1 3 2 From Download Download the latest CPAS installer from FTE com Once downloaded double click the installer and follow the directions ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 1 ComProbe Hardware amp Software Chapter 2 Getting Started In this chapter we introduce you to the ComProbe hardware and show how to start the ComProbe analyzer software and explain the basic software controls and features for conducting the protocol analysis 2 1 BPA 600 Hardware 2 1 1 Attaching Antennas When you remove the ComProbe BPA 600 hardware from the box the first step is to attach the antennas Figure 2 1 LOW ENERGY BR EDR Figure 2 1 BPA 600 Antenna Connectors 1 Attach antennas to the SMA connectors Figure 2 2 ComProbe BPA 600 with both antennas attached ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 2 Getting Started 2 1 1 1 Status LED The ComProbe BPA 600 has two Status LEDs on the RF panel In the front panel center are the LOW ENERGY and BR
239. e Slave 2119 1 Single Master GET CAPABILITIES 1 Addes 2 138 2 1 Single Slave GET_CAPABILITIES 2 F z Transaction Label 1 2143 1 Single Master GET_CAPABILITIES 2 Packet Tupe Single Packet 2154 1 1 Single Slave GET CAPABILITIES 3 Message Type Command 2158 1 Single Master GET CAPABILITIES 3 Signaling Identifier AYDTP_GET_CAPABILITIES 2169 5 1 2 Single Slave SET CONFIGURATION 4 bd i ACP Stream Endpoint ID 5 alll a mT t Figure 3 Frame Display for AVDTP Signaling Frame 2116 At frame 2119 the remote device responds to the GET CAPABILITIES for SEPID 5 reporting that this SEP codec is aptX with a Channel Mode Stereo 308 Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual CA AG TIG AVDIP Media Hands Free AVRCP A2DP Data Non Captured Info PD LE BB Data Link 1 ia eee m r a B Frame ACP Eror Co Add INTS Packet Role Signal ID Trans 4 Be Ara iee Signal 2 089 1 Single Slave DISCOVER 0 AVDTP Signaling 2 092 1 1 single Master DISCOVER 0 L Link 1 2116 5 1 Single Slave GET CAPABILITIES 1 a Role Master x 2 119 1 Single Master GET CAPABILITIES 1 2 Address 1 21 38 Fa 1 Single Slave GET CAPABILITIES Z z Tranzaction Label 1 2143 1 Single Master GET_CAPABILITIES fd Packet Type Single Packet 2 154 1 1 Single Slave GET_CAPABILITIES 3 Message Type Response Accept 2 158 1 Single Master GET_CAPABILITIES 3 Signaling
240. e Events Per Row but this method contains no timestamps If you select One Event Per Row you can display timestamps multiple events or single events per row Note The raw timestamp value is the number of 100 nanosecond intervals since the H beginning of January 1 1601 This is standard Windows time The timestamp data types displayed in columns for One Event Per Row Timestamp Delta Event Number Byte Number Frame Number Type Hex Dec Oct Bin Side ASCII 7 bit ASCII EBCDIC Baudot RTS CTS DSR DTR CD RI UART Overrun Parity Error Framing Error 7 Ifyou select csv as the file type choose whether you want to hide display Preambles or Column Headings in the exported file 8 Click Save The Event Display Export file is saved to the locations you specified in File name 281 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data al A B C D E F G H l J K 1 Timestamp Delta Event Number Byte Number Frame Number Type Hex iDec Oct Bin ASCII 632 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 631 626 3 Data 0 0 0 0 633 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 632 627 3 Data oi 0 0 0 634 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 633 628 3 Data oi 0 0 0 635 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 634 629 3 Data 98 152 230 10011000 636 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 635 630 3 Data 70 112 160 1110000 p 637 11 30 2012 12 20 02 895166 PM 0 00 00 00 636 631 3 Data 94 148 224 1001010
241. e Info appears when a frame containing an Information field is first seen The tabs disappear when the capture buffer is cleared during live capture or when decoders are reloaded even if one of the tabs is currently selected They subsequently reappear as the corresponding events are detected The tabs disappear when the capture buffer is cleared during live capture or when decoders are reloaded even if one of the tabs is currently selected They subsequently reappear as the corresponding events are detected Use the navigation icons keyboard or mouse to move through the frames The icons and o move you to the first and last frames in the buffer respectively Use the Go To icon ka to move to a specific frame number Placing the mouse pointer on a summary pane header with truncated text displays a tooltip showing the full header text 101 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data KJ Frame Display HTC Headset A2DP cfa File Edit View Format Filter Bookmarks Options Window Help c ABS Y SZ M2 PPO LAMAS la ki B i ik Master Len 36 a no E 88 O Find Header Lenath 11 _ Unfiltered Info Configured BT low ener gy devices Errors Header Version 3 Baseband LMP PreConnection FHS Bluetooth FHS L2CAP EJ RFCOMM AVDTP AVDTP Signaling ot j AVDTP Media Hands Free A2DP Non Captured Info Role Master Ox00 07 62 0F 00 00 81 Channel 23 2431 MHz B Fra
242. e These tabs are arranged in separate color p coded groups These groups and their DOES ai Classic Bluetooth blue colors are General white Classic Bluetooth ST ae BC ue laat low eery ren a Ba owen ee B Fumi CLK and SD teal The General group applies to _ lie GM all technologies The other groups are agaw Uu 802 11 orange technology specific Kun e Clicking on a protocol filter tab in the General group filters in all packets containing that protocol regardless of each packet s technology e Clicking on a protocol filter tab in a technology specific group filters in all packets containing that protocol on that technology e A protocol filter tab appears in the General group only if the protocol occurs in more than one of the technology specific tab groups For example if L2CAP occurs in both Classic Bluetooth and Bluetooth low energy there will be L2CAP tabs in the General group the Classic Bluetooth group and the Bluetooth low energy group Select the Unfiltered tab to display all packets There are several special tabs that appear in the Summary Pane when certain conditions are met These tabs appear only in the General group and apply to all technologies The tabs are e Bookmarks appear when a bookmark is first seen e Errors appear when an error is first seen An error is a physical error in a data byte or an error in the protocol decode e Info appears when a frame containing a
243. e audio amplitude transitons Speech greater than 40 dB change Music greater than 90 dB change 2A Test ID is three digits minimum in length representing a dot notation N w Test Identifier The Value N may be any length gt 1 indicating a specific test number and vv represents a two digit version Each digit is represented by a tone between 200 and 290 Hz and is followed either by a 1 kHz delimiter tone or a 400 Hz Test ID terminator The digit O is represented by 200 Hz the digit 1 by 210 Hz and so on up to the digit 9 represented by 290 Hz 226 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 4 29 Event Type Audio continued Synchronization Generated when after a successful TestID Lost recognition the system encounters unexpected frequencies or durations of audio segments while analyzing a received Reference Audio file If this situation occurs the internal segment tracking logic attempts to look forward and or backward in the test script to determine if the currently measured characteristics are consistent with the previous or next segment of the script If there is a match the internal segment pointer is advanced or retarded appropriately the Synchronization Lost event is not generated and the audio analysis continues However if a match cannot be found the system declares itself out of sync and generates the Synchronization Lost Event terminates any ac
244. e covered briefly at the end Bluetooth low energy uses the same pairing process as Classic Bluetooth Secure Simple Pairing SSP During SSP initially each device determines its capability for input and output IO The input can be None Yes No or Keyboard with Keyboard having the ability to input a number The output can be either None or Display with Display having the ability to display a 6 digit number For each device in a paring link the IO capability determines their ability to create encryption shared secret keys 332 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies The Pairing Request message is transmitted from the initiator containing the IO capabilities authentication data availability authentication requirements key size requirements and other data A Pairing Response message is transmitted from the responder and contains much of the same information as the initiators Pairing Request message thus confirming that a pairing is successfully negotiated In the sample SMP decode in the figure at the right note T SMP the keys identified Creating a shared secret key is an Code Pairing Request luti that j lint di lO Capabilities ReyboardDisplay evolutionary Process that Involves Several intermediary DDE data flag OOB Authentication data not present keys The resulting keys include AuthReg Bonding Flags Bonding MITH MITM Protection es Maximum Encryption Key Size 16 Octets 1 IRK 128 bit key used to generate
245. e file is full it begins to wrap which means the oldest data will be overwritten by new data 4 Click the Stop Capture icon _ to temporarily stop data capture Click the Start Capture icon again to resume capture Stopping capture means no data will be added to the capture file until capture is resumed but the previously captured data remains in the file 5 To clear captured data click the Clear icon ft e If you select Clear after selecting Stop Capture a dialog appears asking whether you want to save the data 66 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual o You can click Save File and enter a file name when prompted o If you choose Do Not Save all data will be cleared o Ifyou choose Cancel the dialog closes with no changes e f you select the Clear icon while a capture is occurring o The capture stops o A dialog appears asking if you want to save the capture o You can select Yes and save the capture or select No and close the dialog In either case the existing capture file is cleared and a new capture file is started o Ifyou choose Cancel the dialog closes with no changes To see how to capture to a single file choose System Settings from the Options menu on the Control window When live capture stops no new packets are sniffed but there can still be packets that were previously sniffed but not yet read by the ComProbe analyzer This happens when packets are being sniffed faste
246. e icons appear in color while unavailable icons are not visible Grayed out icons are available for the ComProbe hardware and software configuration in use but are not active until certain operating conditions occur All toolbar icons have corresponding menu bar items or options Table 2 2 Control Window Toolbar Icon List Description Open File Opens a capture file O Settings Opens settings Start Capture Begins data capture to disk Stop Capture Available after data capture has started Click to stop data capture Data can be reviewed and saved but no new data can be captured Save Saves the capture file Clear Clears or saves the capture file Event Display framed data only Opens a Event Display with the currently selected bytes highlighted Frame Display framed data only Opens a Frame Display with the frame of the currently selected bytes highlighted Notes Opens the Notes dialog Cascade Arranges windows in a cascaded display CJ a 5 LI L a a NG Bluetooth Packet Timeline Opens the Packet Timeline dialog al Coexistence View Opens the Coexistence View dialog Low energy Opens the low energy Timeline dialog ali Extract Data Audio Opens the Extract Data Audio dialog IG 12 Co Chapter 2 Getting Started ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 2 2 Control Window Toolbar Icon List continued p escription p escription MSC Chart Opens the Mes
247. e menu items will perform the following actions Add LE Device LE Device Database Control Menu Will place this device into the LE Device field in the LE Only or Dual Mode options of the Device Under Test tab The device must be selected highlighted in the list prior to making this menu selection If multiple devices have been selected highlighted in the list the first device in the list is placed in the Device Under Test Delete Will deleted the selected highlighted device from the database Selecting highlighting multiple devices in the list will delete all of those devices Used for manual entry of a device into the database A new device entry will append to the end of the device list To enter data double click on the field and type in the data For the BD Addr Type field double click and tab to select available types See the following image Public OxQ0000000000000000000000000000000 lt Added Devices Figure 3 2 Add Menu Option Fields Display Editing a Device Any device entry can be edited by double clicking in the field An edit box will open and new device information can be typedin 40 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual BO Addr BD Addr Type Identity Resolving Key IRK Nickname OxdO0t5083937b Public Ox D0000000000000000000000000000000 Tile Figure 3 3 Editing IRK Field When editing the BD_Addr Type field lt Tab to toggle gt appears Press the keyboard Tab key unti
248. e might be listed as Event 10 of 16 when viewing all events and Byte 8 of 11 when viewing only the data bytes The numbers assigned to events that are wrapped out of the buffer are not reassigned In other words when event number 1 is wrapped out of the buffer event number 2 is not renumbered to event 1 This means that the first event in the buffer may be listed as event 11520 of 16334 because events 1 11519 have been wrapped out of the buffer Since row numbers refer to the event numbers they work the same way In the above example the first row would be listed as 2d00 which is hex for 11520 The advantage of not renumbering events is that you can save a portion of a capture file send it to a colleague and tell your colleague to look at a particular event Since the events are not renumbered your colleague s file use the same event numbers that your file does 7 2 6 Useful Character Tables 7 2 6 1 ASCII Codes LU Oe EP EOT ENGIACK EEL BE UT ee LO SD LE ix oue oct oc2 Dc3 0C4 nak SyN ETB CAN ew suslesclrs Tes Rs us left 297 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 7 General Information 7 2 6 2 Baudot Codes DEC HEX LETTERS FIGURES K NUL LANK LIL 7 oO pan sic 2 um eeel Uu LP a a TAN A ee ae eee SG as a aa LE F GURES FIGURES TONS 39 n1883 53 TE 31 WF TENERS LETTERS 7 2 6 3 EBCDIC Codes hex xO x1 x2 x3 ed os 6
249. e two options 2 Select DTE DCE or both 3 When you made your selections click on the Find Next or Find Previous buttons to start the search from the current event The result of the search is displayed in the Decode pane in Frame Display 5 1 2 Searching by Pattern Search by Pattern lets you perform a traditional string search You can combine any of the formats when entering your string and your search can include wildcards To access the search by pattern function 1 Opena capture file to search 2 Open the Event Display PD or Frame Display window 254 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 3 Click on the Find icon AA or choose Find from the Edit menu 4 Click on the Pattern tab of the Find dialog Note The tabs displayed on the Find dialog depend on the product you are running and the content V4 of the capture file you are viewing Decode Patten Time Go To Special Events Bookmark Enter Hex values as fx Ignore case Find Previous Binary values as kbbbbbbbb Control characters as e matches any byte or hex or binary digit To enter 5477 of prefix with character Figure 5 4 Find Pattern Tab Patten Erie Hew values at fo Binary value 53 Lbbbbbbbb Control characters at e matches any bets of hex of bry dg To enter 3k77 or preii wath chasacter Side Fetih O Search only there sides IDTE DCE Figure 5 5
250. eah aan Da har NENE mia LAS Piu dian 59 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 2 a 63 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 1 Capture Data ccc cc cece ec ee ce cece cece cece e cece neceenecceecceeeeceeeee 63 4 1 1 Air Sniffing Positioning Devices 2 22 ieee a 63 4 1 2 Capturing Data to Disk General Procedure o eee eee ee eee ee eee eee 66 4 1 3 Capturing Data with BPA 600 Analyzer _ 20 2 a 68 4 1 3 1 BPA 600 Capture with ProbeSync 2 22 2 cece cece cece eee eeeceeceeees 69 4 1 4 Combining BPA 600 802 11 and HSU with ProbeSync 22 22 eee eee eee eee cece ee eeeees 71 4 1 5 Extended Inquiry Response _ _ 2 22 eee cece cee cece cece cece eee e cece oaao naron 73 D2 SA AA AA 74 4 2 1 Protocol Stack Wizard 2 on cece cus cctesedccne de seenduanecsaSeeee Scene adeeawtacestuteensedeeeesateecesaws 74 4 2 2 Creating and Removing a Custom Stack e eee cece cece e cece cece eee eeceeeeeeeceeeee 75 MARENG AA AN tees oe O cess NGA Mana LALUNG NATO 76 Be AU AA AA 76 4 2 5 How the Analyzer Auto traverses the Protocol Stack 22 222 e cece eee cece eee eeeee 77 4 2 6 Providing Context For Decoding When Frame Information Is Missing 77 4 3 Analyzing Byte Level Dala aasawa aawat ND DA sasaka DA nna KID BANDS YNG tach eeedesbadessdectedeseases 78 4 3 1 Event Display sccc eoaceccancescesccesusvdadaedencieeteuadeusde
251. ear as part of the Additional Statistics packets Selected Duration identifies the total anount of time in the selected packet range displayed in the Scroll Bar Duration Per Bar in Scrollbar identifies the amount of time represented by each bar in the Scroll Bar The Channel Graph Y Axis Max can display two different values When the Snap Arrow is orange P the values for channels in the main chart are shown in relative terms in Snap Mode This means that one channel or channels with the greatest value is snapped to the top of the chart In the graphic below left Channel 33 is snapped to the top of the chart 206 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual The channel s with the greatest value become a full scale reference display for the other channels that have been relatively scaled Channel comparisons become easier With Snap On you can select multiple time values in the Scroll Bar When the Snap Arrow is white Snap Mode turned off the values for channels in the main chart are shown in absolute values where the max value of each channel graph is the same regardless of the position of the Viewport Channel 33 which is snapped to the top of the chart in Snap Mode shown above left appears like the right image when Snap Mode is turned off e Scrollbar Y Axis Max displays the maximum Y Axis value in the Scroll Bar 4 5 5 Packet Error Rate Sync Selected Packets With Other Windows By de
252. ec eee cece ee eeeeees 188 Figure 4 99 Timeline duration footer with discontinuity 2 2 cece eee cee cece cece eeceeees 188 Figure 4 100 High speed Bluetooth packets have a blue frequency box and a two tone tool tip 189 Figure 4 101 Missing Channel Numbers Message in Timelines 0 eee e cee cececeeceees 189 Figure 4 102 Message Sequence Chart Window 22 eee eee ccc cee cece cece eeceeeeeeeeeeeees 192 Figure 4 103 Classic and LE tabs a 193 Figure 4 104 Frame and Time Display inside red box _ 2 22 eee cece eee cece eee eee eeeeeeee 194 Figure 4 105 MSC Synchronization with Frame Display a 194 Figure 4 106 Control and Signaling Frames Summay eee eee eee eee e cece ceececeeeeeeees 195 Figure 4 107 Packet Layers Shown in Different Colors a 195 Figure 4 108 Right Click in Ctrl Summary to Display Show in MSC U 2 22 eee eee eee eee eee 195 Figure 4 109 MSC View of Selected Packet from Ctrl Summary 22 2c eee eee cece ee eeeees 196 Figure 4 110 Return to Text View Using Right Click Menu __ 2 222 22 22 e eee eee cee cece eeees 196 Figure 4 111 Highlighted First Search Result o ee eee cee cee cece cece eceeceeceeeceees 197 Figure 4 112 Message Sequence Chart Print Preview _ 2 2 2 22 cece cece cece eee cece ee ceeeeeee 199 Figure 4 113 Print Pre
253. ecimal is base 10 and hexadecimal is base 16 83 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Oa 9a P 30 Copy the selection and put it on the 24 Save As Go to an Event Number 5e 2f Find 197 Od Display Only Numbers 44 Display Only Characters Display Sides Together mm v Display all Event Information Display numbers in Binary Display numbers in Octal Display numbers in Decimal Display numbers in Hexadecimal Figure 4 17 Data display right click menu If you want to see only the numerical values click on the Numbers Only icon 14 on the Event Display toolbar 4 3 7 3 Switching Between ASCII EBCDIC and Baudot On the Event Display window the analyzer displays data in ASCII by default when you click on the Characters Only icon A There are several ways to change the character set used to display data 1 Gotothe Format menu and select the character set you want A check mark next to the character set indicates which set is currently being used 2 With the data displayed in characters right click on the data panel header label to choose a different character set If you want to see only characters click on the Characters Only icon A on the Event Display toolbar 4 3 7 4 Selecting Mixed Channel Sides If you want to get more data on the Event Display window you can switch to mixed sides mode This mode puts all the data together on the same line
254. ed Figure 4 43 Rename To in the bottom section of Data Extraction Status Then you can rename the file adding a file type to attempt to open the file When you are finished select Close to close the dialogs 249 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 250 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data The following sections describe how to navigate through the data and how to find specific data or packet conditions of interest to the user 5 1 Find Capturing and decoding data within the ComProbe analyzer produces a wealth of information for analysis This mass of information by itself however is just that a mass of information There has to be ways to manage the information ComProbe software provides a number of different methods for making the data more accessible One of these methods is Find Decode Pattem Time GoTo Special Events Bookmark Seach fee imestan You Day Hou Go to the bmesismp On or before the penhad ime On ot alter the pecihed time Figure 5 1 Find Dialog 251 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data Find as the name suggests is a comprehensive search function that allows users to search for strings or patterns in the data or in the frame decode You can search for errors control signal changes bookmarks special events time and more Once the information is located you can easily move to
255. ed aptX is implemented on some Bluetooth products During the negotiation phase both Bluetooth devices handshake and they automatically discover the best codec and the highest bit rate to use for audio If both devices support aptX it is used rather than the default SBC The AES software helps identify audio issues in Bluetooth protocol by highlighting information warnings and errors related to audio data codec used and Bluetooth protocol implementation They are collectively called events in AES The AES window shows audio data plotted as PCM samples versus time in the Wave Panel The audio data codec and protocol events are also graphically displayed in the Wave Panel and with a single click on an event engineers and testers are brought directly to the exact packets or frames related to the event in the Bluetooth protocol trace in the Frame Display This helps users find issues quickly and easily The events are shown time aligned with both the actual audio waveform and bit rate variances graph in the Wave Panel The bit rate variance graph shows the average or actual amount of Bluetooth audio data sent over a period of time AES can operate in two modes 1 referenced mode and 2 non referenced mode In referenced mode a Frontline provided audio test file is streamed between the Devices Under Test DUTs The test file content and parameters are known to the AES software that performs a comparison for deviations This process helps the
256. ee Throughput Figure 4 68 Coexistence View Throughput Graph The Throughput Graph is a line graph that shows packet and or payload throughput over time as specified by the radio buttons in the Throughput group If the Both radio button is selected packet and payload throughput are shown as two separate lines for each technology The payload throughput line is always below the packet throughput line unless both are O The data lines and y axis labels are color coded Blue Classic Bluetooth Green Bluetooth low energy Orange 802 11 Each data point represents a duration which is initially 0 1 s Each time the number of data points per line reaches 300 the number of data points per line is halved to 150 and the duration per data point is doubled The duration per data point thus progresses from 0 1 s to 0 2 s to 0 4 s to 0 8 sand so on 4 4 5 11 Throughput Graph Y axis labels The y axis labels show the throughput in bits per second From left to right the labels are for 802 11 Bluetooth low energy and Classic Bluetooth The duration of each data point must be taken into account for the y axis label s value to be meaningful For example if a data point has a duration of 0 1 s and a bit count of 100 it will have a throughput of 1 000 bits s and the y axis labels will be consistent with this 169 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Figure 4 69 Throughput Graph y axis labels 4 4
257. ee eee ee 128 4 4 3 4 Bluetooth Timeline Menu Bar eee eee ce cece ce ce cece cece cece eee eeeeeees 129 4 4 3 5 Bluetooth Timeline Visual Elements 2222 ee ee ee ee ee eee eee 131 4 4 3 6 Bluetooth Timeline Zooming 2 2 2 cece cece cee eee c cece eee e eee eceeceeceeceeeeeees 133 4 4 3 7 Bluetooth Timeline Throughput Displays 2 2 eee eee cee cece cece eee ees 133 4 4 3 7 1 Bluetooth Timeline Average Payload Throughput eee cece eee eee eee 134 4 4 3 7 2 Bluetooth Timeline 1 Second Throughput Indicators _ 22 22 2 e eee eee 134 4 4 3 7 3 Average Payload Throughput bits s Selected cece ee cece eee eee 134 4 4 3 7 4 Bluetooth Payload Throughput Over Time Graph 22222 e eee eee eee eee 135 4 4 3 8 Export Payload Throughput Over Time 2 a 136 4 4 3 9 Object Throughput Stats File 2 eee cece eee eee cence eeeeees 136 4 4 3 10 Bluetooth Timeline Discontinuities e cece cece ee eeee 137 4 4 3 11 Legend a 138 4 4 3 12 Bluetooth Timeline Packets Missing Bluetooth Clock 20 22 e eee eee eee ee ee eee 138 4 4 4 low energy Timeline _ 0 22 2 eee cece cece cece eee c ccc cece cece eceeeeceeceeeeees 139 4 4 4 1 low energy Timeline Toolbar _ 2 22 aa 140 4 4 4 2 low energy Timeline Menu Bar _ 22 22 ee eee ce eee eee cece eee e
258. ee eeeeeeeeeeeeee 352 List of Figures Figure 2 1 BPA 600 Antenna Connectors 2 222 cc cc eee ccc ee cee ccc eeecceeecceeeeces 5 Figure 2 2 ComProbe BPA 600 with both antennas attached 202222 e eee eee eee 5 Figure 2 3 BPA 600 Hardware LEDs 2 22 eee eee eee cece cece cece eceeeececceeceeeeceeeees 6 Figure 2 4 BPA 600 USB Connector ce cee cee cece e eee e eee eeneeee 7 Figure 2 5 BPA 600 Hardware ProbeSync connection e eee eee cece cece cece eeceeeceececeees 7 Figure 2 6 Desktop Folder LINK 2ccccctcutceccesteceddrcceeesceesdedelecceindiescsaoedeseeteccucdidsececdune 8 Figure 2 7 Two BPA 600 Analyzer Data Capture Method using ProbeSync 2 ee eee e eee 10 Figure 2 8 ComProbe Analyzer Control Window 22 22 2 e cece cece cece cece cece ee ceeceeeees 11 Figure 3 1 BPA 600 Datasource LE Device Database Tab c ee ce cee cece eeeeeee 40 Figure 3 2 Add Menu Option Fields Display 20 22 o eee cece cece cece eee eee eeeceeeeee 40 Hgure 33 Editing AA AA 41 Figure 3 4 Select Set Initial Decoder Parameters from Control window 2 2 46 Figure 3 5 Tabs for each decoder requiring parameters 2 2 cece ee eee eee eee e cee ceeeceeeeecee 46 Figure 3 6 Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters from Control window 2 2 2 2 47 Figure 3 7 Example
259. eeceees 180 Figure 4 85 Highlighted entries in the legend for a selected packet 180 Xvi ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Figure 4 86 Timeline header for a single selected packet eee eee eee eee eee eeee 180 Figure 4 87 Timeline header for multiple selected packets e cee cece cece ee eeeeeeees 181 Figure 4 88 Descriptive text on timeline packets eee eee cee cece eeeeeeees 181 Figure 4 89 A tool tip for a Classic Bluetooth packet _ 2 22 2 2 eee cece cee eee eee e cece ee ceeeeeees 182 Figure 4 90 Coexistence View Format Menu Show Tooltips on Computer Screen 183 Figure 4 91 Coexistence View Timeline Tool Tip Shown Anchored to Computer Screen 184 Figure 4 92 5 GHz and 2 4 GHz 802 11 packets _ 2 222 eee cece eee cece eeeeeeees 185 Figure 4 93 5 GHz information window _ a 186 Figure 4 94 2 4 GHz information windows 22 eee eee eee ce eee c cece e cece eee oaaao annann 186 Figure 4 95 Vertical blue lines are Bluetooth slot markers _ 22 2 e cece cece eee ccc eee eceeeeeee 186 Figure 4 96 A negative discontinuity 222 22 eee cece cece cece eee eee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeee 187 Figure 4 97 A positive discontinuity 22 oie cece cc ec cece ee ce cece cece cee ceeceeeeeeceees 188 Figure 4 98 Timeline header with discontinuity 22 22 ee cece cece
260. eee eee cee cece cee aooaa aonan annn 191 4 4 6 1 Message Sequence Chart Search eee cee ec ec eee cece cece eceeceeceeeeeees 196 4 4 6 2 Message Sequence Chart Go To Frame 2 22 2 eee cee eee eee cece cece eeeeeees 197 4 4 6 3 Message Sequence Chart First Error Frame 2 2 a 198 4 4 6 4 Message Sequence Chart Printing 222 eee ee ee cece eee cee eee cece eeeeeeees 198 4 5 Packet Error Rate Statistics s ccncniecsdvccuerselncsenceiiueesscentundensdoktnteblckaldeuccdseaadeudesones 200 4 5 1 Packet Error Rate Channels Classic and low energy cece ee cecceeeeceeee 202 4 5 2 Packet Error Rate Pie Chart and Expanded Chart c eee cee eee e cece ee ceeeeeeeeee 204 4 5 3 Packet Error Rate Legend 2 205 4 5 4 Packet Error Rate Additional Statistics AA 206 4 5 5 Packet Error Rate Sync Selected Packets With Other Windows a 207 4 5 6 Packet Error Rate Export a 207 4 5 7 Packet Error Rate Scroll Bar eee eee eee eee 208 4 5 8 Packet Error Rate Excluded Packets eee ee eee cece eee ee eeeeeeee 210 4 6 Bluetooth Audio Expert System a 211 4 6 1 Supported Codec Parameters a 212 4 6 2 Starting the AudioExpert System BPA 600 only _ 2 2 2 2 22 ee eee eee eee cece eee eeeees 213 4 6 3 Operating Modes aa 213
261. ees 47 3 2 1 1 Select and Apply a Decoder Template _ 2 20 2 ieee eee ee cece eee eee eeeeee 47 3 2 1 2 Adding a New or Saving an Existing Template _ 2 22 cece eee eee cece eee eeeeeeeee 48 3 2 1 3 Deleting a Template eee cece ce eee eee eee eee cece ce eeeeeeeeeeee 48 3 2 2 Selecting A2DP Decoder Parameters _ 22 c eee eee eee eee eee cece anona eee eceeeeeeeeeceeeees 49 3 2 3 AVDTP Decoder Parameters lee cee ce ee ee ee ee eee eee cece ences 49 3 2 3 1 About AVDTP Decoder Parameters ce ee cece cece cece eee eeeeees 49 3 2 3 2 AVDTP Missing Decode Information eee cece cece cece cece eee ee eeeeeeeeee 51 3 2 3 3 AVDTP Override Decode Information a 52 3 2 4 L2CAP Decoder Parameters eee ee ee ce ee ee ce ee eee eee eee eens 54 3 2 4 1 About L2CAP Decoder Parameters cee cece ce ce cece cece cece eeeeeees 54 3 2 4 2 L2CAP Override Decode Information 02 222 55 3 2 5 RFCOMM Decoder Parameters ee ee ce ce ce cece ce cece cece cece eee eeeeenenee 56 3 2 5 1 About RFCOMM Decoder Parameters l eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee 56 3 2 5 2 RFCOMM Missing Decode Information _ 2 a 57 3 2 5 3 RFCOMM Override Decode Information 2 222 ee ee ee ee eee 58 3 3 Mesh Security 2c soccce cn cesecahersehcneuwedsia todd DAGTA raven 8 HADLANG ND KANAN y
262. effect from the beginning of the capture onward or until redefined in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog This selection is not present if no decoder is loaded that supports this feature Set Subsequent E Opens the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog Decoder where the user can override an existing parameter at any Parameters frame in the capture Each entry takes effect from the specified frame onward or until redefined in this dialog on a later frame This selection is not present if no decoder is loaded that supports this feature When checked this selection opens a dialog that asking for missing frame information When unchecked the analyzer decodes each frame until it cannot go further and it stops decoding This selection is not present if no decoder is loaded that supports this feature Automatically Request Missing Decoder Information Enable Disable Audio Expert When enabled the Audio Expert System is active other wise it is not available Only available when an Audio Expert System licensed device is connected System The Windows menu selection applies only to the Control window and open analysis windows Frame Display Event Display Message Sequence Chart Bluetooth Timeline Bluetooth low energy Timeline and Coexistence View All other windows such as the datasource are not affected by these selections 18 Chapter 2 Getting Started ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 2 7 Control
263. eform Panel The Audio Waveform Panel displays the captured audio waveform If the waveform is stereo both channels are visible in the Wave Panel The user can view the entire waveform or can zoom to view a portion of the waveform in more detail 01 32 37 351 PM 01 32 37 386 PM 01 32 37 420 PM 01 32 37 455 PM 01 32 37 489 PM Figure 4 131 Audio Waveform Panel in the Wave Panel Table 4 35 Global Toolbar Waveform Horizontal Zoom Controls Horizontal Zoom Increases the amount of data that is visible on the screen however less detail is discernible Horizontal Zoom Decreases the amount of data that is visible on the screen however more detail is discernible The audio waveform is plotted as amplitude versus time on the Wave Panel The amplitude scale is located on the left edge of the Wave Panel The waveform s amplitude can be linear or in decibels The linear range is 1 0 to 1 0 The range for the dB scale is O dB for the maximum positive and maximum negative values and silence is negative infinity A toggle switch at the bottom of the amplitude scale will switch between Linear scale and dB scale Moving the switch to the left will display the Linear scale and moving it to the right will display the dB scale 237 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Play Cursor The Play Cursor is identified by a white vertical line on the Wave Panel The Play Cursor appears when user clicks on
264. em starts up in Non Referenced mode and is continuously looking for a valid Reference Audio file by measuring frequency and amplitude of the received over the air audio Transitioning to Referenced mode requires the successful detection of a Test ID tone sequence of proper frequency duration and value Once the Referenced Mode state is achieved the expectation is that all tones encountered will conform to the script identified by the Collected Digits the Test ID The system remains in the Referenced Mode state until either the end of test is reached or a loss of synchronization occurs The synchronization of the received audio from the Reference Audio files versus the internal Test Script is achieved based on changes in frequency of the tones in the Reference Audio file Frequency changes are used because this parameter is relatively immune to the configuration of the network For a comparison of reference mode detectable problems to unreferenced detectable problems see the table in the audio event type table 215 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data The Test Script The Reference Audio used for Referenced Mode testing is generated sanya cnn eee from scripts that define a series of audio segments Each segment lt SeqgmentArray gt provides an audio tone parameters including frequency amplitude lt Segment gt duration fade in and fade out durations and start time The script is E ake
265. en the file the analyzer brings up the Protocol Stack window and ask you what protocol decodes if any you want to use You must choose a protocol decode at this point for the analyzer to decode the data in the file If you open a file without using any decodes and decide later that you want to apply a decode choose Reframe from the File menu on the Control window At present the analyzer supports the following file types e Frontline Serialtest Async and Serialtest Com Probe for DOS requires the byt for data and the tim for timestamps see note on importing DOS timestamps e Greenleaf ViewComm 3 0 for DOS requires the byt for data and the tim for timestamps see note on importing DOS timestamps e Frontline Ethertest for DOS requires 3 files filename cap filename caO and filename ca1 e Sniffer Type 1 supports files with the enc extension Does not support Sniffer files with a cap extension e Snoop or Sun Snoop files with a cap extension based on RFC 1761 For file format see http www fags org rfcs rfc1761 html e Shomiti Surveyor files in Snoop format files with a cap extension For file format contact Technical Support e CATC Merlin files with a csv extension Files must be exported with a specific format See File Format for Merlin Files for information e CATC Chief files with a txt extension 6 5 Printing 6 5 1 Printing from the Frame Display HTML Export The Frame Display Print dialog a
266. en this fails to occur the Missing Decoding Information Detected dialog appears and requests that the user supply the missing information The following are the most common among the many possible reasons for a failure to determine the traversal e The capture session started after transmission of the vital information e The analyzer incorrectly received a frame with the traversal information e The communication monitored takes place between two players with implicit information not included in the transmission In any case either view the AVDTP payload of this frame and other frames with the same channel as hex data or assist the analyzer by selecting a protocol using this dialog gathered during the capture session may help you decide how to respond to the request for P Note You may use the rest of the analyzer without addressing this dialog Additional information decoding information If you are not sure of the payload carried by the subject frame look at the raw data shown data in the Decoder pane on the Frame Display You may notice something that hints as to the profile in use In addition look at some of the frames following the one in question The data may not be recognizable to the analyzer at the current point due to connection setup but might be discovered later on in the capture Frame 93 Slave Len 19 7 ro Eng Alaga Baseband a I GO O D A 8B i a L2CAP figured BT low energy devices
267. ent Table Pop up Menu c eee cece eee cee ce eee cece eeeeeeee 243 46 5 5 Export Audio Data ecco sop oendccecSentetedeucaw ee bevedsouewddueaeiucdeussdcneaeeiedsteecdeemekes 244 4 6 5 6 Export Event Table 2 20 2 oie a 246 4 6 6 Frame Packet and Protocol Analysis Synchronization 2 0 2c eee cece eee eceeceeeeeeee 246 4 7 Data AUGIO Extraction ccs once wcecewsidnwnegonmesdacukabaotsensancnenssayteaaee a aE ae 247 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data u a 251 PAPA 251 5 1 1 Searching within Decodes a 252 5 1 2 Searching by Pattern 2 eee ec cece cee eee cece eee eee e Lao aoaaa 254 5 1 3 Searching by Time 2 a 256 SME aUL ACT 258 5 1 5 Searching for Special Events eee cece cece ccc cece cece cece cece eceeceeceeceeeeeees 259 5 1 6 Searching by Signal eee ee cc cece ce eee cee cee cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeeees 260 5 1 7 Searching for Data Errors cece cc ec ec ec eee cece cece cece cece cece eceeceecceeeeees 263 Delco FING LC KS occu sence cece nceeee code coe c ee ee O deen es OET 265 IX ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 5 1 9 Changing Where the Search Lands 22 20 eee ee eee eee eee ee eee eee eens 266 5 1 10 Subtleties of Timestamp Searching e eee eee cee cece eee annann ec eeceeceeeeeees 267 5 DOON NGI academe a neice AA ANG NAIN UNAG G ANAN SEEE 267 5 2 1 Addin
268. er Note When you have multiple Frame Display windows open and you are capturing data you H may receive an error message declaring that Filtering cannot be done while receiving data this fast If this occurs you may have to stop filtering until the data is captured 4 4 1 9 Working with Panes on Frame Display When the Frame Display first opens all panes are displayed except the Event pane To view all the panes select Show All Panes from the View menu e The Toggle Expand Decode Pane icon iE makes the decode pane longer to view lengthy decodes better 97 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data e The Show Default Panes icon iZ returns the Frame Display to its default settings e The Show only Summary Pane icon al displays on the Summary Pane To close a pane right click on the pane and select Hide This Pane from the pop up menu or de select Show Pane Name from the View menu To open a pane right click on the any pane and select Show Hidden Panes from the pop up menu and select the pane from the fly out menu or select Show Pane Name from the View menu To re size a pane place the cursor over the pane border until a double arrow cursor appears Click and drag on the pane border to re size the pane 4 4 1 10 Frame Display Byte Export The captured frames can be exported as raw bytes to a text file 1 From the Frame Display File menu select Byte Export J Frame Display le
269. er after ComProbe software has already been installed please refer to the instructions available in the Setup folder installed under Start Programs Product Name and version Setup How to Install the FTS Serial Driver 7 2 8 DecoderScript Overview The DecoderScript Reference Manual and User Guide is delivered with each Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System installation package under Developer Tools The manual is also available on line at FTE com The main purpose of this manual is to describe DecoderScript the language used in writing decoders DecoderScript allows you to create new decoders or modify existing decoders to expand the functionality of your ComProbe protocol analyzer DecoderScript displays protocol data checks the values of fields validates checksums converts and combines field values for convenient presentation Decoders can also be augmented with custom C coded functions called methods to extend data formatting validation transformations and so on A decoder defines field by field how a protocol message can be taken apart and displayed The core of each decoder is a program that defines how the protocol data is broken up into fields and displayed in the Frame Display window of the analyzer software This manual provides instruction on how to create and use custom decoders When reading the manual for the first time we encourage you to read the chapters in sequence The chapters are organized
270. er and since each device keeps its own Bluetooth clock the clock can change radically and backwards when there is arole switch or clock rollover Note The raw timestamp value is the number of 100 nanosecond intervals since the beginning of Si January 1 1601 This is standard Windows time 44 311 Legend This legend identifies the color coding found in the timeline Packet Type 4 4 3 12 Bluetooth Timeline Packets Missing Bluetooth Clock Captured data that is missing the Bluetooth clock such as HCI and BTSnoop will not display packets In an instance when the data is missing the clock the B uetooth Timeline will display a message in the Throughput Graph and the Timeline Packets without a Bluetooth clock such as HCl won t be shown 138 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual po E Wasicoih Tent 73 40 fil CGOO s 4 Re2 sle Bg Paphos Thee iiaj T Ga Pane Than Eat Pye engl Stree ah A Deere a 5 Saman Win a a ae z Arey Pagka ena bia fhd KA Cafe zl d ater Paraang kae Mig 7 Tie ole Lana T Leeri 4 a Facet ara Tare Pagba Figure 4 47 Missing packets message in timeline pane 4 4 4 low energy Timeline The Bluetooth low energy Timeline displays packet information with an emphasis on temporal information and payload throughput The timeline also provides selected information from Frame Display The timeline provides a rich set of diverse information abo
271. er boxes m Choose to search for an event where one or more signals changed m The analyzer notes the state of the selected signal at the point in the buffer where the cursor is search the buffer and stop when it finds an event where RTS changed state m Ifthe end of the buffer is reached before an event is found the analyzer tells you that no matches were found e Searching for events where control signals changed state from off to on or vice versa is most useful if the signals are usually in one state and you want to search for occasions where they changed state For example o If DTR is supposed to be on all the time but you suspect that DTR is being dropped o Tell the analyzer to look only at DTR by checking the DTR box and unchecking the others o Doasearch for where one or more control signals changed from on to off o The analyzer would search the DTR signal and stop at the first event where DTR dropped from on to off e Searching for an Exact State To search for an exact state means that the analyzer finds events that match exactly the state of the control signals that you specify o First choose to search for an event where your choices exactly describe the state o This changes the normal check boxes to a series of radio buttons labeled On Off and Don t Care for each control signal o Choose which state you want each control signal to be in o Choose Don t Care to have the analyzer ignore the state of a control signal o
272. ere the parameter is used If you have a parameter in effect and wish to change that parameter e Select the frame where the change should take effect e Select Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters from the Options menu and make the needed changes You can also right click on the frame to select the same option 46 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Options Window Help Directories ww Check for New Releases at Startup Side Names Protocol Stack Set Initial Decoder Parameters Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters Automatically Request Missing Decoding Information Figure 3 6 Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters from Control window Hoes CoCOo oe LAB Unfiltered Info Configured BT low energy devices Errors l Baseband LHF PreConnection FH5 Bluetooth FHS L2CAP SDP UELLE B Frame Role Addr OLCI Channel Frame Type PYF Bit Cmd CmdType 50 Masher 1 0x00 0 SABM 1 Ng Al Slave 1 O00 0 LA 1 B Master 1 0x00 o UIH o Com Param Neg Ba Slave 1 0x00 a UIH Res Param Neg Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters 52 RFCOMM Rules in effect from frame 52 onward until redefined here for a later frame On the Slave side with Server Channel 13 RFCOMM is carying Hands Free Ovemdden by user Change the Selected ltem to Cary Hands Free m Remove All Figure 3 7 Example Set Subsequent Decode for Frame 52 RFCOMM e Each entry in
273. ered at 2462 MHz USA Europe Japan USA Europe Japan USA Europe Japan USA Europe Japan 5 2421 2443 MHz centered at 2432 MHz USA Europe Japan 12 2456 2478 MHz centered at 2467 MHz Europe Japan 6 2426 2448 MHz centered at 2437 MHz USA Europe Japan 13 2461 2483 MHz centered at 2472 MHz Europe Japan 7 2431 2453 MHz centered at 2442 MHz USA Europe Japan 14 2473 2495 MHz centered at 2484 MHz Japan The row labels for 802 11 channels 1 13 are placed at the center frequency of each channel The row label for 802 11 channel 14 is in parentheses because that channel s center frequency is above the top of the graph Figure 4 94 2 4 GHz information windows 4 4 5 30 Bluetooth slot markers When zoomed in far enough Bluetooth slot markers appear in the 2 4 GHz timeline A Bluetooth slot is 625 us wide IRAH Cente LET Pe gand 15410 Gata 1 535 ma NAGA den Figure 4 95 Vertical blue lines are Bluetooth slot markers 4 4 5 31 Zooming There are various ways to zoom 186 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 1 Drag one of the sides of the Throughput Graph viewport 2 Select a zoom preset from the Zoom or right click menus 3 Select the Zoom In or Zoom Out button or menu item 4 Turn the mouse wheel in the Timelines or the Zoomed Throughput Graph while the zoom cursor is selected The action is the same as selecting the Zoom I
274. erences dialog to make some of these selections When printing your data the analyzer creates an html file and prints the path to the file at the bottom of the page This file can be opened in your browser however it may appear different than the printed version 6 6 Exporting 6 6 1 Frame Display Export You can dump the contents of the Summary pane on the Frame Display into a Comma Separated File csv To access this feature 1 Right click on the Summary pane or open the Frame Display File menu 2 Select the Export menu item 3 Select a storage location and enter a File name 4 Select Save 6 6 2 Exporting a File with Event Display Export With the Event Display Export dialog you can export the contents of the Event Display dialog as a test txt CSV csv HTML htm or Binary File bin You also have the option of exporting the entire capture buffer or just the current selection of the Event Display dialog 279 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data Event Display Export File name C Users Frontline Desktop NFE wifi Save as type CSW File F ce v Event range Side AA Selection Both HME DCE 1 to 2000 Events Per How Co Headers Multiple Events Per Row No Timestamps E Show Preamble One Event Per Row Show Timestamp3 W Show Column Headings Help Cancel Save Figure 6 5 Event Display Export Example csv file How to Export Event
275. ers Ctrl Summary fNon Msg Summary BB L2CAP TCS LMP 13 45 10 21 4603 Setup Setup 13 45 10 219603 LT_ADDR 0 LLID L2CAP sfnf SEQN 1 ARQN 0 L2CAP Data Connectionless Length 5 CID 0x0002 PS 13 45 10 534608 Setup Setup 13 45 10 539608 LT ADDR 0 LLID L2CAP s nf SEQN 1 ARQN 0 Figure 4 104 Frame and Time Display inside red box If you click on the description of the message interaction the corresponding information is highlighted in Frame Display 10 O00 00 0 4 7 2004 34715 137108 Tran ID Initiated by master Original Opcode LMP max slot req Jo 11 MOOO a 2A715145 a a ma LMP timing accuracy res Tran ID Initiated by slave Hin 250 ppm Jitter 1 N 00111101 00000001 01001110 21111111 11111111 00001111 R 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 oon 0 wag wa ag ee ag Tran ID Initiated by master LMP features res Trem isin iis has emit t H R16 00 Bc 30 02 99 3d 01 4e ff ff OF DO DO DO DO 00 o FOSSET BEC i ie le Figure 4 105 MSC Synchronization with Frame Display How do navigate in the dialog You can use the navigation arrows at the bottom and the right side of the dialog to move vertically and horizontally You can also click and hold while moving the pointer within dialog that brings up a directional arrow that you can use to move left right and up down Ctrl Summary tab When you select the Ctrl Summ
276. ervice starting at handle 1 Create a section in the ini file called Service Base Handles A 1 A will be your first service Make the base handle equal to the handle of your service You can use all upper and lower case letters so you can have up to 52 service handles Next add the following section Advertiser Handles Generic Access Profile GAP AO 1800 A1 2803 A2 2a00 A3 2803 A4 2a01 A5 2803 A6 2a04 A few tings of note e Inthe code above lines begging with a semi colon are comments e If you want to change the base handle of the GAP service change the 1 to some other number e If you want to comment out the entire service comment out the base handle If no A is defined the software will ignore A1 A2 and so on 301 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 7 General Information 7 3 Contacting Technical Support Technical support is available in several ways The online help system provides answers to many user related questions Frontline s website has documentation on common problems as well as software upgrades and utilities to use with our products On the Web http fte com support supportrequest aspx Email tech support fte com If you need to talk to a technical support representative about your ComProbe BPA 600 product support is available between 9 am and 5 pm U S Eastern Time zone Monday through Friday Technical support is not available on U S national holidays
277. ery number 6 octets The Ox is automatically typed in by KE KU Bc the control Any devices entered this way is added to the Ox60d19b62789 IOT TESTERO2 PC Device Database babcdda23d214 a Other Devices In single connection mode the analyzer needs to know Classic Device 0c00017d870003 the Bluetooth Device Address BD_ADDR for each hc O00 76246 755 CRAIGS TEFANCHIK device but it does not need to know which is master or slave ComProbe analyzercan figure that out for you through roleless connection You can also manually specify the Bluetooth Device Address Classic Encryption Once you have the devices address identified the next step is to identify the Encryption 1 Select an Encryption option Classic Encryption 2 Enter a value for the encryption The Current Link Key field displays the currently Link Key provided Link Key and the date and time the key was Enter Ner Vie provided The status of the Link Key is displayed with the following icons Link Key Status Curent Link Key 0 18 2014 7 59 27 AM AH Valid eto 1d 461 3a Je Meb bacae53908f 1f i 215 1 3161 3a 72 Heb bacae 23905 EY Not Valia Bluetooth devices can have their data encrypted when they communicate Bluetooth devices on an encrypted link share a common link key in order to exchange encrypted data How that link key is created depends upon the pairing method used There are three encrypti
278. es Application Maximum 220 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 8 s H 8 This table indicates the maximum and minimum Table 4 26 Test ID Found Event info1 Max acceptable levels for the Test ID Found Info1 imum and Minimum Values continued parameter in integer form decibel level in dBFS and Application babad linimum Channel Gain in dB 3 dBFS JGBFS Example 1 For the case where the Info1 parameter is 17 AB converted to Channel Gain if the audio is speech i e transported via a SCO channel then a value of 11 9 dB Example 2 For the case where the Info1 parameter is converted to Channel Gain if the audio is music i e transported via an A2DP connection then a value of 16 9 dB is acceptable and a value of 17 1 dB is not is acceptable and a value of 12 1 dB is not For both cases at the high volume end a value of 0 1 dB is acceptable a value of 0 1 dB is not The dynamic range of the audio path is important to understand because it has a direct impact on measurement accuracy Only levels at or above the minimum and at or below the maximum are examined for expected level and frequency 4 6 3 3 2 Adjusting for Optimal Volume Levels The exact steps that need to be taken depend on the exact devices being used and their device specific setup requirements and the speech or audio configuration under test For the simplest case where
279. es If one of your devices can be put into Secure Simple Pairing Debug Di HG Mode all that needs to be done in I O Devices Under Test Dandan Daiahann BRAA Settings is to choose your devices It doesn t Ja sa eg wee aes matter what s been selected in the Pairing cease Dever 0013984960 Method drop down the ComProbe software zg uae ere will see the debug messages being sent and calculate the correct key Only one of the Desi Device 0000174870002 devices needs to be in debug mode and it doesn t matter which one a ee a Link Key If neither of your devices can be put into PANA eee debug mode you ll need to know the link key x 76AA75E323523D491C47482C 1242F542 being used by one of your devices generally Current Long Term Key by accessing the HCI on one of the devices If that is the case enter the link key into the box provided Enter Link Key in hexidecimal Ox is added automatically Note that the link key is sometimes stored in your device in reverse order The ComProbe software will automatically reverse the link key if needed Once the link key has been entered decryption operates the same way it does in legacy pairing A 4 4 How to Capture and Decrypt Data Legacy Pairing Run the ComProbe software and select Bluetooth Classic low energy BPA 600 This will open the Control window and the BPA 600 Datasource where ComProbe device parameters are set for sniffing including the d
280. es may not have this feature enabled Debug Mode enables interoperability testing and analysis at all development stages decreasing time to market 3 1 2 4 6 Programmatically Update Link Key from 3rd Party Software Now the BPA 600 protocol analyzer user can update the link keys for either of the classic links using a very common Windows message WM_COPYDATA The mechanism is to send a WM_COPYDATA message to the BPA 600 datasource The best scenario for doing this is when the devices are doing SSP and they are NOT in debug mode The following is a snippet of code that gives an example of programmatically sending link key to the ComProbe Protocol Analysis System software In order to do this the user needs to know both addresses of the devices in the link for which they wish to update the link key Also the Datasource expects the master and slave addresses in LSB to MSB format If the link key is sent to ComProbe software after encryption has been turned on over the air ComProbe software will flag an error on the Start Encryption packet Depending on when the link key has been sent down ComProbe 37 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings software may however still be able to sniff the link successfully In order to guarantee that ComProbe software is able to sniff the link the link key should be sent to ComProbe software as soon as it is available and before encryption has been turned on over the air Use the fol
281. es their SDK to ComProbe software by adding a very small amount of code to the SDK somewhere in the transport area right about in the same place that HCI data is sent to the Host Controller If ComProbe software is installed on the PC and the Virtual sniffer is running then the data will be captured and decoded by ComProbe software in real time If ComProbe software is not installed or the Virtual sniffer is not running then no harm is done Virtual sniffing is totally passive and has no impact on the behavior of the SDK One Frontline stack vendor partner feels so strongly about ComProbe software that not only have they built Virtual sniffing support in their SDK but they have made ComProbe software an integral part of their product offering They are actively encouraging all customers on a worldwide basis to adopt ComProbe software as their protocol analysis solution A 7 8 Case Studies Virtual Sniffing and Bluetooth Mobile Phone Makers Case Study 1 A Bluetooth mobile phone maker had been using a homemade HCI trace tool to debug the link between the Host CPU in the phone the Bluetooth chip They also were using an air sniffer They replaced their entire sniffing setup by moving to ComProbe software In the original test setup the Host CPU in the phone would send debug messages and HCI data over a serial link A program running on a PC logged the output from the Host CPU To implement the new system using Virtual sniffing a small change was m
282. eseccdeecaedadeduwhssdebakexseecedeweceeceebadeeeenocdddeusdseucdsesedesceesacedeks 303 Appendix A Application Notes 22 2 ieee cece cece ec cece cece cece cece ceeeeeeeeeeceees 305 A 1 Audio Expert System aptX hiccup Detected 0 cee cee cece cece ee ceeeeeeeeee 306 A 1 1 Background ccciccecoocccndsccouscatcedantawa bode kaban s amba hp LS Ddam banna ba kaaa a sda iha kso hha hasa 306 Ama AA 306 ALa WOISCUSSION oy pee AA 307 ALA CONCUSSIONS aga maaya kaa EE EE cee eceeseceeeenencue 311 A 2 Getting the Android Link Key for Classic Decryption 22 eee eee eee cece eee eeeeee 313 A 2 1 What You Need to Get the Android Link Key 2 22 22 a 313 A 2 2 Activating Developer options 2 2 22 ole ce eee cee cece cece cece e cece cece eeeceeeees 313 X ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual A 2 3 Retrieving the HCI Log 2 22 ee eee cece eee ec eee scene eens 314 A 2 4 Using the ComProbe Software to Get the Link Key 0H l eee cece ee eee eee eeeeee 315 A 3 Bluetooth Conductive Testing Isolating the Environment 22 eee eee eee ee eee 319 A 3 1 Bluetooth Transmitter Classes cee eee ce ee cee ee ence eee ee eee 319 Pow West EOUMO AA S 319 A 3 3 Test Setup Bluetooth cece cee cee cece cece cece e cence eeceeceeceeeeeees 320 Pio VES UPN OC CSS oo oe mGA T os EAEN EEEE cares aece dca secret pasetaqesuatcsecdencietecse
283. ess Specifying the LE Device Address and Encryption 26 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 1 If you would like you may specify the LE device you are testing by typing in or choosing its address BD __ ADDR You can type it directly into the drop down or choose it from the existing previous values list in the drop down LE Device Sync with First Master To enter the device manually type the address 12 digit hex number 6 octets The Ox is automatically typed in the drop down control Once you have the devices address identified the next step is to identify the Encryption 2 Enter the Long Term Key for the LE Encryption The Long Term Key is similar to the Link key in Classic Itis a a persistent key that is stored in both devices and used to Enter New Long Term Key derive a fresh encryption key each time the devices go encrypted Enter New PINAGOB data Learn more about the Long Term Key The Long Term Key is similar to the Link key in Classic itis a persistent key that is stored in both devices and used to Curent Long Term Key derive a fresh encryption key each time the devices go encrypted There are a few differences though In Classic the Link key is derived from inputs from both devices and is calculated in the same way independently by both devices and then stored persistently The link key itself is never transmitted over the air during pairing In LE the long term
284. et e Discontinuities Discontinuities are indicated by cross hatched slots See the Discontinuities section e Packet Status Packet status is indicated by color codes Refer to low energy Timeline Legends e Right Click Menu The right click menu provides zooming and time marker alignment e Graphical Packet Depiction each packet within the visible range is graphically depicted See the Packet Depiction section e Swap Button The Swap button switches the position of the Timeline and the Throughput graph e Show Running Average Selecting this check box shows a running average in the Throughput Over Time 4 4 4 12 low energy Packet Discontinuities The following figure depicts a discontinuity between two packets Timestamp 11202009 10 49 56 1 33439 AM 000375 PAA kaaa meg Figure 4 60 Bluetooth low energy Packet Discontinuity To keep the timeline and the throughput graph manageable big jumps in the timestamp are not represented linearly Instead they are shown as discontinuities A discontinuity exists between a pair of packets when the timestamp delta the timestamp of the second packet minus the timestamp of the first packet is 1 more than 4 01 seconds or 2 is negative The reason that the discontinuity trigger is set at 4 01 seconds is because the maximum connection interval time is 4 seconds 152 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual A discontinuity is indicate
285. ethod 8 Clear Capture Buffer 283 CN 299 Coexistence View 157 Audio Expert System 246 le Devices Radio Buttons 178 Legend 179 Set Button 177 Throughput Graph 169 Discontinuities 170 Dots 173 Swap Button 172 Viewport 171 Zoom Cursor 176 Zoomed 174 Freeze Y 175 Unfreeze Y 175 Y Scales Frozen 175 Throughput Indicators 166 Throughput Radio Buttons 178 Timeline Radio Buttons 178 Timelines 179 discontinuities 187 high speed 188 packet 179 two timelines 184 Toolbar 164 Appendicies Tooltip 170 relocate 170 182 Color of Data Bytes 106 Colors 107 Comma Separated File 279 Compound Display Filters 110 Confirm CFA Changes 274 Context For Decoding 77 Control Characters 298 Control Signals 85 289 Control Window 19 283 Configuration Information 13 Conversation Filters 112 CPAS Control Window Toolbar 12 CR 299 CRC 81 CSV Files 279 Custom Protocol Stack 74 75 Custom Stack 74 75 Customizing Fields in the Summary Pane 102 D D 1 299 D 2 298 D 3 298 D 4 298 D E 299 Data 81 271 272 Capturing 66 Data Byte Color Denotation 106 Data Errors 263 Data Extraction 247 re ae ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Data Rates 81 Debug Mode 30 37 Decimal 83 Decode Pane 104 decoder 300 Decoder Parameters 46 DecoderScript 300 Decodes 45 74 78 87 94 104 252 Default File Locations 287 Delete aTemplate 48 Deleting Display Filters 113 Delta Times 81 Device Database 38 Directed Classic Connection 43 Direction 112 Direct
286. evices to be sniffed and how the link key is to be encrypted Select the Devices Under Test tab Make both your Bluetooth devices discoverable 326 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Click the Discover Devices gi on the datasource toolbar The ComProbe software will find any discoverable Bluetooth devices within its range You will then be able to select your devices from the drop down lists If one or both of your devices cannot be made discoverable you may type in the BD_ADDR s directly With legacy pairing select PIN Code ASCII from the Classic Encryption drop down and fill in the PIN As mentioned above the ComProbe software needs the PIN code in order to calculate the link key the two Bluetooth devices are using Alternately you may enter the Link Key manually if it is known The ComProbe software also keeps a database of the link keys it previously calculated which may be accessed on theDevice Database tab The Start Sniffing button should now be available If Start Sniffing is grayed out there is something set up incorrectly in the datasource Device Under Test Appendicies 423 BPA 600 datasource File View BPA600 Help PAF HO Devices Under Test Device Database BPA 600 Information LE Only Classic Only Single Connection Dual Mode Classic Only Multiple Connections H Classic Device x00886561b727 iPhone 5 v Stopped LE Device Sync with First Master Classic Device MAMAA a
287. fa 3 File Edit View Format Live Filter Bookmarks Options Window Help 2p o TA PH6YFST ADI ka 5 Ka 6 471 Master Len 289 ome H ga O Fmt po BB p Sum i Baseband Packet Status CRC Error 0 Unfiltered Data Errors El Baseband Baseband PreConnection FHS SCO eSCO H Header Length 11 Header Version 3 B Frame Pr Access Add CRC EBDADDR Delta Timestamp 6 463 4 13 2015 10 55 32 661 6 464 00 00 00 0 4 13 2015 10 55 32 668 aa 6 465 00 00 00 0 4 13 2015 10 55 32 671 6 466 00 00 00 0 4413 2015 10 55 32 690 6 467 00 00 00 0 4212 2015 10 55 32 692 Expand Decode Pane 6 468 00 00 00 0 421272015 10 55 32 694 6 469 00 00 00 0 4 13 2015 10 55 32 701 SL Sa iS 6 470 00 00 00 0 4 13 2015 10 55 32 7051 Expand All Nodes 6471 00 00 00 0 4 13 2015 10 55 32 711 p 00 00 00 0 4 13 2015 10 55 32 711 Connection Filter Classic 00 00 00 0 422372015 10 55 32 714 Bluetooth low energy 000000 0 421342015 10 55 32 720 This is the Decode Pane Select Entire Frame Provide L2CAP Rules Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters Hide This Pane Show Hidden Panes b Figure 4 39 Connection Filter from the Frame Display Pane right click From the Frame Display frame selection Select a frame in the summary pane Right click and select Connection Filter in the pop up menu The procedure for creating a connection filter are identical as described in From the Frame
288. fault and unlike other windows PER Stats is not synchronized with other windows such as Frame Display in that selecting a frame range in one does not highlight the same frame range in the other This ensures that Frame Display isn t constantly re synchronizing during live capture while the view port is maximized in PER Stats If PER Stats synchronization is desired it can be enabled by checking the Sync Selected Packets with Other Windows check box 4 5 6 Packet Error Rate Export The Export section of PER Stats allows you to export data to a csv or txt file 1 To use the Export select a range of data using the Viewport 2 Select csv or txt from Export Selected Data depending on what type of data file you want The Save As dialog appears 207 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data min ma ee di MewFTs Tintin Baseband Captures Organize New folder B Documents Name Date modified ah Music E3 Pictures No items match your search E Subversion E Videos jE Computer Local Disk C EP goldmine rok GE erp ftmas90 4 ma File name A2DP LegacyEncryption Per5tatsExport csv Save as type CSV Files csv bi Figure 4 118 Save As dialog in PER Stats Export 3 Select a location where you want to save the file in Save in 4 Enter a file name in File name 5 Select Save The file will be saved to that location 4 5 7 Packet Err
289. ference in timestamps between the first and last packet e 1 Second Packet Throughput is the total packet size over the most recent one second e Width peak This displays the maximum throughput seen so far e A horizontal bar indicates percentage of max seen up to that point and text gives the actual throughput 4 4 4 6 Average and 1 Second Payload Throughput The figure depicts the Average and One Second Payload Throughput display This display appears when you select the Payload Throughput radio button e Average Payload Throughput is the total payload over the entire session divided by the total time e 1 second Payload Throughputis the total payload over the most recent one second e Width peak This displays the maximum throughput seen so far Note 1 second throughput behaves differently than average throughput In particular while average throughput can be very large with only a couple of packets since it s dividing small packet or payload size by small time 1 second throughput can be very small since it divides by an entire one second 4 4 4 7 Throughput Graph The following figure depicts the Throughput Graph 145 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Throughput Over Time Swap Mia hali i T Packet Throughput MAI Payload Throughput bitsis Both UI cane as ontigured Devices All Devices 0 00 31 95 v Show Running Average Figure 4 49 Bluetoot
290. ff on thes frame 72 GoTo E Figure 5 11 Find Bookmark tab There are several ways to locate bookmarks e Select the bookmark you want to move to and click the Go To button e Simply double click on the bookmark e Click the Move Forward and Move Back buttons to move through the frames to the bookmarks shown in the window When the bookmark is found it is highlighted in the window There are three ways to modify bookmarks 1 Click on Delete to remove the selected bookmark 2 Click on Modify to change the selected Bookmark name 3 Remove All will delete all bookmarks in the window The Find window Bookmark tab will also appear when using functions other than Find such as when clicking on the Display All Bookmarks on 5 1 9 Changing Where the Search Lands When doing a search in the analyzer the byte or bytes matching the search criteria are highlighted in the Event Display The first selected byte appears on the third line of the display CVEventDisplay To change the line on which the first selected byte appears Selectlion0ffset 2 1 Open fts ini located in the C User Public Public Documents Frontline Test Equipment 2 Go to the CVEventDisplay section 3 Change the value for SelectionOffset 4 If you want the selection to land on the top line of the display change the SelectionOffset to O zero 266 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 5 1 10 Subtleties of
291. following four selections are mutually exclusive Show 5 GHZ When checked the 5 GHz Timeline is visible and the 2 4 GHz Timeline is not visible Timeline Only 802 11 5 GHz packets are shown Performs the same function as the Timeline 5 GHz radio button Show 2 4 GHz When checked the 2 4 GHz Timeline is visible and the 5 GHz Timeline is not visible Timeline The timeline will show Classic Bluetooth Bluetooth Low Energy and 802 11 2 4 GHz packets Performs the same function as the Timeline 2 4 GHz radio button Show Both 2 4 When checked the 2 4 GHz Timeline and the 5GHZ Timeline is visible Performs the GHz and 5 same function as the Timeline Both radio button GHZ Timelines Show When check shows only timelines which have had packets at some point during this Timelines session If no packets are present the 2 4 GHz Timeline is visible Performs the same Which Have or function as the Timeline Auto radio button Had Packets Auto Mode The following two selections are mutually exclusive Show Low When checked shows in the 2 4 GHz Timeline only packets from Bluetooth low enegry Energy devices configured for this session and uses these packets for throughput calculations Packets From Performs the same function as the LE Devices Configured radio button Configurated Devices Only Show All Low When checked shows in the 2 4 GHz Timeline all Bluetooth low energy packets Energy captured in this session and uses these packets
292. for an event that matches the time specified If no event is found at the time specified the analyzer goes to the nearest event either before or after the specified time Choose whether to have the analyzer go to the nearest event before the specified time or after the specified time by clicking the appropriate radio button in the Go to the timestamp box If you are searching forward in the buffer you usually want to choose the On or After option If you choose the On or Before option it may be that the analyzer finishes the search and not move from the current byte if that byte happens to be the closest match When you select Absolute as Search for the radio buttons are On or before the specified time or On or after the specified time When you select Relative as Search for the radio buttons are On or before the specified time relative to the first selected item or On or after the specified time relative to the last selected item 1 Select On or before the specified time or On or after the specified time 2 When you have specified the time interval you want to use click on the Go To Move Forward or Move Backward buttons to start the search from the current event When you select Absolute as Search for Go To is available When you select Relative as Search for Move Forward or Move Backwardis available There are a couple of other concepts to understand in respect to searching with timestamps e The analyzer skips some special events
293. from the Android device a Attach the Android device to your computer The file sdcard btsnoop hci log is in the root of one of the mountable drives Copy the file to directory C Users Public Public Documents Frontline Test Equipement My Capture File b The second option is to use the Android Debug Bridge ADB using the following steps The debug bridge is included with Android Software Developer Kit 1 On the Androd device Development screen select Android debugging or USB debugging 2 Connect your computer and Android device with a USB cable 3 Open a terminal on your computer and run the following command adb devices 4 Your Android device should show up in this list confirming that ADB is working List of devices attached XXXXXXXXXXX device 5 In the terminal enter the following command to copy the HCI Log to your computer adb pull sdcard btsnoop_hci log A 2 4 Using the ComProbe Software to Get the Link Key You will load the HCI Log file btsnoop_HCl log into the ComProbe Protocol Analysis System on your computer as a capture file Then you can use the Frame Display to locate the link key 1 Activate the ComProbe Protocol Analysis System Refer to the ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual on fte com 2 From the Control window menu select File Open Capture File 3 When the Open window appears set the file type to BTSnoop Files log If not already selected navigate to the My Capture Files directory and selec
294. frontline bug Communications Faster DUAL MODE BLUETOOTH PROTOCOL ANALYZER User Manual Probe Audio Expert System Revision Date 12 15 2015 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Copyright 2000 2015 Frontline Test Equipment Inc FTS Frontline Frontline Test System ComProbe Protocol Analysis System and ComProbe are registered trademarks of Frontline Test Equipment Inc The following are trademarks of Frontline Test Equipment Inc e BPA 600 e Sodera The Bluetooth SIG Inc owns the Bluetooth word mark and logos and any use of such marks by Frontline is under license All other trademarks and registered trademarks are property of their respective owners ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Contents Chapter 1 ComProbe Hardware amp Software 1 dc WV ele IS in EIS MAINA APA eiS TEN EE 2 1 2 Computer Minimum System Requirements 2 eee eee eee eee eee eee eee cece onnu 2 1 3 SON Ware Instalati ad hn eect E A S 2 PLRO a ee bee eee 2 1 3 2 From Download La ot at maana bis kaaa sah NLA NADATNAN INE DD TT acsue ndash aeoesnesaceeeseaaws 3 Chapter 2 Getting Started 5 2 1 BPA 600 Hardware oi cites ease kaaa aa a Ea akda AA ois ceca sea cd eeeesetiepetee anes 5 2 1 1 Attaching Antennas _ 2 220 oie eee nce cee eee cee cee Laaa LaaLa aaan aaan 5 LLET Stet LE D AAP es E E 6 2 1 2 Connecting Powering the ComProbe BPA 600 Hardware 2 eeee eee ee eeeeeeeeee 6 2 1 3 BPA 600 Probe5ynoc
295. g Modifying or Deleting a Bookmark 22 cece cece cece cece ec eeccceeceeceees 267 5 2 2 Displaying All and Moving Between Bookmarks 222 cece ee eee ee eee eee eee ee ees 268 Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data _ 220 22 oe cece ce ec ec eee eee eee e eee ceeeeeeeeeees 271 6 1 Saving Your Data 2 0 cc cece cece eee cece eee cece eee e cece eeeeeceeeneeee 271 6 1 1 Saving the Entire Capture File cine ee an we Ena nab aa GEN GG dune m kman Ada NA AaG a ueees 271 6 1 2 Saving the Entire Capture File with Save Selection 20 22 e eee eee eee eee ee 272 6 1 3 Saving a Portion of a Capture File ccc cece eee cece cece e ec eeeeeceeceeees 273 6 2 Adding Comments to a Capture File c ccc eee e eee eeceeeeeees 273 6 3 Confirm Capture File CFA Changes c cece ce cee nanaonan aonana e cece eceeceeeeceeceeceees 274 6 4 Loading and Importing a Capture File _ 2 2222 cece cee cece cece cece ee eeeceeees 274 6 4 1 Loading a Capture File _ 2 22 2 a 274 64 2 Importing Capture Files aasa secutive NANANA Data had DES seuauducse dasa eeedebeedsnsdeeeedadescs 275 Deo PING aaa GA AD BEL LIB UNA KUNAN D TB AN NAA ND DE DAGA NAAN ABG GANAN AB AA GAN 275 6 5 1 Printing from the Frame Display HTML Export Ha 275 6 5 2 Printing from the Event Display 22 22 c eee eee eee cece cece eee ee ceeceeeeeeceees 278 BO EDONG aaa
296. g during capture click on this time and the display will lock in its current position Capture will continue but the displays will remain static To resume scrolling during capture click again on this menu item Help Topics Displays Bluetooth low energy Timeline help topics 144 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 4 4 3 low energy Timeline Legend This legend identifies the color coding found in the timeline OT O side 1 D Adv Scanning C Side F p CJ Adv dinitiator C Master e When you select a packet in the timeline items in the legend that relate to GD Adv unknown EJ save the packet are highlighted O Data Start DJ crc Errar C Data Com O taht tc Decrypt e Bold text indicates that the type of packet has been seen in the timeline C Data Empty O wai FS Data Ctrl eek Wi Bata Unknown LJ Selected C Unk FH Macontinuity 4 4 4 4 Throughput Displays Throughput is payload over time There are 3 categories of throughput 4 4 4 5 Average and 1 Second Packet Throughput Average Packet Throughput 559 164 BitsiSec The figure depicts the Average and 1 Second Packet Throughput displays This display appears when you select the Packet Throughput radio button 1 Second Packet Throughput 6 r20 Bisse Width peak 559 164 e Average Packet Throughput is the total packet size over the entire session divided by the total time Total time is calculated by taking the dif
297. gment appear below and to the left of the waveform These details include selection start and stop range TO and T1 the time difference dT samples selected frequency and Bluetooth Frames selected Right clicking in the Waveform panel will open a pop up menu see Wave Panel amp Event Table Pop up Menu on page 243 Selecting Zoom to Selection will expand the selection to the full width of the Wave Panel Other selection option in the pop up are Select Area Clear Selection and Copy Selection 238 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Bitrate Overlay Display 01 31 37 257 PM 01 31 44 990PM 01 31 52 723 PM 01 32 00 457 PM 01 32 08 190 PM 512 233 3 233 219 146 73 o Figure 4 133 Actual Bitrate Overlay The Average and Actual audio stream bitrate graphs can be displayed over the audio waveform using the Global Toolbar Average Bitrate Overlay and Actual Bitrate Overlay buttons respectively These are presented as overlays onto the main Wave Panel so the user can correlate audio issues with bitrate changes and the like The scale is in kbps kilo bits per second Hovering over the bitrate scale will display a pop up showing the bitrate at the play cursor position Actual Bitrate is based on the throughput at the Codec level The Average Bitrate is the moving average over 0 1 sliding second window 12 52 40 365 PM 12 52 40 490 PM 12 52 40 615 PM 12 52 40 740 PM 12 52 40 365 PM
298. h the tooltip shows the packet number in bold the Baseband layer decode from the decode pane of the Frame Display with the percentage of the Payload Length max added Discontinuities are indicated by cross hatched slots See the Discontinuities section 132 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual e Zoom Tools Zoom tools zoom in or out while maintaining the position on the screen of the area under the zoom tool This makes it possible to zoom in or out for a specific packet or area of the timeline See the Zooming section e Packet Status Packet status is indicated by color codes A yellow slot indicates a re transmitted packet a dark red slot indicates a CRC error and a small red triangle in the upper left corner of the packet not the slot indicates a decode error e Right Click Menu The right click menu provides zooming and tool selection See the Zooming section e Graphical Packet Depiction Each packet within the visible range is graphically depicted See the Packet Depiction section e Swap Button The Swap button switches the position of the Timeline and the Throughput graph e Show Running Average Selecting this check box shows a running average in the Throughput Over Time graph as an orange line e Show slave LT_ADDR Selecting this checkbox displays the Slave LT_ADDR in the timeline row labels Note The raw timestamp value is the number of 100 nanosecond intervals
299. h the analyzer asks you if you want to continue searching from the beginning of the buffer Searching for Exact Error Conditions 264 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual To search for an exact state means that the analyzer finds events that exactly match the error conditions that you specify k3 Find BPA500 cfa Decode Paitem Time Go To Special Events Error Bookmark Select the This exactly describes the search for event where i state radio button y One or more of these changed T oc Next i One or more of these occured exactly lel ane in Find Previous One or more of these was off describes the state Find Previous e This changes the normal check boxes to a elp series of radio buttons labeled On Off On Off Don t Care SS and Don t Care for each error Reserved COC Side Restriction Search without regard to data origin o On means that the error occurred Search only these sides o Off means that the error did not E Slave occur Master o Don t Care means that the analyzer ignores that error condition e Select the appropriate state for each type of error Example If you need to find an event where just an overrun error occurred but not any other type of error you would choose overrun error to be On and set all other errors to Off This causes the analyzer
300. h frame begins and ends If a hardware error occurs the analyzer shows this using a special event marker You can use Find to locate single or multiple special events To access the search for special events function 1 Opena capture file to search 2 Open the Event Display PP or Frame Display 6 window 3 Click on the Find icon Ah or choose Find from the Edit menu 4 Click on the Special Events tab of the Find dialog Note The tabs displayed on the Find dialog depend on the product you are running and the Si content of the capture file you are viewing 259 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data Decode Paten Time GoTo 5pec Events Bookmark Abod Begin Char Sinp C Broken Frame T Butter O vesiiow C Capture Paused C Capture Resumed Cl Dropped Franss C Dropping Sync C End Char Stnp C End of Frame C Flow Control Active C Flow Control Inactree Frame Recognize Changed Ci Settings Changed Figure 5 8 Find Special Events tab 5 Check the event or events you want to look for in the list of special events Use Check All or Uncheck All buttons to make your selections more efficient 6 Click Find Next and Find Previous to move to the next instance of the event Not all special events are relevant to all types of data For example control signal changes are relevant only to serial data and not to Ethernet data For a list of all special events and thei
301. h low energy Timeline Throughput Graph The Swap button switches the position of the Timeline and the Throughput graph Selecting Throughput Display e Selecting Packet Throughput displays just the Packet Throughput in graph form and displays the Average and Average and 1 Second Packet Throughput on the left side of the dialog The y axis numbers appear in blue e Selecting Payload Throughput displays just the Payload Throughput in graph form and displays the Average and Average and 1 Second Payload Throughput on the left side of the dialog The y axis numbers appear in green e Selecting Include MIC will include the transmitted 32 bit Message Integrity Check data in the throughput You may want to include Message Integrity Checks in your throughput even though MIC is not application data MICs are transmitted and you may want to included in the throughput as a measure of how active your radio was Average Payload Throughput Average Payload Throughput In this example the 1 Second Payload 514 bits s 638 bits s Throughput is 1 360 bits sec when 1 Second Payload Throughput 1 Second Payload Throughput Include MIC is not checked By 1 360 basta N 1 840 bits s N checking the Include MIC box the Width peak 1 840 N Width peak 2 1 840 AN MIC data is included in the i Th throughput data and 1 Second a Payload Throughput increases to With MIC not selected With MIC selected 1 840 bits sec This capture file has 15 payload is 1360 bits sec p
302. he Bluetooth clock count is precise however if timestamp difference were used it would not be necessary to clear the 1 second throughput after each discontinuity Note The raw timestamp value is the number of 100 nanosecond intervals since the beginning of January 1 1601 This is standard Windows time e 1 second throughput is not an average It is simply the total payload over the most recent one second of duration Since it s not an average it behaves differently than average throughput In particular while average throughput can be very large with only a couple of packets since it s dividing small payload by small time 1 second throughput is very small since it counts only what it sees and doesn t try to extrapolate e A 1 second throughput is shown for all devices master devices and slave devices e A horizontal bar indicates percentage of max and text gives the actual throughput 4 4 3 7 3 Average Payload Throughput bits s Selected The following figure depicts the Throughput display with the Average Payload Throughput bits sec Selected indicators in the left column This portion of the dialog displays average throughput for a selected packet range when you select a packet from the Timeline 134 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Average throughput is the total payload over the entire session divided by the total time Total time is calculated by Awg Payload Throughput bits
303. he ComProbe Control window File menu When an audio stream is available the open the Audio Expert System Window by clicking on the Control window Audio Expert System button ry If the ComProbe analyzer is not licensed for Audio Expert System the button will not be present 4 6 3 Operating Modes The Bluetooth audio analysis can be accomplished in two modes 1 unreferenced mode and 2 referenced mode 4 6 3 1 Non Referenced Mode In Non Referenced Mode the system is typically processing audio of completely unknown program content e g arbitrary music or speech content Since the system does not have any prior knowledge of the audio being analyzed the types of audio analysis that can be performed is limited The following events are reported whenever the system is operating in Non Reference mode These are the meaningful audio analysis that the system can perform without reporting too many false positive results 213 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data e Volume Level Low Volume or High Volume Reported if the average volume level is not in a range conducive to performing meaningful audio analysis e Clipping Amplitude distortion due to a signal amplitude exceeding the maximum value that can be represented by the digital system e Dropout Abrupt and very short duration intervals of silence e Glitch Extremely large sample to sample audio amplitude transitions that have little probability
304. he air so either the user must get the key out of one of the devices being sniffed and supply the key to the sniffer or the sniffer must create the key itself Bluetooth devices using the Android operating system have a developer option that will provide the link key for Classic Bluetooth decryption This procedure will use the developer options to obtain the Android HCI Host Controller Interface log that contains the link keys for all active links A 2 1 What You Need to Get the Android Link Key The process applies to the Android 4 4 or later operating system e Android device with Bluetooth enabled and paired with another Bluetooth device e ComProbe Protocol Analysis System installed on your computer e Android Debug Bridge optional directions in this paper are based on known typical Android device Refer to the manufacturer s I Note Each Android device model can vary in screen organization layout and format The manual on line help or technical support for detailed information about your particular device A 2 2 Activating Developer options The Android HCI log will contain the link key for an active Bluetooth link 1 On the Android device go to Settings 2 Select About 3 Inthe About screen tap on Build number eight times At some point you will see a notice similar to You are now a developer Note On some devices the build information may be under one or more sub screens below H the About screen Also the number of tap
305. he pairing process click on the SMP tab ha Contin Valye x7H7569e1 Je97175730245a647567H9a SHF Pairing Costin In the image above we see Frame 35 539 Coniiem Vaker siaja d 7494004 Tcbedbbtlee 91990915 i initiating the pairing from the master Pos Hg Prana PL device The response SMP_Pairing Response is sent from the slave in Frame 35 545 SMP Pairing Confirm occurs Figure 29 MSC SMP Paring BPA 600 low energy capture 338 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies between the master and the slave devices at Frame 39 591 and 39 600 respectively Clicking on the MSC LE LL tab will show the process of encrypting a session link Clicking on Frame 39 617 displays the LL ENC REQ command from the master to the slave In the MSC below this command you will see the data transferred that includes SKD ter used to generate the LTK At Frame 39 623 the slave responds with LL_ENC_RSP sending SKD ve to generate LTK at the master Up to this point all transmissions are unencrypted For this example the slave sends the request to start encryption LL START ENC REQ at Frame 39 635 The master responds with LL START ENC RSP at Frame 39 639 and finally the slave responds with LL START ENC RSP at Frame 36 649 At this point the session link is encrypted Ali Layers Ciri Summary Nonkisg Semmary LE BB LE ADV LE DATA LELL L2caP ATT SMP 39 617 Encryption request kp jp
306. he previous frame compared to the overall Dec 30 2014 03 39 35 422307 PM Processing Gus Analysis aag Event Table Event Timeline Figure 4 125 Audio Expert System Window Color Codes and Icons The Audio Expert System uses standard color codes and icons to assist the user in focusing on specific issues 231 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 32 Audio Expert System Color Codes and Icons applying to a particular captured waveform The event is assigned to Stream 0 in the Event I Note If an Event Severity icon is surrounded by a dark line the event is a global event and not Table The following topics describe the Global Toolbar Wave Panel Event Timeline and Event Table in more detail 4 6 5 1 Global Toolbar The global toolbar provides audio play controls audio play cursor positioning controls waveform viewing controls and volume controls Global toolbar controls apply simultaneously to all waveform panels n a a a Table 4 33 Global Toolbar Controls Home Moves play cursor to beginning of the waveform Play Start playing the audio from the current play cursor position Toggles to Pause when clicked Pause Stops audio play back at its current position toggles to Play when clicked End Moves the play cursor to the end of the waveform 232 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 4 33 Glob
307. hin the Scroll Bar e When you select a packet range in Frame Display that includes only some of the frames in PER Stats the Viewport snaps up against the side of the bar with the unselected frames fi e When you select a packet range in Frame Display that includes all of the frames in PER Stats the Viewport displays a space between the Viewport sides and the bar i e Double clicking anywhere inside the Scroll Bar selects the entire Scroll Bar Double clicking again toggles back to the previous size of the Viewport e Selecting Ctrl A is the same as double clicking e Clicking on a vertical bar left justifies the Viewport to that bar e Shift clicking on a bar extends the nearest Viewport side to include that bar e The Home key moves the Viewport to the left edge e The End key moves the Viewport to the right edge e Pressing the left arrow button fy the left arrow key or the up arrow key moves the Viewport to the left one vertical bar at a time e Pressing the right arrow button Cy the right arrow key or the down arrow key moves the Viewport to the right one vertical bar at a time e Pressing the double left arrow button RJ or the PgUp key moves the Viewport to the left by the current width of the Viewport Holding down the Shift key will prevent the Viewport from moving if there is not enough room to move by its full width e Pressing the double right arrow button imp or the PgDn key moves the Viewport to the right by the c
308. hone Slave O0x9cb70d53a1dd F1E 9 77B51 Link Key Pin Code 0000 Link 3 Master Ox00025b00aae0 UGO Slave Oxb4b676b7df12 FTE 8589PX1 Link Key Pin Code 0000 Figure 3 17 Classic Only Multiple Connections in Directed Classic Connections configuration 3 2 Decoder Parameters Some protocol decoders have user defined parameters These are protocols where some information cannot be discovered by looking at the data and must be entered by the user in order for the decoder to correctly decode the data For example such information might be a field where the length is either 3 or 4 bytes and which length is being used is a system option There may be times when the context for decoding a frame is missing For example if the analyzer captures a response frame but does not capture the command frame then the decode for the response may be incomplete The Set Initial Decoder Parameters window allows you to supply the context for any frame The dialog allows you to define any number of parameters and save them in a template for later use The decoder template function provides the capacity to create multiple templates that contain different parameters This capability allows you to maintain individual templates for each Bluetooth network monitored Applying a template containing only those parameters necessary to decode transmissions particular to an individual network enhances the efficiency of the analyzer to decode data 45
309. hputOverTime csv appended 3 Enter a File Name 4 Select Save The file is saved and you can open itin a simple text editor or database application 4 4 3 9 Object Throughput Stats File In the Bluetooth Timeline you can create and save a comma separated values csv file that contains information about objects in the timeline The file contains the following information e Name e Length bytes 136 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Connection Packet Number Begin Transfer Packet Number End Transfer Packet Number Disconnection Packet Number Connection Duration Fractional Seconds Transfer Duration Fractional Seconds Connection Throughput bits s Transfer Throughput bits s Transfer Duration Percentage of Connection Duration No Errors Packet Count Includes Decode Errors While Connected Retransmitted Packet Count While Connected Header Errors Packet Count While Connected Payload CRC Errors Packet Count While Connected To create the file 1 Select a location where you want to save the file Select Export Object Throughput Stats from the Throughput menu Throughput Help Export Payload Throughput Over Time The Save As menu appears Export Object Throughput Stats Note In live mode the default path name is C Users Public Publick Documents Frontline Test Equipment My Log Files Object ThroughputStats csv In view m
310. ia o AVDTP Reporting o AVDTP Recovery o Raw Data Adding Deleting and Saving AVDTP Parameters 1 From the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window click on the AVDTP tab 2 Set or select the AVDTP decoder parameters 3 Click on the ADD button The Intial Connection window displays the added parameters Initial Connections in effect from of cami onward until inana In the piconet 2 on the Master side with the CAP CID E0000 and with the remote pra TSID A the AVDTP is camying Reporting packets Modified by user In the piconet 2 on the Master side with the L CAP CID 0000 and with the remote side TSID 0 the AVDTP is camying Unknown Modified by user Figure 3 10 Parameters Added to Decoder 4 To delete a parameter from the Initial Connections window select the parameter and click on the Delete button 50 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 5 Decoder parameters cannot be edited The only way to change a parameter is to delete the original as described above and recreate the parameter with the changed settings and selections and then click on the Add button 6 AVDTP parameters are saved when the template is saved as described in Adding a New or Saving an Existing Template on page 48Adding a New or Saving an Existing Template on page 48 3 2 3 2 AVDTP Missing Decode Information The analyzer usually determines the protocol carried in an AVDTP payload by monitoring previous traffic However wh
311. ide button If you want to remove all decoder parameter settings click on Remove All Remove New Column Change the Selected Item to Carry drop down list Show Timestamp Column 4 Choose the protocol the selected item carries from the Restore Default Columns drop down list and click OK Add Bookmark Each entry in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog Export takes effect from the specified frame onward or until redefined in Provide L2CAP Rules this dialog on a later frame Provide RECOMM Rules Change Column Order Help Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters Show Hidden Panes b Sn 58 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters 131 RFCOMM Rules in effect from frame 131 onward until redefined here for a later frame On the Slave side with Server Channel 1 DLC 2 RFCOMM is carrying Headset Overidden by user Change the Selected temto Cory i Remove Ovemide HS HF Undecoded RFCOMM Frames VCP UDI Raw Data Figure 3 18 Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters selection list Note If the capture has no user defined overrides then the system displays a dialog stating that 4 no user defined overrides exist 3 3 Mesh Security Bluetooth low energy mesh technology decryption requires a key or passphrase This information must be manually entered into the MeshOptions ini file l
312. idge Silicon Radio with autotraverse Bluetooth HC UART H4 with autotraverse toolbar Bluetooth HCI USB with autotraverse Bluetooth virtual transport with autotraverse E Fictitious Protocol with autotraverse 2 Select Build Your Own from the list H4DS with autotraverse and click Next MWS Wireless Coexistence Interface 2 3 The system displays an information screen that may help you decide if you need to define your own custom stack Defining a custom stack means that the analyzer uses the stack for every frame Frames that do not conform to the stack are decoded Curent Protocal Stack Remove Selected tem From List incorrectly Click Next to continue telect a Protocol Stack Choose one at a time by Protocol Decode Stack double clicking or by using Ml additional stack laver Baseband Select Protocols aka Naguiat e AMP Manage automatically 1 Select a protocol from the list on the ARP There are no additional left stack layers 2 Click the right arrow button to move it gia to the Protocol Decode Stack box ee i i ignaling on the right or double click the AVRCP Mene HA protocol to move it to the right jaseband Move Down 3 Toremove a protocol from the stack BlueCore Serial Protocol 7 a double click it or select it and click the lama left arrow button 4 If you need to change the order of the protocols in the stack select the protocol you want to move and click on the Move Up and Move Down b
313. ied device or from or to the first Classic device that connects over LE LE Dae Syne oath Cle Gece oly Classic Encryption Bluetooth devices can have their data encrypted when they communicate Bluetooth devices on an encrypted link share a common link key in order to exchange encrypted data How that link key is created depends Classic Encryption upon the pairing method used Link Key x There are three encryption options in the I O Settings dialo mie Enter New Value 8 PIN Code Hex Link Key b5 1d 63a eS4eb Pbacae23908F 1 a PIN Code ASCII b PIN Code Hex Curent Link Key Link Ke amp 18 2014 7 59 27 AM Q a y b215 idF 9a 72 9deb Pacae 23908 If e The first and second options use a PIN Code to generate the Link Key The devices generate link Keys during the Pairing Process based on a PIN Code The second Link Key generated from this process is also based on a random number so the security cannot be compromised If the analyzer is given the PIN Code it can determine the Link Key using the same algorithm Since the analyzer also needs the random number the analyzer must catch the entire Pairing Process or else it cannot generate the Link Key and decode the data Example If the ASCII character PIN Code is ABC and you choose to enter the ASCII characters then select PIN Code ASCII from the Encryption drop down list and enter ABC in the field below If you choose to enter the Hex equivalent of the A
314. ies 44 1 KHz 48 KHz 8 KHz 11 025 KHz 12 KHz 16 KHz 22 050 KHz 24 KHz 32 KHz 64 KHz 88 2 KHz 96 KHz e Channels 1 and 2 e Variable Bit Rate and Specified Bit rate Audio Analysis not supported Although user will be able to play back the audio live Supported Parameters for aptX e Object Types aptX classic aptX LL both content protected and non content protected e Audio Format 16 bit 44 1kHz e Data Rates 352 kbps 212 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Supported Parameters for CVSD e Channel Mode Mono e Sampling Rate 64 kHz Supported Parameters for mSBC codec e Channel Mode Mono e Sampling Rate 16 kHz e Allocation method Loudness e Subbands 8 e Block Length 15 e Bitpool 26 4 6 2 Starting the AudioExpert System BPA 600 only To use the Audio Expert System the user must have e Current Premium Maintenance purchased from Frontline e ComProbe hardware with Audio Expert System license installed connected to the PC This is a requirement for both live capture and when viewing a saved capture file For live capture set up the ComProbe BPA 600 datasource and begin capturing data Note Proper positioning of the ComProbe hardware relative to the devices under test DUT 1 Si source DUT2 sink will contribute to effective data capture Air Sniffing Positioning Devices on page 63 For viewing a capture file load the saved file from t
315. ies a particular type of service functionality provided by the device Multiple services can occur If the device does not support EIR the field will be empty Class of Device A particular type of device such as phone laptop wearable etc Data provided from devices supporting Extended Inquiry Response EIR during discovery COD is a value which identifies a particular type of functionality provided by the device For example there would be a Service Class to identify a printer and another Service Class to identify a stereo headset If the device does not support EIR the field will be empty Service COD Universally Unique Identifier UUID of the Services and COD 128 bits shown in hexadecimal format If the device does not support EIR the field will be empty Paired BD ADDR The address of the B uetooth device this device is paired with Paired Friendly Name The friendly name of the device this device is paired with Link Key The Link Key in Classic Bluetooth or the Long Term Key LTK in Bluetooth low energy used for encrypted data sent between paired devices Last Updated The date the device was entered into the database 3 1 2 6 BPA 600 low enegy Device Database The LE Device Database contains information about Bluetooth low energy devices that have been discovered or entered by the user These devices are also listed in the Device Database but this dataabase list contains additional information specific only to Bluetooth low e
316. iffer for every Bluetooth packet that it captures The Signal Strength is not the true RSSI observed at the Bluetooth devices in the network being sniffed The Signal Strength is a value in the range from 1 through 14 with 1 being weakest and 14 being strongest The BPA 600 firmware uses the built in radio firmware features to calculate the Signal Strength value of the signal received at the ComProbe hardware This calculated value is then mapped to the range of 1 to 14 This is an arbitrary range and does not have any units The Signal Strength value is shown as an additional decoded field in the Baseband layer The field is called Signal Strength at Sniffer and will have a value in the range of 1 to 14 decimal A value of 15 means that the signal strength was not reported The field is also visible in the Summary Pane of the Frame Display 4 4 3 Bluetooth Timeline In addition to the Coexistence View which displays both Bluetooth and 802 11 data together you can also see more information about Bluetooth in a separate dialog The Bluetooth Timeline displays packet information with an emphasis on temporal information and payload throughput The timelines also provide selected information from Frame Display The timelines provide a rich set of diverse information about Bluetooth packets both individually and as a range Information is conveyed using text color graphic size line type and position E Bluetooth Tim s bt add abe
317. ifferent in the new stack you need to reframe in order for the protocol decode to be correct You can also use Reframe to frame unframed data The original capture file is not altered during this process Note You cannot reframe from the Capture File Viewer accessed by selecting Capture File Viewer or Load Capture File to start the software and used only for viewing capture files To reframe your data load your capture file select a protocol stack and then select Reframe from the File menu on the Control window Reframe is only available if the frame recognizer used to capture the data is different from the current frame recognizer In addition to choosing to Reframe you can also be prompted to Reframe by the Protocol Stack Wizard 1 Load your capture file by choosing Open from the File menu on the Control window and select the file to load 2 Select the protocol stack by choosing Protocol Stack from the Options menu on the Control window select the desired stack and click Finish 3 If you selected a protocol stack that includes a frame recognizer different from the one used to capture your data the Protocol Stack Wizard asks you if you want to reframe your data Choose Yes 4 The analyzer adds frame markers to your data puts the framed data into a new file and opens the new file The original capture file is not altered See Unframing on page 76 for instructions on removing framing from data 4 2 4 Unframing This functi
318. iffing including the aaa devices to be sniffed and how the link is to be S _ Devices Under Test Device Database LE Device Database BPA 600 Information LE Only Classic Only Single Connection Dual Mode Classic Only Multiple Connections decrypted LE Device i Classic Device amp 00025b00aae0 UGO 2 Select Devices Under Test tab on the Datasource window Classic Encryption T R Enter New Long Tem Key 3 Click select LE Only TZE Enter New PIN OOB data 4 Todecrypt encrypted data transmissions Curent Link Key Pa a between the Bluetooth low energy devices the ComProbe analyzer needs to know the LTK because this is the shared secret used to encrypt the session There are two ways to provide this information and which to select will depend on the pairing method Just Works or Passkey Entry Figure 23 ComProbe BPA 600 low energy only datasource settings LE Encryption a Passkey Entry is easiest if you have the code that was Enter New Long Term Key displayed or entered during device pairing The code is what is used to generate the LTK Under LE Encryption enter the code in the Enter New PIN OOB data text box Enter New PIN OOB data b Just Works is more of a challenge because you must know the LTK that is created at the time of pairing and Current Long Term Key identification of an encrypted link e If your device was previously used in an encrypted capture session the device information
319. ify the name a slow double click 3 Select OK to initiate the changes The changes that have been made will not fully take effect for any views already open Closing and reopening the views will cause the name change to take effect 4 Torestore the default values click the Set Defaults button 7 1 4 Timestamping Timestamping is the process of precise recording in time of packet arrival Timestamps is an optional parameter in the Frame Display and Event Display that can assist in troubleshooting a network link 7 1 4 1 Timestamping Options The Timestamping Options window allows you to enable or disable timestamping and change the resolution of the timestamps for both capture and display purposes To open this window Choose Set Timestamp Format from the Options menu on the Frame Display and Event Display window or click on the Timestamping Option ga icon in the Event Display toolbar The Timestamping Options window will open 290 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Timestamping Options Store Timestamps This item takes effect immediately Capture Options storage Resolution 0 50 Microseconds high resolution 7 Cancel Note 1 To apply resolution changes you must restart the program Help Note 2 Finer resolutions increase the capture file size Click Help for more information on how timestamps affect sistem performance Display Options Display Raw Timestamp V
320. ile Mode cece cece ccc cece eee ec eee eeceeeeeeeeees 284 Figure 7 2 Advanced System Options dialog 2 22 eo e eee ceece eee cece cece cece eeeeeees 286 Figure 7 3 Start Up Options dialog _ 2 22 a 287 Figure 7 4 Fle LOCAtiIONnS dialog aaa cenctalencuceeatadel ba ka N UNO DL ceuaseterseudeetceuiedeseaseuseds 288 Figure 7 5 File Locations Browse dialog a 288 Figure 7 6 Example Side Names Where Slave and Master are current 290 XIX Chapter 1 ComProbe Hardware amp Software Frontline Test Equipment ComProbe family of protocol analyzers work with the following technologies e Classic Bluetooth e Bluetooth low energy e Dual Mode Bluetooth simultaneous Classic and low energy e Bluetooth Coexistence with 802 11 e Bluetooth HCI USB SD High Speed UART e NFC e 802 11 Wi Fi e SD e USB e HSU High Speed UART The ComProbe hardware interfaces with your computer that is running our robust software engine called the ComProbe Protocol Analysis System or ComProbe software Whether you are sniffing the air or connecting directly to the chip Frontline analyzers use the same powerful ComProbe software to help you test troubleshoot and debug communications faster ComProbe software is an easy to use and powerful protocol analysis platform Simply use the appropriate ComProbe hardware or write your own proprietary code to pump communicatio
321. imeline Visual Elements The low energy Timeline consists of the following visual elements e Time Markers Time markers indicated by vertical blue lines are shown at 1 25 ms intervals The markers are provided to help visualize the timescale and are also useful when using dual mode chips that do BR EDR and LE at the same time Time markers snap to the beginning of the first data packet by default but they can be snapped to the beginning or end of any packet by right clicking on a packet and selecting Align Time Marker to Beginning of Packet or Align Time Marker to End of Packet All other markers will shift relative to that new reference point Oxdesobed6 a bc maana ferret creatinga new reference point for allother markers OxafSab45e Marker Interval 1 25ms Figure 4 56 Timeline Markers Shown Snapped to End of Packet e Timestamp The beginning and ending timestamp for each segment is displayed beneath each segment When showing multiple segments the beginning timestamp is the same as the ending timestamp of the 150 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual previous segment In addition to the timestamps the segment information bar shows the zoom value in the center of the bar 37 900 mg SE GFA me D ACT mo YT 307 me 17 DAG mg af PO TF 2 302 MG 1 oP FS ed hap il 21 ot N3 OxSe89bed6 32 O03 moo SC C00 mo O 425 mo nG oo Bara OO rme 20 202 ME 2a oo Mg 19 482 ms 26 951 ms 2 000 Mg
322. in CF 1 BAKA Non Captured Info i Channel Index 38 2426 MHz LE BB LE PKT LE ADY Meets Predefined Filter Criteria for BT low energy devices Receive Status Received without errors 802 11 Radio 802 11 MAC LLC 802 2 SNAP 802 11 AMP 802 1X L2CAP OBEX FTP Data pp Frame Display Connection Filter 802 11 All BTAmp80211FTPwLE cfa m o Se File Edit View Format Filter Bookmarks Options Window Help G Aa YE SS DI O MAS hh 3 No frame selected neo E 8 2 O D Find x A 13 yy Summary mo Ag CET ino Erors pa B Frame ASCII Hex Fram Delta Timestamp 3 E 1 660 109 00 00 41 1 4 10 2012 3 55 10 85203 E Figure 4 43 Connection Filter selecting All 802 11 frames front 4 4 1 13 3 Protocol Filtering from the Frame Display 4 4 1 13 3 1 Quick Filtering on a Protocol Layer On the Frame Display click the Quick Filtering icon NG or select Quick Filtering from the Filter menu This opens a dialog that lists all the protocols discovered so far The protocols displayed change depending on the data received 121 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Quick Filtering and Hiding Protocols Protocols To Filter In Protocols To Hide Named Filters All Frames With Errors All But the Last Layer Filter0 All Frames With Information All Frames With Information Filter a AYDTP AVDTP Filter2 AVDTP Signaling JAVDTP Signaling 5C
323. in the new stack you need to reframe in order for the protocol decode to be correct See Reframing on page 76 Removes start of frame and end of frame markers from your data SeeUnframing on page 76 Recreate This option is available when you are working with decoders If Companion File you change a decoder while working with data you can recreate the frm file the companion file to the cfa file Recreating the frm file helps ensure that the decoders will work properly Reload Decoders a The plug ins are reset and received frames are decoded again 14 Chapter 2 Getting Started ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 2 3 Control Window File Menu Selections continued Live amp Open Capture File Opens a Windows Open file dialog at the default location Capture Public Documents Frontline Test Equipment My Capture File Files Capture files have a cfa extension Saves the current capture or capture file Opens a Windows Save As dialog at the default location Public Documents Frontline Test Equipment My Capture Files Exit ComProbe Shuts down the ComProbe Protocol Analysis System and all Protocol Analysis open system windows System Recent capture files A list of recently opened capture files will appear The View menu selections will vary depending on the ComProbe analyzer in use 25 lt ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 2 Getting Started Table 2 4 Control Window View Menu Selectio
324. including LTK can be found in the Device Database tab Figure 24 BPA 600 datasource Encryption Key Entry e Inadesign and development environment the LTK is often known beforehand e Capture of Host Controller Interface HCI events using ComProbe HSU can reveal the LTK which is contained in the HCI Link Key Request Reply command HCI capture is through direct connection to the device host controller The information obtained in a direct connection can later be used in a wireless encrypted capture session that requires prior knowledge of encryption keys 5 To start capture click on the Start Sniffing button on the BPA 600 datasource toolbar 336 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual A 5 7 2 Use Frame Display to View Encryption Decryption Process A 5 7 2 1 Security Manager Protocol The Security Manager Protocol SMP controls the process for pairing and key distribution The results of a pairing Appendicies and key distribution can be observed in the ComProbe software Frame Display Activate the Frame Display by clicking on the icon on the Control window toolbar On the Frame Display low energy protocols are shown in light green tabs Click on the SMP protocol tab that will show only the SMP commands from the full data set SMP Code Farg Request ID Capabiihes Keybos Dp DOB data Bag DOB Suuthentcahon data noi presen J Auth sy Bonding Flags Bonding MITH MITH Piotecbon Yea Mason Encepphon Key See 16 Octets riista
325. ing one of the timelines doesn t change the packet range or count This packet range matches the packet range shown above the viewport in the Throughput Graph as it must since the viewport defines the time range used by the timelines When no packets are in the time range each of the two packet numbers is drawn with an arrow to indicate the next packet in each direction and can be clicked on to navigate to that packet the packet number changes color when the mouse pointer is placed on it in this case eA arrow points to the next packet when no packets are in the time range 15T Fan arrowed packet number changes color when the mouse pointer is on it Clicking navigates to that packet The header shows information for packets that are selected The footer shows the beginning ending timestamps and visible duration of the timelines The i buttons bring up channel information windows which describe channel details for each technology They make for interesting reading 185 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 802 11 5 GHz Only channels with a base value of 5 GHz and spacings of either 20 or 40 MHz are shown here Due to space limitations each channel is drawn with fied spacing Instead of being spaced relative to its distance from other channels as is done with 2 4 GHz channels with the exception of 802 11 channel 14 Figure 4 93 5 GHz information window Bluetooth Classic There are 79 C
326. inition at the top of the dialog To display another filter click the Open 2 icon and select the filter from the pop up list of all the saved filters 2 Editthe desired parameter of the condition Because the required fields for a condition statement depend upon previously selected parameters the Set Condition dialog box may display additional fields that were not present in the original filter In the event this occurs continue to enter the requested parameters in the fields provided until the condition statement is complete 3 Click OK The system displays the Save Named Condition dialog Ensure that the filter name is displayed in the text box at the top of the dialog and click OK If you choose to create an additional filter 114 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual then provide a new name for the filter condition or accept the default name provided by the system and click OK The Set Condition dialog box closes and the system applies the modified filter Note When a display filter is applied a description of the filter appears to the right of the toolbar in H the Frame Display windows Note The OK button on the Set Condition dialog box is unavailable grayed out until the H condition selections are complete Deleting a Condition in a Filter If a display filter has two or more conditions you can delete conditions If there is only one condition set in the filter you must delete the
327. ion you need to exit the analyzer and restart in order for the H change to take effect 7 1 4 3 1 Performance Issues with High Resolution Timestamp There are two things to be aware of when using high resolution timestamps The first is that high resolution timestamps take up more space in the capture file because more bits are required to store the timestamp Also more timestamps need to be stored than at normal resolutions The second issue is that using high resolution timestamping may affect performance on slower machines For example if 10 bytes of data are captured in 10 milliseconds at a rate of 1 byte per millisecond and the timestamp resolution is 10 milliseconds then only one timestamp needs to be stored for the 10 bytes of data If the resolution is 1 millisecond then 10 timestamps need to be stored one for each byte of data If you have two capture files both of the same size but one was captured using normal resolution timestamping and the other using high resolution the normal resolution file has more data events in it because less room is used to store timestamps You can increase the size of your capture file in the System Settings 7 1 4 4 Switching Between Relative and Absolute Time With Timestamping you can choose to employ Relative Time or Absolute time 1 Choose System Settings from the Options menu on the Control window and click the Timestamping Options button or click the click the Timestamping Options icon f3 fr
328. isplay 113 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 1 Select Hide Show Display Filters from the Filter menu in the Frame Display window to open the Hide Show Filters dialog The system displays the Hide Show Filters dialog with a list of all user defined filters 2 Select the filter to be revealed from the combo box 3 Click the Show button 4 Click OK The Hide Show Filters dialog box closes and the system reveals the filter in the Frame Display You can also open the Quick Filter dialog and check the box next to the hidden filter to show or hide a display filter Hamed Filters Filter ASC E Filter Filter Filter Hole Slave SCO link Supported Filter Figure 4 34 Using Named Filters Section of Quick Filters to Show Hide Filters Note When you have multiple Frame Display windows with a display filter or filters those filter do 4 not automatically appear in other Frame Display windows You must use the Hide Show dialog to display a filter created in one Frame Display in different Frame Display window 4 4 1 13 1 7 Editing Filters Modifying a Condition in a Filter 1 Click the Display Filters icon Y on the Frame Set Condition Display D window or select Apply Modify Display Pd Curent Ache Condition Filter Filters ASCI 3 Filters from the Filter menu to open the Set Condition dialog box The Set Condition dialog box displays the current filter def
329. ity is an error Eat aaa aa Pt bi cg a i et pM ARARPBaaAUANmAaaJ p ma _ aqaa T EE mining Packet Koran JATA kiyai A 1 NG A al a TERRI Sa pip LANI Fra paira NN a a T r A Figure 4 96 A negative discontinuity 187 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Waaa Peke Panga i Paes CO 15 ma ide PA maba PUGON HEH ALAT PA Figure 4 97 A positive discontinuity When there are one or more discontinuities the actual time encompassed by the visible timeline differs from the zoom level duration that would apply in the absence of any discontinuities The actual time referred to as absolute time is shown followed by abs The zoom level duration referred to as relative time is shown followed by rel When there are no discontinuities relative and absolute time are the same and a single value is shown Selected Packets 477 475 Gap 7199545 Timestamp Delta 7 20011 Spam 7 20038 Figure 4 98 Timeline header with discontinuity 15 625 ms rel 7 21484 s abs Figure 4 99 Timeline duration footer with discontinuity For example the timeline above has a zoom level duration of 15 625 ms the relative time shown in the footer But the discontinuity graphic consumes the width of a Bluetooth slot 625 us and that area is 7 19984 s of absolute time as shown by the Gap value in the header So the absolute time is 7 21484 s Zoom level duration Bluetooth slot duration
330. k you can use the Find function or other navigation methods to locate and move among them 5 2 1 Adding Modifying or Deleting a Bookmark You can add modify or delete a bookmarks from Frame Display and Event Display Add 1 Select the frame or event you want to bookmark 2 There are three ways to access the Add Bookmark dialog a Select Add or Modify Bookmark from the Bookmarks menu on the Frame Display and Event Display b Select the Add or Modify Bookmark a icon on one of the toolbars or c Right click on the frame event and choosing Add Bookmark 3 In the dialog box add a comment up to 84 characters in the text box to identify the bookmark 4 Click OK Once you create a bookmark it will be saved with the rest of the data in the cfa file When you open a cfa file the bookmarks are available to you 267 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data Modify 1 Select the frame or event with the bookmark to be edited 2 There are three ways to access the Add Modfy Bookmark dialog a Select Add or Modify Bookmark from the Bookmarks menu on the Frame Display and Event Display b Select the Add or Modify Bookmark Li icon on one of the toolbars or c Right click on the frame event and choosing Modify Bookmark on the selection 3 Change the comment in the dialog box 4 Click OK The edited bookmark will be saved as a part of the cfa file 5 You can also select Display All Book
331. key is generated solely on the slave device and then during pairing is distributed to a master device that wants to establish an encrypted connection to that slave in the future Thus the long term key is transmitted over the air albeit encrypted with a one time key derived during the pairing process and discarded afterwards the so called short term key Unlike the link key this long term key is directional i e it is only used to for connections from the master to the slave referring to the roles of the devices during the pairing process If the devices also want to connect the other way round in the future the device in the master role during the pairing process also needs to send its own long term key to the device in the slave role during the pairing process also encrypted with the short term key of course so that the device which was in the slave during the pairing process can be a master in the future and connect to the device which was master during the pairing process but then would be in a slave role Since most simple LE devices are only ever slave and never master at all the second long term key exchange is optional during the pairing process Note If you use Copy Paste to insert the Long Term Key Frontline will auto correct remove H invalid white spaces to correctly format the key 3 Enter a PIN or out of band OOB value for Pairing This optional information offers alternative pairing methods One of two pieces
332. king the All Events icon UE i it 7A 4r 1f Nh 55 He This t the Event Pane Copy Selection to Clipboard Select Entire Frame Displaying all events means that special Change Text Highlight Color events such as Start of Frame End of Frame and any signal change events are displayed as special symbols within the data Mero ASM he Display All Events The status lines at the bottom of the pane give the same information as the status lines in the Event Display window This includes physical data errors control signal changes if appropriate and timestamps Because the Event pane displays the physical bytes rather than the logical bytes the data in the Event pane may be different from that in the Radix Binary and Character panes See Physical vs Logical Byte Display for more information Colors are used to show which protocol layer each byte belongs to The colors correspond to the layers listed in the Decode pane The Event Radix Binary Character and Decode panes are all synchronized with one another Clicking on an element in any one of the panes highlights the corresponding element in all the other panes 4 4 1 11 9 Change Text Highlight Color Whenever you select text in the Binary Radix or Character panes in Frame Display the text is displayed with a highlight color You can change the color of the highlight Select Color Text Highlight Color Selector 1 Select Change Text Highlight Color from
333. known CID Mar 31 2014 12 53 07 712976 PM N A AVDTP packet loss detected based on missing packet sequence number Mar 31 2014 12 53 13 742943 PM N A issing packet sequence number Mar 31 2014 12 53 15 385434 PM T A Ej 4 A E a a si a Ej EI ai A A ae ve o ve ve oe oe BI Bf oe ae oe el le 1 1 1 0 2 3 2 3 2 3 1 1 0 1 1 Figure 4 138 Event Table Several events can be selected by clicking and dragging over the events or by holding down the Shift key and clicking on events To select events that are not adjacent hold down the Ctrl key and click on the events When selecting multiple events the Wave Panels will not scroll to the selected events 241 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data The Event Table contains eight columns Table 4 37 Event Table Columns System generated sequential numbering of events Information provides information of interest but does not indicate a problem event Warning identifies a potential problem where further investigation may be appropriate Error identifies a definite problem A system generated ID that is assigned in the order that the audio streams are detected The ID is not maintained between captures for the same device with the same audio It identifies the Wave Panel where the event can be viewed The ID appears in the Audio Stream Info of the Wave Panel Bluetooth Events gene
334. l 323 A 4 Decrypting Encrypted Bluetooth data with ComProbe BPA 600 A 4 1 How Encryption Works in Bluetooth Bluetooth devices on an encrypted link share a common link key used to exchange encrypted data How that link key is created depends on the paring method Paring methods have evolved and changed throughout Bluetooth history The earlier legacy method was used up through Bluetooth 2 0 Improved and simpler pairing methods began with Bluetooth 2 1 and remain in the current version Bluetooth 4 0 For a Bluetooth sniffer to be able to decrypt the encrypted data it must also have this shared link key For obvious security reasons the link key is never sent over the air so either the user must get the key out of one of the devices being sniffed and supply the key to the sniffer or the sniffer must create the key itself A 4 2 Legacy Pairing Bluetooth 2 0 and earlier In legacy pairing this link key is derived from a shared PIN code the master s Bluetooth clock the master s BD_ ADDR and a random number that is passed between the two devices If the sniffer has all of this same data it can create the link key in the same way that the devices do The sequence of events used to create this key or pairing process is shown in the ComProbe software Frame Display below 324 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies AYDTP Signaling AYDTP Media Unfiltered Baseband Extended Inquiry Response LMP _ Bluetooth F
335. l stack from the list and click a Finish Bluetooth Virtual Transport with Auto traverse Most stacks are pre defined here If you have special requirements and need to set up a custom stack see Creating and Removing a Custom Stack on page 75 1 If you select a custom stack i e one that was defined by a user and not included with the analyzer the Remove Selected Item From List button becomes active 2 Click the Remove Selected Item From Listbutton to remove the stack from the list You cannot remove stacks provided with the analyzer If you remove a custom stack you need to define it again in order to get it back If you are changing the protocol stack for a capture file you may need to reframe See Reframing on page 76 for more information You cannot select a stack or change an existing one for a capture file loaded into the Capture File Viewer the Capture File Viewer is used only for viewing capture files and cannot capture data Protocol Stack changes can only be made from a live session 74 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 2 2 Creating and Removing a Custom Stack To create a custom stack sna PA 1 Choose Protocol Stack from the Select a protocol stack Options menu on the Control Build Your Own window or click the Protocol Stack 802 11 MAC 802 11 Radio icon on the Frame Display Air Sniffer 7 BlueCore Serial Protocol BCSP from Cambr
336. l your selected device address type appears LE Device Database Fields In the LE Device Database table the following columns appear Table 3 14 BPA 600 Datasource LE Device Database Fields i T A JU BD Addr The address of the Bluetooth low energy device BD Addr Type May be either Public or Random Public addresses are set to BD Adar Random is either a static or private address Static address is a 48 bit randomly generated address Private address is a 48 bit non resolvable address or resolvable address A resolvable address is generated using an IRK Identity Resolving Key Will appear when BD Addr Type is Random Private and Resolvable A IRK host device with a list of IRKs can search the list to identify a peer device that has previously authenticated with the host This field can be used to identify Bluetooth low energy devices that have previously authenticated A user added name for the device often used to make device identification easier during the analysis Can be any alpha numeric string 3 1 2 7 BPA 600 Information The BPA 600 Information dialog is one of the four tabs that appear when you first start ComProbe BPA 600 analyzer BPA 600 datasource File View BPA600 Help ei P HO Devices Under Test Device Database LE Device Database BPA 600 Information FBA20280 Refresh Device List Firmware Version BPA 600 268 17 Apr 14 BPA 600 0x28
337. larger than the allowable value indicated in the first field 3 Channel Map e Clear on Resync used to clear the map each time a re synchronization occurs e Send with Data allows you to send a map each time data is sent instead of just sending a map when changes occur 4 Other Features e Directed Classic Connection Applies to Classic Only Multiple Connections The default configuration for Classic Only Multiple Connections is one master and two slaves The Directed Classic Connection allows for simultaneous sniffing of up to three masters and three slaves in any combination For example you can have one master with one slave along with a second master with two slaves or three one master one slave connections 1 Click to place a check in the Directed Classic Connection check box 2 Click OK The Advance Classic Settings dialog will close 3 In the Devices Under Test tab click on Classic Only Single Connection 4 In the Classic Device drop down lists select the address of the devices to be in your first link Then right click anywhere in save to Link 1 the dialog A link selector pop up will Save to Link 2 appear Click on Save to Link 1 The pop up will close Save to Link 3 Ni 4 View Directed Connections 5 Repeat the link selection process for each mi additional link 43 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 6 To review your saved links right click and select View Directed Connecctions All of
338. lassic channels Each channel is 1 MHz wide and has the indicated center frequency Channels do not overlap 0 2402 MHz 1 2403 MHz 2 2404 MHz 3 2405 MHz 4 2406 MHz 5 2407 MHz 6 2408 MHz 7 2409 MHz 8 2410 MHz 9 2411 MHz 10 2412 MHz 11 2413 MHz 12 2414 MHz 13 2415 MHz 14 2416 MHz 15 2417 MHz 16 2418 MHz 17 2419 MHz 18 2420 MHz 19 2421 MHz 20 2422 MHz 21 2423 MHz 22 2424 MHz 23 2425 MHz 24 2426 MHz 25 2427 MHz 26 2428 MHz 27 2429 MHz 28 2430 MHz 29 2431 MHz 30 2432 MHz 31 2433 MHz 32 2434 MHz 33 2435 MHz 34 2436 MHz 35 2437 MHz 36 2438 MHz 37 2439 MHz 38 2440 MHz 39 2441 MHz The row labels are placed at the center frequency of each channel Bluetooth low energy LE There are 40 LE channels Each channel is 2 MHz wide and has the indicated center frequency Channels do not overlap Channels 0 through 36 are Data channels Channels 37 through 39 are Advertising channels 37 2402 MHz D 2404 MHz 1 2406 MHz 2 2408 MHz 3 2410 MHz 4 2412 MHz 5 2414 MHz 6 2416 MHz 7 2418 MHz 8 2420 MHz 9 2422 MHz 10 2424 MHz 38 2426 MHz 11 2428 MHz 12 2430 MHz 13 2432 MHz 14 2434 MHz 15 2436 MHz 16 2438 MHz 17 2440 MHz The row labels are placed at the center frequency of each channel 802 11 2 4 GHz In the 802 11 2 4 GHz frequency range there are 11 channels in the USA 13 in Europe and 14 in
339. lay A hidden filter can be reapplied using the Show Hide procedure Deleting Saved Display Filters 1 Select Delete Display Filters from the Filter menu in the Frame Display window to Delete Named Conditions open the Delete Named Condition dialog p The system displays the Delete Named he0 Cancel Condition dialog with a list of all user defined i Delete filters Hep 2 Select the filter to be deleted from the list 3 Click the Delete button 4 Click OK The Delete Named Condition dialog box closes and the system deletes the filter Hiding and Revealing Display Filters If a display filter is showing the following steps will hide that filter but will not delete it 1 Select Hide Show Display Filters from the Filter menu on the Frame Display O window to open the Hide Show Filters dialog The system displays the Hide Show Baga Filters dialog with a list of all user ndude each frame where the protocol Data field ASCII Contains the Substring defined filters EB i 2 Select the filter to be hidden from the Cancel Help combo box 3 Click the Hide button The Hide button is only showing if the selected filter is currently showing in the Frame Display 4 Click OK The Hide Show Filters dialog box closes and the system hides the filter and removes the filter tab from the Frame Display If a display filter is hidden the following steps will reveal that filter in the Frame D
340. lay Displays an overlay graph of the instantaneous bit rate for the audio stream in each Wave Panel Export Data Exports audio data in raw and or wav format for selected Wave Panels or all the Wave Panels This button also lets user export Event Table data in csv format Refer to Waveform Export Audio Data for more details Help Opens ComProbe software help 233 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 33 Global Toolbar Controls continued ee re Collapse Expand Toggles between collapsing and expanding all Wave Panels Note that the Wave Panel Local Controls Collapse Expand control will locally override the Global Toolbar Collapse Expand control 4 6 5 2 Wave Panel The Stream Panel is where the details of the captured audio stream are presented The Stream Panel displays the captured audio waveform along with an event timeline that displays discrete Bluetooth Codec and Audio events synchronized to the captured waveform Audio Stream Info Local Controls 7 alala is Seno 03 39 35 351 PM 03 39 35 457 PM 03 39 35 564 PM 03 39 35 671 PM 03 39 35 778 PM Linear Linear leli P Audio Waveform Event Timeline Figure 4 126 Wave Panel The Wave Panel contains four sections 1 Audio Stream Info that provides users with information such as sample rate bit sample codec and DUT Device Under Test addresses 2 Local Controls include au
341. layed in dark red The number of Retransmitted Packets and percentage of Retransmitted packets in relationship to total packets for the channel is displayed in yellow Total packets and Total percentage is displayed in light blue For Bluetooth low energy The number of Packets with No Errors and percentage of packets with No Errors in relationship to total packets for the channel is displayed in green The number of Packets with CRC Errors and percentage of packets with CRC Errors in relationship to total packets for the channel is displayed in dark red Total packets and Total percentage is displayed in light blue For a description of the Channel Not Available symbol see PER Stats Channel 4 5 4 Packet Error Rate Additional Statistics This Additional Statistics section of PER Stats displays MHZ information about selected packets duration and Y Axis max and it also has two controls e Selecting MHz On displays the megahertz value for Duration Per Bar in Scrollbar each channel in the main channels chart and also in the expanded chart Selected Packets Selected Duration Channel Graph Y Axis Max Saro BAK Pata KANA e Selecting MHZ of removes the megahertz value Selected Packets displays the packet range selected in the Scroll Bar This includes inapplicable Inapplicable packets include Wi Fi packets Sniffer Debug packets any packets that are not relevant to PER Stats Inapplicable packets do not app
342. lays it in the Timeline Performs the same function as the Ga Previous Packet Retransmitted Packet button Next When clicked selects the next retransmitted packet from the current selection and Retransmitted displays it in the Timeline Performs the same function as the Next Retransmitted Packet Packet Previous When clicked selects the first prior invalid B uetooth low energy IFS packet from the Invalid IFS current selection and displays it in the Timeline Performs the same function as the Ga Packet Previous Invalid IFS Packet button Next Invalid When clicked selects the next invalid Bluetooth low energy IFS packet from the current IFS Packet selection and displays it in the Timeline Performs the same function as the Bp Next Invalid IFS Packet button Previous When clicked selects the first prior packet Ctrl Left Arrow Error Packet with an error from the current selection and displays it in the Timeline Performs the same function as the a Previous Error Packet button Next Error When clicked selects the next packet with an Ctr Right Arrow Packet error from the current selection and displays it in the Timeline Performs the same function as the gt Next Error Packet button 163 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 16 Coexistence View Navigate Menu Selections continued Selection Description First Legend When clicked selects the first legend
343. le called reference file or test file provided by Frontline whose contents are already known to the ComProbe software The software compares the parameters of the received audio data against its parameters and presents analysis for the user Commonly in Bluetooth technology the music sent via A2DP and speech sent via HFP There are a few ways users can conduct referenced mode testing depending upon what profile they are using The figure 17 shows the source of the audio and the medium through which it can be accessed by Source device to send to sink device via Bluetooth 216 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual slope 4 Dia Sent Oe eng ee eeeh INO als A file stored Play the locally stored file onthe Play using the third a Rep onthe audio source device that transmits music data on device s local HFP memory Streaming Play the test ina browser on the Make a call to 434 964 1407 or audio overa audio source device 434 964 1304 through a cellular cellular oid network The phone number network https youtu be rmirD bikriM receiving the call playbacks recorded test signal Streaming Play the test in a browser on the Make a call to 434 964 1407 or audio overa audio source device 434 964 1304 through a VoIP Wi Fi network a provider such as Skype The https youtu be rmirD bikrtM phone number receiving the call playbacks recorded test signal Potential problem The VoIP provider might
344. lect this checkbox and the system creates a shortcut for the selected method and places it in the Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System lt version gt desktop folder and in the start menu when you click the Run button This function allows you the option to create a shortcut icon that can be placed on the desktop In the future simply double click the shortcut to start the analyzer in the associated protocol Supporting Documentation The Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System directory contains supporting documentation for development Automation DecoderScript application notes user documentation Quick Start Guides and User Manual and maintenance tools 2 2 2 BPA 600 Data Capture Methods ComProbe Protocol Analysis System has different data capture methods to accommodate various applications Select Data Capture Method a i Classic oa energy Aa Srdhing Classic low energy As Srulfing 9 Combined Connection Classic Aow energy J Virtual Sring 3 FTS Side GD IEEE1I073 e BR EDR low energy Air Sniffing e This method requires one ComProbe BPA 600 and is used to capture combined BR EDR and Bluetooth low energy data e Used for typical applications to capture Classic Bluetooth and Bluetooth low energy data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 2 Getting Started e Modes include e LE Only Bluetooth low energy only e Classic Only Single Connection e Dual Mode Classic Bluetooth and Bluetooth low energ
345. led devices under test turned on and identified in BPA 600 datasource it is time to sniff the communication between the devices and capture data Once you have completed the Devices Under Test selection you are ready to capture data 1 Select Start Sniffing on the Datasource dialog from the toolbar Figure 4 5 K3 BPA 600 datasource File View BPA 600 Help kS D Y i St a rt E N Sniffing Figure 4 5 Start Sniffing from Datasource Toolbar 2 Begin the pairing process between the devices Only if you are using Classic or Classic low energy Low energy by itself does not require that devices be paired As data is being captured the Capture Status message in the Control window indicates the synchronization status of the ComProbe BPA 600 analyzer as well as the Master Slave relationship The colored arrows change depending on the synchronization state and the direction of the arrow points from Master arrow tail to Slave arrow head There are five states Table 4 1 BPA 600 Roleless Arrows Blue synchronized with the Master clock link active Green running and waiting for Master to connect to the Slave A double headed arrow means that the master and slave have yet to be determined Red initializing or halted A double headed arrow means that the master and slave have yet to be determined Yellow waiting for the Master to resume transmission Gray synchronized with the Master clock
346. lement e Th poun E AE z e bottom of the graph shows a beginning time and an ending time faaconts allina The beginning time is relative to the start of the session and initially seconds 0 When packets start wrapping out it becomes the relative time offset of the first available packet The ending time is always the total time of the session e Discontinuities are indicated by vertical dashed lines e Agreen view port indicates the time range corresponding to the visible slots in the timeline The view port can be moved by clicking elsewhere in the graph or by dragging Whenever it is moved the timeline scrolls to match When the slot range in the timeline changes the view port moves and resizes as necessary to match e The Swap button switches the position of the Timeline and the Throughput graph e Show Running Average Selecting this check box shows a running average in the Throughput Over Time graph as an orange line e Show slave LT ADDR Selecting this checkbox displays the Slave LT ADDR in the timeline row labels Comparison with the Coexistence View Throughput Graph 135 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data The throughput graphs for Classic Bluetooth in the Coexistence View and the Bluetooth Timeline can look quite different even though they are plotting the same data The reason is that the Coexistence View uses timestamps while the Bluetooth Timeline u
347. lly Request Missing Decoding Information 77 Automatically Restart 283 Automatically Restart Capturing After Clear Capture Buffer 283 Automatically Save Imported Capture Files 283 Autotraversal 75 77 AVDTP 49 51 52 AVDTP Override Decode Information 52 Average Throughput Indicators Average Throughput Selected 134 Average_Throughput_Indicators 133 B Baudot 84 282 Baudot Codes 297 Begin Sync Character Strip 86 Binary 83 255 Binary Pane 105 BL 299 Bluetooth Timeline 123 Audio Expert System 247 Bookmarks 267 268 Boolean 110 115 BPA 600 9 10 21 24 25 28 30 34 37 38 Broken Frame 85 BS 299 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual BT Snoop File Format 294 BT Timeline Legend 138 Btsnoop 294 Buffer 272 283 Buffer Overflow 283 Buffer File Options 283 Byte 81 83 106 297 Searching 258 byte export 98 C Calculating Data Rates and Delta Times 81 Capture Buffer 272 283 285 Capture Buffer Size 283 Capture File 66 272 275 283 285 auto save imported files 283 capture to a series of files 283 capture to one file 283 changing default location of 287 changing max size of 283 285 framing captured data 76 importing 275 loading 274 reframing 76 removing framing markers 76 saving 272 273 starting capture to file 66 Capturing 66 Data to Disk 66 CFA file 273 274 Changing Default File Locations 287 356 Appendicies Character 255 298 Character Pane 105 Character Set 84 297 298 Choosing a Data Capture M
348. lowing code for BPA 600 define HCI LINK KEY 1000 HWND nHandle FindWindow NULL BPA 600 datasource if nHandle 0 COPYDATASTRUCT ds enum EncryptionKeySize 16 sizeAddressDevice 6 BYTE abytAddressDevice1 sizeAddressDevice 0x12 0x34 0x56 0x78 Ox9a Oxbc LSB gt MSB BYTE abytAddressDevice2 sizeAddress Device 0x21 0x43 0x65 0x87 0xa9 Oxcb BYTE abytLinkKey EncryptionKeySize Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff Oxff ds cbData sizeAddress Device sizeAddressDevice EncryptionKeySize ds dwData HCI_LINK_KEY BYTE bytData sizeAddressDevice sizeAddressDevice EncryptionKeySize memcpy amp bytData amp abytAddressDevice sizeAddressDevice memcpy amp bytData sizeAddressDevice amp abytAddressDevice2 sizeAddressDevice memcpy amp bytData sizeAddressDevice sizeAddress Device 4abytLinkKey EncryptionKey Size ds IpData amp bytData SendMessage nHandle WM COPYDATA WPARAM GetSafeHwnd LPARAM amp ds 3 1 2 5 BPA 600 Device Database The Device Database contains information about all the Classic Bluetooth and Bluetooth low energy devices that have been discovered or entered by the user y KJ BPA 600 datasource File View BPA600 Help aPFHO Devices Under Test Device Database LE Device Database BPA 600 information ADDR Friendly Name Services Class of Device Service COD Paired
349. lp GZ AHS YY ezt GD WO LAS bun LA I ano din TEAs Ho EB COCO bil a BRA HCI Packet Type Event Packet Unfiltered Configured BT low energy devices Errors E HCI HCI UART L2CAP SDP RFCOMM AVDTP AVDTP Signaling Packet from Controller AYDTP Media Hands Free A2DP B HCI Event Event Link Key Notification B Framett Type Opcode Opcode Command Event 2 Total Length 23 TA d Bluetooth Device Address 0x00 1d 43 00 14 d9 243 Event Ox042c User Contirmation Request Re Command Complete LAP Ox00 14 d9 244 Event Simple Pairing Complete UAP Ox43 245 Event Link Key Notification NAP Ox00 1d Event Authentication Complete Link Key Oxa0 f9 eb 9d Da d9 56 78 f8 bb 08 c7 Ba ee 64 49 Event Connection Packet Type Link Key Types Unauthenticated Combination Key ACL Data Event Number Of Completed Pac m gt Total Frames 1 723 Frames FilteredIn 1 723 Frame s Selected 245 1 total 16 bytes For Help Press F1 Figure 11 Frame Display Showing Link Key Notification Event with the Link Key Author John Trinkle with Joe Skupniewitz Publish Date 30 September 2014 317 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies 318 A 3 Bluetooth Conductive Testing Isolating the Environment Conductive testing could be used for many reasons but the most common use is to isolate the Bluetooth test setup from the surrounding environment Interference from radio
350. lyzer to hear the conversation If the analyzer is far away from DUTs there are chances that the analyzer may miss those frames which could lead to failure in decryption of the data Obstacles in close proximity to or in between the analyzer and the DUTs can interfere and cause reduction in signal strength or interference Even small objects can cause signal scattering 65 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data a pa os ne F Figure 4 3 Example Poor Capture Environment 4 1 2 Capturing Data to Disk General Procedure S Note Capture is not available in Viewer mode 1 Click the Start Capture button to begin capturing to a file This icon is located on the Control Event Display and Frame Display windows 2 Files are placed in My Capture Files by default and have a cfa extension Choose Directories from the Options menu on the Control window to change the default file location Note For the Dashboard when you capture to series of files the window displays the data from the beginning of the first capture even when a new file in the series is created This is H because the Dashboard is a Session Monitor which means that even if you capture to a series of files the data from the first file is always displayed The display does not refresh when a new capture file in a series is created 3 Watch the status bar on the Control window to monitor how full the file is When th
351. m Test ID tones and the tones in test file sequences for Referenced Mode are generally recorded with a maximum tone segment level of 3 dBFS although there are a few exceptions where signal levels may be as high as 1 dBFS Figure 4 122 Test 1 02 44 1kHz 16Bit wav Waveform Show in the image above is a graphic of the overall envelope of the Reference Audio test file Test 1 02 44 1kHz_16Bit wav Test 1 02 is a test file that enables a wide range of tests that includes a number amplitude changes frequency changes intentional silence and multi frequency tone segments Its goal is to flush out the audio chain s general ability to convey amplitude frequency silence and duration The ideal calibration for this file is one where the waveform visualization on Frontline s Expert System User Interface UI looks identical to the one shown below with respect to maximum levels In particular there are three segments in this test whose peaks are at exactly 6 dBFS That is there is zero loss or gain through the chain 219 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 25 Test 1 02 6 dBFS Segments These 6 dBFS segments are described in the Test 1 02 6dBFS Segments table These segments serve as a convenient and quick visual indicator that levels are appropriate especially the longer 3rd case which is evident at the 4 999 second reference time of the above image a little over 2 3
352. m command and if it is correct will generate a Sconfirm value using the same methods as used to generate Mconfirm only with different 128 bit random number and TK The responding device will send a Pairing Confirm command to the initiator and if accepted the authentication Mrand process is complete The random number in the Mconfirm and Sconfirm data is Mrand and Srand respectively Mrand and Srand have a key role in setting encrypting the link Finally the master and slave devices exchange Mrand and Srand so that the slave can calculate and verify Mconfirm and the master can Figure 20 Message Sequence Chart likewise calculate and verify Sconfirm SMP Pairing A 5 4 Encrypting the Link The Short Term Key STK is used for encrypting the link the first time the two devices pair STK remains in each device on the link and is not transmitted between devices STK is formed by combining Mrand and Srand which were formed using device information and TKs exchanged with Pairing Confirmation Pairing Confirm A 5 5 Encryption Key Generation and Distribution To distribute the LTK EDIV and Rand values an LE LL encrypted session needs to be set up The Control Pkt LL ENC REO initiator will use STK to enable encryption on the Random vector Rand 0x27 c02ib15512909 link Once an encrypted link is set up the LTK is Enciypted diversiher EDN Ox838e distributed LTK is a 128 bit random number that Master session key identiher SKO Mm Dx2
353. m the direction box The left arrow filters on all frames where the top node address is the destination the right arrow filters on all frames where the top node address is the source and the double arrow filters on all frames where the top node address is either the source or the destination 6 Ifyou want to filter on just one node address skip step 7 and continue with step 8 7 Ifyou want to filter on traffic going between two address nodes i e a conversation select a node address from the second Address combo box 8 Click OK The Set Condition dialog box closes and the analyzer applies the filter When a display filter is applied a description of the filter appears to the right of the toolbar in the Frame Display windows 112 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual A Note The OK button is unavailable grayed out until the condition selections are complete 4 4 1 13 1 6 The Difference Between Deleting and Hiding Display Filters If you wish to remove a filter from the system permanently then use the Delete procedure However if all you want to do is remove a filter as a means to un clutter the display then use the Hide procedure Deleting a saved filter removes the filter from the current session and all subsequent sessions In order to retrieve a deleted filter the user must recreate it using the Set Conditions dialog Hiding a filter merely removes the filter from the disp
354. marks O from the Frame Display and Event Display toolbar or the Bookmarks menu the Find window will open on the Bookmark tab Select the bookmark you want to modify and click the Modify button Change the comment in the dialog box and click OK Delete 1 Select the frame or event with the bookmark to be deleted 2 There are three ways to access the Add Modfy Bookmark dialog a Select Add or Modify Bookmark from the Bookmarks menu on the Frame Display and Event Display b Select the Add or Modify Bookmark a 1 icon on one of the toolbars or c Right click on the frame event and choosing Modify Bookmark on the selection 3 Click on the Delete button The bookmark will be deleted 4 You can also select Display All Bookmarks O from the Frame Display and Event Display toolbar or the Bookmarks menu the Find window will open on the Bookmark tab Select the bookmark you want to delete and click the Delete button 5 2 2 Displaying All and Moving Between Bookmarks There are three ways to move between bookmarks 1 Press the F2 key to move to the next frame or event with a bookmark 2 Select Go to Next Bookmark from the Bookmarks menu 3 Click the Display All Bookmarks icon Ll Select the bookmark you want to move to and click the Go To button or simply double click on the bookmark Click the Move Forward and Move Back buttons to cycle through the bookmarks 268 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA
355. me from 10 minutes ago or less is decoded Find Search for errors string patterns special events and more Display Capture Notes Brings up the Capture Notes window where you can view or add notes to the capture file Add Modify Bookmark Add a new or modify an existing bookmark Display All Bookmarks Shows all bookmarks and lets you move between bookmarks Bluetooth Timeline Opens the Bluetooth Timeline lad Coexistence View Opens the Coexistence View Fil low energy Timeline Opens the low 7 energy Timeline 91 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 5 Frame Display Toolbar Icons continued Extract Data Opens the Extract Data ka dialog Bluetooth low energy Packet Error Rate Statistics Opens the Packet Error Rate Statistics display Bluetooth Classic Packet Error Rate Statistics Opens the Packet Error Rate Statistics display Audio Expert System Opens Audio Expert System Window Reload Decoders When Reload Decoders is clicked the plug ins are reset and received frames are re decoded For example If the first frame occurs more than 10 minutes in the past the 10 minute utilization graph stays blank until a frame from 10 minutes ago or less is decoded Filter Text giving the filter currently in use If no filter is being used the text reads All Frames which means that Filter nothing is filtered out To see the text of the entire
356. mes Filtered In 6 017 Frame s Selected 1 1 total Figure 4 41 Front Display Filtered on Access Address Ox8e89bed6 In the figure above is an example Bluetooth low energy data set connection filtered on Access Address Ox8e89bedb The Frame Display in the front is the filtered data set One way to note the difference between the original and the filtered display is to observe the Protocol Tabs In the filtered display there are four low energy protocol tabs as compared to nine in the original display This access address connection is not using five of the protocols From any open Frame display the user can set another Connection Filter based on the original data set Display Example 2 All 802 11 data filtered in In this example there is a capture file with Classic Bluetooth Bluetooth low energy and 802 11 To view just the 802 11 data set 802 11 All is selected from the right click pop up menu 120 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual O Frame Display BTAmp80211FTPwLE cfa File Edit View Format Filter Bookmarks Options Window Help 2 6 YFSZMDILUTL NE rem OE amp Cooo RR P ser iow LE AD Ad wD ata Field Tromeated or blot Present Unfiltered Info Errors o This is the Decode Pane Baseband LMP PreConnection FHS Bluetooth FHS L2CAP AMP Manager SDP OBEX FTP Non Captured Info LE BB LE PKT LE ADY aah 802 1 Badio 202 11MAC
357. mett r Trans ID Param L UUID Svc Handle tam Delta Clock Ox00009cd8 Packet Status OK ral R yey i FLOW Go 10 054 ave earch Attrib Resp 00 00 00 C TYPE DH1 10 102 ave earch Attrib Requ 00 00 00 4 LT ADDR 1 10 104 aster earch Attrib Resp 00 00 00 C SEDN 0 10 134 ave earch Attrib Requ 00 00 00 7 ARON 0 10 135 aster earch Attrib Resp 00 00 00 C _ Total Frames 28 707 Frames Filtered In 18 Frame s Selected 10 053 1 total For Help Press Fl Figure 4 28 Summary pane right with Tooltip on Column 5 Tran ID Sides in Bluetooth low energy A Bluetooth low energy data connection consists of connection events which are a series of transmissions on the same channel In each connection event the master transmits first then the slave and then the devices take turns until the connection event is finished When the data connection is encrypted and the packets are successfully decrypted the sniffer can determine exactly who sent which packet only non empty encrypted packets empty packets are never encrypted These packets are labeled either M for master or S for slave When the data connection is unencrypted or when encrypted packets are not successfully decrypted by the sniffer the sniffer cannot distinguish the two devices master and slave packets by their content just by the packet timing In those cases we label each device as side 1 or 2 not as master
358. ming data again Clicking on the Unlock icon locks the window Duplicate View Creates a second Event Display window identical to the first Frame Display framed data only Brings up a Frame Display with the frame of the currently selected bytes highlighted Display Capture Notes Brings up the Capture Notes window where you can view or add notes to the capture file Add Modify Bookmark Add a new or modify an existing bookmark Display All Bookmarks Shows all bookmarks and lets you move between bookmarks Find Search for errors string patterns special events and more Go To Opens the Go To dialog where you can specify which event number to go to CRC Change the algorithm and seed value used to calculate CRCs To calculate a CRC select a byte range and the CRC appears in the status lines at the bottom of the Event Display Mixed Sides Serial data only By default the analyzer shows data with the DTE side above the DCE side This is called DTE over DCE format DTE data has a white background and DCE data has a gray background The analyzer can also display data in mixed side format In this format the analyzer does not separate DTE data from DCE data but shows all data on the same line as it comes in DTE data is still shown with a white background and DCE data with a gray background so that you can distinguish between the two The benefit of using this format is that more data fits onto one screen Character Onl
359. more error conditions were off means that the analyzer looks for an event where the errors were not present For example if you have data that is full of framing errors and you know that somewhere in your 20 megabyte capture file the framing got straightened out you could choose to search for an event where one or more error conditions were off and choose to search only for framing The analyzer searches the file and finds the point at which framing errors stopped occurring Searching for an event where the error conditions changed means that the analyzer searches the data and stop at every point where the error condition changed from on to off or off to on For example if you have data where sometimes the framing is wrong and sometimes right you would choose to search framing errors where the error condition changed This first takes you to the point where the framing errors stopped occurring When you click Find Next the analyzer stops at the point when the errors began occurring again Clicking Find Previous will search backwards from the current postion The analyzer takes the current selected byte as its initial condition when running searches that rely on finding events where error conditions changed The analyzer searches until it finds an event where error conditions changed or it reaches the end of the buffer at which point the analyzer tells you that there are no more events found in the buffer If you are searching for an exact matc
360. mp going backward is called a negative discontinuity and is shown in red A discontinuity for a timestamp going forward by more than 4 01 sis called a positive discontinuity and is shown in black A positive discontinuity is a cosmetic nicety to avoid lots of empty space A negative discontinuity is an error 4 776 ba Lal 218 data points plot oughput Over Ba eg EN PT Figure 4 71 A negative discontinuity 4 223 634 s 780 400 ms data point 194 data points piot Throughput Over Time 12011 12 33 30 146176 PM 0 01 34 659531 SoU 12235 084 805707 PM Figure 4 72 Three positive discontinuities 4 4 5 15 Viewport The viewport is the purple rectangle in the Throughput Graph It indicates a specific starting time ending time and resulting duration and is precisely the time range used by the Timeline The packet range that occurs within this time range is shown above the sides of the viewport 171 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Figure 4 73 Throughput Graph Viewport The viewport is moved by dragging it or by clicking on the desired location in the Throughput Graph the viewport will be centered at the click point The viewport is sized by dragging one of its sides or by using one of the other zooming techniques See the Zooming subsection in the Timeline section for a complete list 4 4 5 16 Swap button The Throughput Graph and Timeline can be made to trade positio
361. n ASCII printable characters are those with hex values between 20 and S7e 6 6 2 2 Exporting Baudot When exporting Baudot you need to be able to determine the state of the shift character In a text export the state of the shift bit can be determined by the data in the Character field When letters is active the character field shows letters and vice versa 282 Chapter 7 General Information 7A System Settings and Progam Options 7 1 1 System Settings Open the System Settings window by choosing System Settings from the Options menu on the Control window To enable a setting click in the box next to the setting to place a checkmark in the box To disable a setting click in the box to remove the checkmark When viewing a capture file settings related to data capture are grayed out 283 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 7 General Information Single File System Settings xe Capture Mode Single File i Restart Capturing After Saving or Clearing Capture File Wrap File File Size in K 81373 Min Max Sta Advanced Figure 7 1 System Settings Single File Mode This option allows the analyzer to capture data to a file Each time you capture the file you must provide a file name The size of each file cannot larger than the number given in File Size in K The name of each file is the name you give it in the Name box followed by the date and time The date and time are when the serie
362. n Frame Display Resetting the display may be useful when the most recent throughput values are of interest 4 4 4 2 low energy Timeline Menu Bar The Bluetooth low energy Timeline menu bar contains the following Table 4 12 Bluetooth low energy Timeline Menus Resets Timeline to display beginning at current frame Available only in Live mode Closes the timeline window Displays rows of packets from sending devices The source device address will appear on the left of each row Displays rows packets received on radios 0 1 or 2 The radio number will appear on the left of each row 141 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 12 Bluetooth low energy Timeline Menus continued Menu Selection Description Zoom Zoom In Displays less of the timeline but in greater detail OOO O a Zoom Out Displays more of the timeline in less detail O Zoom In Tool Displays a magnifying glass icon witha and an arrow that allows for precise positioning on the timeline Clicking will show less of the timeline around the point where the tools is clicked Zoom Out Tool Similar to the Zoom In Tool except with a sign in the magnifying glass and clicking will show more of the timeline around the point where the tool is clicked Single Segment Zoom Each selection defines the time displayed 1 segment and number of 1 25 ms markers withing the segment 437 5 ms 1x350 Displays
363. n Information field is first seen The tabs disappear when the capture buffer is cleared during live capture or when decoders are reloaded even if one of the tabs is currently selected They subsequently reappear as the corresponding events are detected 89 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Comparing Frames If you need to compare frames you can open additional Frame Display windows by clicking on the Duplicate View icon dg You can have as many Frame Display windows open at a time as you wish Frame Wrapping and Display In order to assure that the data you are seeing in Frame Display are current the following messages appear describing the state of the data as it is being captured e All Frame Display panes except the Summary pane display No frame selected when the selected frame is in the buffer i e not wrapped out but not accessible in the Summary pane This can happen when a tab is selected that doesn t filter in the selected frame e When the selected frame wraps out regardless of whether it was accessible in the Summary pane all Frame Display panes except the Summary pane display Frame wrapped out of buffer e When the selected frame is still being captured all Frame Display panes except the Summary pane display Frame incomplete 4 4 1 1 Frame Display Toolbar The buttons that appear in the Frame Display window vary according to the particular configuration of the analyzer F
364. n and Zoom Out buttons and menu items except that the time point at the mouse pointer is kept in place if possible 5 Select the Zoom to Data Point Packet Range menu item which zooms to the packet range shown in the most recently displayed tool tip 6 Select the Zoom to Selected Packet Range menu item which zooms to the selected packet range as indicated in the Selected Packets text in the timeline header 7 Select the Custom Zoom menu item This is the zoom level from the most recent drag of a viewport side selection of Zoom to Data Point Packet Range or selection of Zoom to Selected Packet The zoom buttons and tools step through the zoom presets and custom zoom where the custom zoom is logically inserted in value order into the zoom preset list for this purpose 4 4 5 32 Discontinuities A discontinuity is when the timestamp going from one packet to the next either goes backward by any amount or forward by more than 4 01 s this value is used because the largest possible connection interval in Bluetooth low energy is 4 0 s A discontinuity is drawn as a vertical cross hatched area one Bluetooth slot 625 us in width A discontinuity for a timestamp going backward is called a negative discontinuity and is shown in red A discontinuity for a timestamp going forward by more than 4 01 s is called a positive discontinuity and is shown in black A positive discontinuity is a cosmetic nicety to avoid lots of empty space A negative discontinu
365. n streams directly into the ComProbe software where they are decoded decrypted and analyzed Within the ComProbe software you see packets frames events coexistence binary hex radix statistics errors and much more This manual is a user guide that takes you from connecting and setting up the hardware through all of the ComProbe software functions for your ComProbe hardware Should you have any questions contact the Frontline Technical Support Team ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 1 ComProbe Hardware amp Software 1 1 What is in this manual The ComProbe User Manual comprises the following seven chapters The chapters are organized in the sequence you would normally follow to capture and analyze data set up configure capture analyze save You can read them from beginning to end to gain a complete understanding of how to use the ComProbe hardware and software or you can skip around if you only need a refresher on a particular topic Use the Contents Index and Glossary to find the location of particular topics e Chapter 1 ComProbe Hardware and Software This chapter will describe the minimum computer requirements and how to install the software e Chapter 2 Getting Started Here we describe how to set up and connect the hardware and how to apply power This chapter also describes how to start the ComProbe software in Data Capture Methods You will be introduced to the Control window that is the primary operating dialog in the
366. nal Strength 123 Sorting Frames 94 Special Events 259 Start 35 Start Up Options 286 Summary 100 Summary Pane 100 102 103 Sync Dropped 86 Sync Found 86 Sync Hunt Entered 86 Sync Lost 86 Synchronization 96 System Settings 283 285 T Technical Support 302 Test Device Began Responding 86 Test Device Stopped Responding 86 Throughput Displays Throughput_Displays 133 Throughput Graph 135 Timestamp 267 291 292 361 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Timestamping 267 290 292 Timestamping Disabled 86 Timestamping Enabled 86 Timestamping Options 283 290 Timestamping Resolution 291 Timestamps 290 292 Transferring Packets 66 Truncated Frame 86 U Underrun Error 86 Unframe 76 Unframe Function 76 Unframing 76 Unknown Event 86 V vendor specific decoder 300 Viewing Data Events 82 W Wrap Buffer File 283 Zooming 186 Zooming 133 zooming cursor 176
367. ncy Hopping is in use red indicates that the channel is marked as unavailable Blue Indicates that a packet was captured on the channel The Clear button resets each indicator back to the White state The indicators are also reset whenever a new Channel Map goes into effect A Note Channel Map is not available for LE Only Status Window A status window at the bottom of the dialog displays information about recent activity 3 1 2 4 BPA 600 Devices Under Test 3 1 2 4 1 BPA 600 Devices Under Test LE Only By selecting the LE Only radio button under the Devices Under Test tab you can configure the BPA 600 protocol analyzer for sniffing Bluetooth low energy communications 25 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings File View BPA600 Help Dual Mode CO Classic Only Multiple Connections Classic Device ke USeac 1 ladbc John Trinkle s if Stopped Syne with First Master Classic Device 0c00025500aae0 UGO LE Er CI T Enter New Long Term Key Link Key Enter New Value Enter New PIN OOB data Figure 3 9 BPA 600 Devices Under Test low energy The default value in the LE Device drop down is Sync with First Master To begin sniffing Bluetooth low energy simply click the red button to start The analyzer will capture packets from the first Master that makes a connection To capture the advertising traffic and the connection s you must specify a device addr
368. nd Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual You can access this window in Classic Bluetooth by selecting the Classic Bluetooth Packet Error Rates Statistics icon hl from the Control window or Frame Display You can access this window in Bluetooth low energy by selecting the Bluetooth low energy Packet Error Rates Statistics icon FI from the Control window or Frame Display You can also open the window from the View menu on the same windows Classic Bluetooth Packet Error Rate All Channels No Error Header Error Payload CRC Error Retransmitted Total Channel Not Available MM R il TO AKIN HIN O TIN IA KA NN AA WA WI nea TO NAN MHz OFF a Selected Packets Selected Duration Duration Per Bar in Scrollbar Channel Graph Y Axis Max Scrolibar Y Axis Max a paaa 7 A a O a O a OCT A A 20 30 40 50 60 Sync Selected Packets with Other Windows Yy o N w oo uw Export Selected Data l na y MA UK a Figure 4 114 Classic Bluetooth PER Stats Window 201 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Bluetooth low energy Packet Error Rate 48 Channeds Figure 4 115 Bluetooth low energy PER Stats Window 4 5 1 Packet Error Rate Channels Classic and low energy The main portion of the PER Stats dialog displays the 79 individual channels 0 7
369. nd the Frame Display HTML Export are very similar This topic discusses both dialogs Frame Display Print The Frame Display Print feature provides the user with the option to print the capture buffer or the current selection The maximum file size however that can be exported is 1000 frames When Print Preview is selected the output displays in a browser print preview window where the user can select from the standard print options The output file format is in html and uses the Microsoft Web Browser Control print options for background colors and images 275 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data Print Background Colors Using Internet Explorer 1 Open the Tools menu on the browser menu bar 2 Select Internet Options menu entry 3 Click Advanced tab 4 Check Print background colors and images under the Printing section 5 Click the Apply button then click OK Configure the Print File Range in the Frame Display Print Dialog Selecting more than one frame in the Frame Display window defaults the radio button in the Frame Display Print dialog to Selection and allows the user to choose the All radio button When only one frame is selected the All radio button in the Frame Display Print dialog is selected How to Print Frame Display Data 1 Select Print or Print Preview from the File menu on the Frame Display window to display the Frame Display Print dialog Select Print if you just want
370. ndamental building block of modern wireless network security F LIJ This paper describes the process of establishing a Bluetooth low energy secure link 11413 paca BULLY fy LITA LAT TMA A b A G Naa tL a aa ag Figure 33 Chappe s Telegraph Code A 6 1 How Encryption Works in Bluetooth low energy Data encryption is used to prevent passive and active man in the middle MITM eavesdropping attacks on a Bluetooth low energy link Encryption is the means to make the data unintelligible to all but the Bluetooth master and slave devices forming a link Eavesdropping attacks are directed on the over the air transmissions between the Bluetooth low energy devices so data encryption is accomplished prior to transmission using a shared secret key A 6 2 Pairing A Bluetooth low energy device that wants to share secure data with another device must first pair with that device The Security Manager Protocol SMP carries out the pairing in three phases 1 The two connected Bluetooth low energy devices announce their input and output capabilities and from that information determine a suitable method for phase 2 2 The purpose of this phase is to generate the Short Term Key STK used in the third phase to secure key distribution The devices agree on a Temporary Key TK that along with some random numbers creates the STK 3 In this phase each device may distribute to the other device up to three keys a the Long Term Key
371. ndicated within its protocol Unknown Event 4 3 7 6 Font Size The font size can be changed on several Event Display windows Changing the font size on one window does not affect the font size on any other window To change the font size 86 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 1 Click on Event Display menu Options and select Change the Font Size i Set Timestamp Format Change the Font Size Choose CRC Method FF Figure 4 18 Event Display Options menu 2 Choose a font size from the list Change Font Size Size E g i0 11 12 14 16 40 Figure 4 19 Event Display Font Size Selection 3 Click OK 4 4 Analyzing Protocol Decodes 4 4 1 Frame Display Window To open this window Click the Frame Display icon 6 on the Control window toolbar or select Frame Display from the View menu 87 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Binary Pane Summary Pane Protocol Tabs Decoder Pane Navigation 4 Search Tools i Frame Display audiraebinar 12 04 2014cfa Fig Eat Ny Pormat Finer Bookmark Optom Window Help SG PAST Rise a DOU MAA Sa we eee z DOERCOOO Fandt QB erm ices Header Lergh 11 Unditesed info Configured BT bee anergy devices Enors Hesse Wersi 3 Baseband LMP 5 Bluetooth FHS SDP RFCDHM AVDTP Lire 1 A ow AVDTP
372. nergy technology 39 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings KJ BPA 600 datasource File View BPA600 Help LEESE AE Devices Under Test Device Database LE Device Database BPA 600 Information BD Addr BD Addr Type Identity Resolving Key IRK Oxd0ff5083937b Public 0x00000000000000000000000000000000 Oxced9177018e4 Public 0x00000000000000000000000000000000 0x472b6c789571 Public 0x00000000000000000000000000000000 Oxea 14fed798c3 Public 0x00000000000000000000000000000000 Figure 3 1 BPA 600 Datasource LE Device Database Tab The LE Device Database is automatically updated when you perform certain operation such as entering encryption information from the Devices Under Test dialog When you select Discover Device Ng on the toolbar BPA 600 analyzer adds to the lists any new discovered Bluetooth low energy devices The list is cumulative and will contain all Bluetooth low energy devices previously add to the list Device Control Menu BD Addr BD Addr Type Identity Resolving Key IRK Right clicking anywhere in the OxdOff5083937b Public Ox00000000000000000000000000000000 device list will display the device Oxced9177018e4 Public PA EAEEEEEEESEEESESAGSASASAEA000000 control menu that will Select NA NA Ox472b6c789571 Public Select LE Device 000000 C Ere Or NGG a QEVICE VICIN oxea14fed798c3 Public Delete LE Device s pooooo on one of thes
373. nes The frames containing that type data will still appear in the Summary pane but not in the Decode Binary Radix and Character panes The box on the right is the Named Filters It contains filters that you create using the Named Filter and Set Condition dialogs When you select the Named Filters checkbox for the Name Filters a tab appears on the Summary Pane that I Fitted displays the frame containing the specific data identified in the filter The Filter named Filter tab remains on the Frame Display Summary Filter Filters Pane unless you hide it using the Hide Show Display Filters ISCO link Supported dialog With low energy the Configured BT Low energy devices and Exclude NULLS Role slave and POLLs are default named filters _ Configured BT low energy devic JEwclude NULLs and POLL Check the small box next to the name of each protocol you want to filter in hide or Named Filter to display Then click OK 4 4 1 13 3 2 Easy Protocol Filtering There are two types of easy protocol filtering The first method lets you filter on the protocol shown in the Summary pane and the second lets you filter on any protocol discovered on the network so far 122 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 4 2 BPA 600 Baseband Layer Signal Strength The BPA 600 calculates the Signal Strength value a representation of the radio signal strength relative to the position of the sn
374. nika POGDDDODD EDIY DxD90D SEDm Bxca0BcFdda96cd Shee Updated channel map used 39 623 LLENC_RSP SKDe OeIeheaseId7 12ih MWe Oxf ad4b 30 39645 3 Stan engrypibon request 319 639 39 643 LL START EMC ASP 39 649 Baseband connection encrypted Figure 30 MSC link Layer Encryption BPA 600 low energy capture A 5 7 4 Viewing Decrypted Data In the ComProbe software Frame Display click on the LE BB tab Search in the Summary pane for Decryption Initiated Yes frames In the example depicted in the following figure Frame 39723 is selected In the Decoder pane LE BB shows that the decryption was initiated and decryption was successful In LE Data we see the Encrypted MIC value The MIC value is used to authenticate the sender of the data packet to ensure that the data was sent by a peer device in the link and not by a third party attacker The actual decrypted data appears between the Payload Length and the MIC in the packet This is shown in the Binary pane below the Summary pane Sgad Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual fie tsa view Pormat titer Gockmark Gpoons Window hip oe PH TR sel a PaO Li LA SG la ki Pt aaa MoOBseoood OD Sp fp seme u rnd Linfiteied Baokmaki Confqpatesd DT les enep deweces Fillet Ferl Luwa Phebe N i pr E PET LE ADW LE DATA LE LL LICAP SAP ATT CS ti Dio ot atwa onl Ch ih wi iihi Fatal f NAA Ae Kana a
375. nitiating the frame master or slave e Channel ID The channel number O through 78 e Address This is the physical connection values for the devices Each link in the net will have an address A piconet can have up to seven links The Frame Display can provide address information po Frame 37 slave Len 2 Baseband e Data Source DS No When only one data source is employed set L2CAP this parameter to O zero otherwise set to the desired data source ke Role Slave number 3 Address 1 POL Length 14 i Channel ID Ox0040 SDP Gl SDP Carries PSM Select the protocol that L2CAP traverses to from the following e AMP Manager e AMP Test Manager e SDP e RFCOMM e TCS e LPMP e BNEP e HCRP Control e HCRP Data e HID 54 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual AVCTP AVDTP CMTP MCAP Control IEEE P11073 20601 Raw Data Adding Deleting and Saving L2CAP Parameters 1 2 a From the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window click on the L2CAP tab Set or select the L2CAP decoder parameters Click on the ADD button The Intial Connection window displays the added parameters Initial Connections in effect from beginning of capture onward until redefined in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog On the Slave side with CID 0000 Address 0 and DataSource 1 LAC AP is canying AMP Test Manager On the Master side with CID Gc0000 Address 0 and DataSo
376. nk Type A 32 bit 4 octet field identifying the type of datalink header used in the packet records that follow The datalink type codes are listed in the table below Values O 1000 are reserved to maximize compatibility with the RFC1761 snoop version 2 format Table 7 2 Datalink Codes Datalink Type Reserved 0 1000 Un encapsulated HCI H1 1001 HCI UART H4 1002 HCI BSCP 1003 HCI Serial H5 1004 Unassigned 1005 4294967295 Packet Record Format Each packet record holds a partial or complete copy of one packet as well as some descriptive information about that packet The packet may be truncated in order to limit the amount of data to be stored in the packet file Each packet record holds 24 octets of descriptive information about the packet followed by the packet data which is variable length and an optional pad field The descriptive information is structured as six 32 bit 4 octet integer values The structure of the packet record is as follows Original Length Included Length Packet Flags Cumulative Drops Timestamp Microseconds Packet Data Original Length A 32 bit unsigned integer representing the length in octets of the captured packet as received via a network Included Length A 32 bit unsigned integer representing the length of the Packet Data field This is the number of octets of the captured packet that are included in this packet record If the received packet was truncated
377. nnot be compromised If the analyzer is given the PIN Code it can PIN Code Hex determine the Link Key using the same algorithm Since the analyzer also needs Link Rey the random number the analyzer must catch the entire Pairing Process or else it cannot generate the Link Key and decode the data Example If the ASCII character PIN Code is ABC and you choose to enter the ASCII characters then select PIN Code ASCII from the Encryption drop down list and enter ABC in the field below If you choose to enter the Hex equivalent of the ASCII character PIN Code ABC then select PIN Code Hex from the Encryption drop down list and enter 0x414243 in the field Where 41 is the Hex equivalent of the letter A 42 is the Hex equivalent of the letter B and 43 is the Hex equivalent of the letter C Note When PIN Code Hex is selected from the Encryption drop down list the Ox prefix is Si entered automatically e Third if you know the Link Key in advance you may enter it directly Select Link Key in the Encryption list and then enter the Link Key in the edit box If the link key is already in the database the Link Key is automatically 36 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual entered in the edit box after the Master and Slave have been selected You can also select a Master Slave and Link Key from the Device Database rd o If any one of the Bluetooth devices is in SSP Debug Mode then the BPA 600 analyze
378. note the numbers of the first and last item in the range Right click in the data Select Save Selection or Save As from the right click menu Click on the radio button labeled Selection If you selected Sare a range make sure the starting and ending numbers are Entire File correct To specify a range type the numbers of the first 2 Selection and last items in the range in the boxes Events Frames Select either Events or Frames to indicate whether the cod numbers are event or frame numbers Type fle name herd Type a file name in the As box at the bottom of the screen Hote Na capturing wal be done whi the Click the Browse icon to browse to a specific directory file is being saved Otherwise your file is saved in the default capture file directory Click OK when you are finished 6 2 Adding Comments to a Capture File The Notes feature allows you to add comments to a CFA file These comments can be used for many purposes For example you can list the setup used to create the capture file record why the file is useful to keep or include notes to another person detailing which frames to look at and why Bookmarks are another useful way to record information about individual frames To open the Notes window 1 Click the Show Notes icon E This icon is present on the toolbars of the Frame Display as well as the Event Display po Notes can be selected from the Edit menu on one of these windows
379. ns Live a Event Display Ctrl Opens the Event Display window for analyzing byte level Capture Shift E data File Frame Display Ctri Opens the Frame Display window for analyzing protocol Shift M level data Opens the Bluetooth Timeline window for analyzing protocol level data in a packet chronological format and in packet throughput graph Bluetooth Timeline Opens the Coexistence View window that can simultaneously display Classic Bluetooth Bluetooth low energy and 802 11 packets and thourghput Bluetooth low energy E Opens the Bluetooth low energy Timeline window for Coexistence View Timeline analyzing protocol level data in a packet chronological format and in packet throughput graph Extract Data Audio Opens the Data Audio Extraction dialog for pulling data from decoded Bluetooth protocols protocols Bluetooth low energy Opens the Bluetooth low energy PER Stats window to Packet Error Rate show a dynamic graphical representation of the error rate Statistics for each low energy channel Classic Bluetooth Opens the Classic Bluetooth PER Stats window to show a Packet Error Rate dynamic graphical representation of the error rate for each Statistics channel Bluetooth Protocol Opens the Bluetooth Protocol Expert System window to Expert assist in the analysis of Bluetooth protocol issues Audio Expert System Opens the Audio Expert System window for the purpose of detecting and reporting audio impairments Table
380. ns by clicking the Swap button Clicking the Swap button swaps the positions of the Throughput Graphs and the Timelines 1 2 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual m Coexistence View bpa bt le wf hs 18 842 packets cfa File Format Zoom Navigate Spectrum Help E 4 4 4 ang h a D D E a ALN Packets O All Selected Viewport Viewport Packet Range 590 Packets Awg throughput 1 sec throughput zg Sejected Packet None Throughput bits s bits s a j Packet 5 O Payload Both Timeline 5GHz 2 4GHz Both selectet Auto Retransmit 2 4 GHz Channels Bad Packet Can t Decrypt Invalid IFS sx Discontinuity LE Devices Configured All 802 11 Tx 00 00 00 22 21 bc l 8 17 2011 10 39 03 736043 AN z 8 17 2011 10 39 15 7 36043 AM Click on any bold entry above to enable navigation H For Help Press Fl Figure 4 74 Small Timeline and large Throughput Graph after pressing the Swap button 4 4 5 17 Dots button The dots on the data points can be toggled on and off by clicking the Dots button Dots are different sizes for each technology so that they reveal overlapping data points which otherwise wouldn t be visible A tooltip can be displayed for each dot Dots can be removed for greater visibility of the plots when data points are crowded together 1 Show Zoom Figure 4 75 Dots Toggled On and Off 173 ComProbe BPA 600
381. nternet problems for many years As we continued to work closely with the Bluetooth community we also came across one other requirement sniffing itself had to be made easier We took a two pronged approach to this problem We simplified air sniffing and we continue to work on simplifying the process of air sniffing and we invented Virtual sniffing A 7 4 Virtual Sniffing What is it Historically protocol analyzers have physically tapped the circuit being sniffed For example an Ethernet circuit is tapped by plugging into the network A serial connection is sniffed by passively bridging the serial link A Bluetooth air sniffer taps the piconet by synchronizing its clock to the clock of the piconet Master 350 Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Not only is there a physical tap in traditional sniffing but the sniffer must have some knowledge of the physical characteristics of the link being sniffed For example a Bluetooth air sniffer must know the BD ADDR of at least one piconet member to allow it perform clock synchronization A serial sniffer must know the bit rate of the tapped circuit or be physically connected to the clock line of the circuit With Virtual sniffing the protocol analyzer itself does not actually tap the link and the protocol analyzer does not require any knowledge of the physical characteristics of the link In computer jargon virtual means not real Virtual memory is memory tha
382. o Devices Under Test Device Database LE Device Database BPA 600 Information LE Only Classic Only Single Connection Dual Mode Classic Only Multiple Connections LI Classic Device 0x18af6149e5ac John Trinkle siP v zg Stopped LE Device Sync with First Master Classic Device 0x00025b00aae0 UGO m Figure 3 1 Example of BPA 600 roleless Connection Alternatively you can enter the devices as follows where Classic Device drop down controls have reversed the devices under test shown in the previous image BPA 600 datasource X File View BPA600 Help EE Devices Under Test Device Database LE Device Database BPA 600 Information LE Only Classic Only Single Connection Dual Mode Classic Only Multiple Connections Device 0 lt 00025b00aae0 UGO v zg Stopy LE Device Sync with First Master Device Bx182f6143e5ac John Trinkle siP v Figure 3 2 Example BPA 600 roleless Connection Switching DUT It does not matter which position you enter the device After you have started sniffing and a connection is made the arrow will indicate the direction of the connection In the following screen shot the phone has connected as the Master to the speaker as the Slave lt 92 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual KJ BPA 600 datasource X File View BPA600 Help E p mA AF J J d d 2 Devices Under Test Device Dat
383. o for more information A 7 2 Why HCI Sniffing and Virtual Sniffing are Useful Because the Bluetooth protocol stack is very complex a Bluetooth protocol analyzer is an important part of all Bluetooth development environments The typical Bluetooth protocol analyzer taps a Bluetooth link by capturing data over the air For many Bluetooth developers sniffing the link between a Bluetooth Host CPU and a Bluetooth Host Controller also known as HCl sniffing is much more useful than air sniffing HCl sniffing provides direct visibility into the commands being sent to a Bluetooth chip and the responses to those commands With air sniffing a software engineer working on the host side of a Bluetooth chip has to infer and often guess at what their software is doing With HCl sniffing the software engineer can see exactly what is going on HCl sniffing often results in faster and easier debugging than air sniffing 349 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies ComProbe software s Virtual sniffing feature is a simple and easy way to perform HCl sniffing Virtual sniffing is not limited to just HCl sniffing but it is the most common use and this white paper will focus on the HCl sniffing application of Virtual sniffing It is also important to understand that ComProbe software is a multi mode product ComProbe software does support traditional air sniffing It also supports serial HCI sniffing for the H4 HCI UART H5 3 wire UART and BCS
384. o the next packet and it will appear selected on the right of the display The timestamp will change with the scrolling of the display o Multiple Segment Navigation m Selecting Previous Packet will select the next packet moving back in time to the left on the segment and will select the previous packet regardless of which or segment it is in If the selected packet overlaps with the previous segment the display will show the packet selected in both segments If the previous packet is not shown in the timeline display or a portion of the packet is displayed the display will move the view port back in time and will display the selected packet in the top segment on the left edge Each segment s timestamps will synchronously change as the view port scrolls backwards in time m Selecting Next Packet will select the next packet moving forward in time to the right on the to the next packet regardless of which row or segment it is in If the next packet overlaps on a following segment the display will show the packet selected in both segments If the next packet is not shown in the timeline display on any segment or a portion of the packet is displayed the display will move the view port forward in time and will display the selected packet in the bottom segment on the right edge Each segment s timestamps will synchronously change as the view port scrolls forward in time All subsequent selected next packets will appear on the right of the bot
385. oad Len 0 bytes Source Address Cisco Linksys LLC 72 b3 a6 SA Destination Address hittin DA mat Zoom Wavigate Spectrum Help Dirt EL m i ow Ka Figure 4 91 Coexistence View Timeline Tool Tip Shown Anchored to Computer Screen 4 4 5 29 The two Timelines There are two Timelines available for viewing one for the 5 GHz range and one for the 2 4 GHz range Classic Bluetooth and Bluetooth low energy occur only in the 2 4 GHz range 802 11 can occur in both 184 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual BA 77 KFI 9U View port Packet Range 85 Pack etal T Selected Packet Hons AMEN 32205 96705 P AMAG 22211 455160 PH Figure 4 92 5 GHz and 2 4 GHz 802 11 packets The y axis labels show the channels for each technology and are color coded Blue Classic Bluetooth Green Bluetooth low energy Orange 802 11 The 5 GHz timeline has only 802 11 channel labels and the rows alternate orange and white one row per channel The 2 4 GHz timeline has labels for all three technologies The rows alternate blue and white one row per Classic Bluetooth channel The labels going left to right are 802 11 channels Bluetooth low energy advertising channels Bluetooth low energy regular channels and Classic Bluetooth channels The Viewport Packet Range above the timelines shows the packet range and packet count of packets that would be visible if both timelines were shown i e hid
386. oad Reference e A max speed reference rectangle dashed lines This is used to extend the height to that of a 3 Mbits sec packet and appears only for packets whose speed is less than that The packet shown here has a speed of 1 Mbit sec because the height of the other rectangles is 1 3 of the total height lax Speed Reference e The part of the max packet on wire reference rectangle light solid lines that trails the max actual payload reference rectangle dark solid lines is partly packet in the air if the payload on the wire contained FEC and partly trailer CRC etc There is always a trailer so there is always a little space subject to round off error and pixel granularity between the ends of the two rectangles Trailer Portion of the Max Packet on Vire Reference This table shows how packets are colored Table 4 7 Packet Type Colors DM1 DM3 DM5 DH171 2 DH1 3 DH1 DH3 2 DH3 3 DH3 DHS 2 DH5 3 DH5 AUX1 HV1 HV2 HV3 DV 126 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 4 7 Packet Type Colors continued eSCO EV3 2 EV3 3 EV3 EV4 Purple EV5 2 EV5 3 EV5 MP FHS Light Blue Light Gray Light Brown Filler Filler provided by Dark Gray ComProbe software LMP is a protocol layer that uses either DM1 or DV packets If a packet has an LMP layer the LMP color is used instead of the packet type color This table summarizes the vari
387. ocated in the system My Decoders folder Refer to Changing Default File Locations on page 287 for information on folder locations Open a text editor program such as Windows Notepad and make the following changes to the MeshOptions ini file For Smart Mesh Table 3 18 Smart Mesh Keys Format Technology Identifier IV Index 2 bytes hexadecimal Application Key 16 bytes hexadecimal Network Key 16 bytes hexadecimal The following code is an example of Smart Mesh decryption key entry SmartMesh IV INDEX 0000 APP KEY 00000000000000000000000000000001 NET KEY 00000000000000000000000000000002 For CSRmesh CSRmesh Passphrase Format Technology CSRMESH Identifier Passphrase PASSPHRASE character string identical to the one used in CSRmesh Android iOS App The following code is an example of CSRmesh decryption passphrase entry 59 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings CSRMESH PASSPHRASE test Loading keys or passphrase J Frame Display Sodera P S Edit View Format Live Filter Bookmarks Options When the ComProbe software is initially loaded keys or the p passphrase will be automatically read from the kaa i E ne MeshOptions ini file If the keys or the passphrase are Eai modified while the ComProbe software is running decoders Save a Ctrl S must be reloaded and the companion files must be ee i i wae recreated for the change to take effect Follow the
388. ode default path name is cfa basepathname with Object ThroughputStats csv appended 4 Enter a File Name Select Save The file is saved and you can open it in a simple text editor or database application 4 4 3 10 Bluetooth Timeline Discontinuities The following figure depicts a discontinuity between two packets 137 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 1 Bluetooth Clock OxOb00fad6 KOPA TOTO PALO TAYO TODA NO LAYO SA AG M kataba SRE EEE RII RRR KKK Nee E R Gaan SOILI S506 LSS IS SSS GI KISS SISCO SIS SKS Sooo 2525 2825 2585 22525 3 225242525 2325255 NGI SRK xa GIA GAIL II SS 2242925 SRE 2245 SERS S555 2525 23252525 2524292 25252525 2232525 IS KS RRR 25252525 GS pp Figure 4 10 Bluetooth Timeline Packet Discontinuity cross hatched area To keep the timeline and the throughput graph manageable big jumps in the B uetooth clock are not represented linearly Instead they are shown as discontinuities A discontinuity is said to exist when the Bluetooth clock goes forward more than two 2 seconds or backwards any amount A discontinuity is indicated by a cross hatched slot in the timeline and a corresponding vertical dashed line in the throughput graph The Bluetooth clock can jump forward when capture is paused or when there is a role switch in a role switch a different device becomes mast
389. oder However the data was not decoded correctly and is marked as a bad aptX frame On further analysis the AES software discovers that the frame is not aptX encoded but is actually SBC encoded Frame 2839 begins with Ox9C and all SBC audio frames begin with sync word Ox9c as shown in Figure 6 The AES cannot solely rely on the sync word to determine if it is a SBC frame To confirm the suspicion the AES passed the data through its SBC decoder and the data came out cleanly decoded The AES software not only showed that there is a problem in the audio data but also made it clear where the problem is 310 Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual The Error that is identified by Event 4 the Severity red circle IS a codec cS event at Frame 2839 states Unable to process AptX data as extracted It appears that SBC encoded data is being sent over this stream Audio Expert System non stereo detected aptx cfa Mono Stereo Stereo Bits Sample 16 03 39 35 318 PM 03 39 35 368 PM 03 39 35 418 PM 39 35 03 39 35 518 PM Audio stream has started and data should follow Dec 30 2014 03 39 35 386681PM Unable to process AptX data as extracted It appears that SBC encoded data is being sent over this stream Dec 30 2014 03 39 35 418557 PM Dec 30 2014 03 39 35 422307 PM Dec 30 2014 03 39 35 422344 PM Dec 30 2014 03 39 35 606057 PM Figure 7 Audio Expert System Error on
390. oes et tae teeta basa a TANAN AA 157 4 4 5 1 Coexistence View Menus 0 0 0 0 eee ee eee ee eee eee 157 4 4 5 2 Coexistence View Toolbar eee cece cece cece cece cece cece cece eee eeeeeeeees 164 4 4 5 3 Coexistence View Throughput Indicators _ 2 22 2 lec eee ec eee cece e cece eeeees 166 A Aico MP OUC OWE AA 166 445 5 Radio BUTTONS ccccceccceccccenavencecueeesuwen bancoeedaseenceaneeneesiadepdecueenconobaoaweneaeee 167 4 4 5 6 All radio button ci ccscdeccddisddoweverchddaccucaledcawnceucsdGidand ndatacensteeyladdenscecoetedes 167 4 4 5 7 Selected radio button AA tena tee ees ateneueuseas 167 4 4 5 8 Viewport radio button a 167 4 4 5 9 Indicator width aaa 168 4 4 5 10 Coexistence View Throughput Graph ee ee eee eee eee eee e cece eeeeeeeeees 169 4 4 5 11 Throughput Graph Y axis labels 2 22 ole ee cece cece cece cece eee ceeceeeeeee 169 4 4 5 12 Excluded packets a 170 Ak 170 AAS IA DISCOMUINUINGS aanak ada nA DENG ous AKDANG HA ALE Sumencdewewadeenadateineeeeasdotodessnededace 170 4 45 15 Viewport eee ccc cc cc cee ee cece cece cence cee cence ccc ennescccenecccecenes 171 4 4 5 16 Swap button a 172 4 4 5 17 Dots button _2 222 AA aaa 173 4 4 5 18 Zoomed Throughput Graph ee ee cece eee cee cece cece cece eee eeceeceeceeeeeees 174 iman ko ZOOM CULSON AA AAP AA 176 4 4 5 0 Comparison with
391. of occurring within natural speech or music 4 6 3 2 Referenced Mode In Referenced Mode the system operates in a pseudo closed loop test scenario where the user plays a specific Reference Audio file on the Source DUT The Source DUT negotiates with the Sink DUT to determine the appropriate codec and audio parameters to use and will then process the Reference Audio file accordingly before transmitting the resulting audio via Bluetooth The Reference Audio is a pre recorded audio test file provided by Frontline in the ComProbe Protocol Analysis System installer The Sink DUT receives the encoded audio decodes it and processes it for playback In parallel the ComProbe BPA 600 analyzer snoops the over the air signal between the Source DUT and Sink DUT and emulates the RF reception and decoding done inside the Sink DUT The Audio Expert System automatically detects that a Reference Audio file is being received and then analyzes the resulting audio for deviations from expected parameters Referenced Audio files are protocol specific The following events are reported whenever the system is operating in the Referenced mode e Test ID Found e Test Script Not Found e Invalid Test Script e Synchronization Lost e Unexpected Frequency e Unexpected Level e Unexpected Duration e Amplitude Fluctuation e Unexpected Phase Change e Clipping e Excess Noise e CVSD HF Level Too High e End of Test 214 Chapter 4 Capturing and Anal
392. of the way through the test The first 0 500 seconds of Test 1 02 which contains the Test ID value 1 02 is shown below The three digits 1 0 and 2 are represented by the low frequencies 210Hz 200Hz and 220Hz respectively which are 100 milliseconds in duration and are separated by 1 kHz digit delimiters of 50 milliseconds duration The final tone is a 100 millisecond segment at 400 Hz defined as a Test ID Terminator Note that since the levels of all of these tones are at exactly 3 dBFS the peak levels should be exactly halfway between any available 6 dBFS 50 gridline NA HU ni AH NA me NAAN HI IN il M Figure 4 123 Test 1 02 Test ID Segment The three digits 1 0 and 2 are represented by the low frequencies 210 Hz 200 Hz and 220 Hz respectively which are 100 ms in duration and are separated by 1 kHz digit delimiters of 50 ms duration The final tone is a 100 ms segment at 400 Hz defined as a Test ID Terminator Note that since the levels of all of these tones are at exactly 3 dBFS the peak levels 3 dBFS The value in the Info1 parameter of the Test ID Found event is optimally the value 23196 and may be converted to dBFS by the relationship info1 dBFS 20log 10 sors z Optionally the value can be interpreted as Channel Gain via the relationship info1 dB 20log DE z Table 4 26 Test ID Found Event info1 Maximum and Minimum Valu
393. om the Event Display O window 2 Go to the Display Options section at the bottom of the window and find the Display Relative Timestamps checkbox 3 Check the box to switch the display to relative timestamps Remove the check to return to absolute timestamps Note The options in this section affect only how the timestamps are displayed on the screen not Si how the timestamps are recorded in the capture file e Display Raw Timestamp Value shows the timestamp as the total time in hundred nanoseconds from a specific point in time e Display Relative Timestamps shows the timestamp as the amount of time that has passed since the first byte was captured It works just like a stop watch in that the timestamp for the first byte is 0 00 00 0000 and all subsequent timestamps increment from there The timestamp is recorded as the actual time so you can flip back and forth between relative and actual time as needed e Selecting both values displays the total time in nanoseconds from the start of the capture as opposed to a specific point in time e Selecting neither value displays the actual chronological time When you select Display Relative Timestamp you can set the number of digits to display using the up or down arrows on the numeric list 292 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 7 1 4 5 Displaying Fractions of a Second 1 Choose System Settings from the Options menu on the Control Pm window and click
394. on options in the I O Settings dialog a PIN Code ASCII b PIN Code Hex c Link Key You are able to switch between these methods in the I O Settings window When you select a method a note appears at the bottom of the dialog reminding you what you need to do to successfully complete the dialog 29 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings e The first and second options use a PIN Code to generate the Link Key The devices generate link Keys during the Pairing Process based on a PIN Code The Link Key generated from this process is also based on a random number so the security cannot be compromised If the analyzer is given the PIN Code it can determine the Link Key using the same algorithm Since the analyzer also needs the random number the analyzer must catch the entire Pairing Process or else it cannot generate the Link Key and decode the data Example If the ASCII character PIN Code is ABC and you choose to enter the ASCII characters then select PIN Code ASCII from the Encryption drop down list and enter ABC in the field below If you choose to enter the Hex equivalent of the ASCII character PIN Code ABC then select PIN Code Hex from the Encryption drop down list and enter 0x414243 in the field Where 41 is the Hex equivalent of the letter A 42 is the Hex equivalent of the letter B and 43 is the Hex equivalent of the letter C Note When PIN Code Hex is selected from the Encryption drop down list
395. on removes start of frame and end of frame markers from your data The original capture file is not altered during this process You cannot unframe from the Capture File Viewer accessed by selecting Capture File Viewer or Load Capture File to start the software and used only for viewing capture files 76 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual To manually unframe your data 1 Select Unframe from the File menu on the Control window Unframe is only available if a protocol stack was used to capture the data and there is currently no protocol stack selected In addition to choosing to Unframe you can also be prompted to Unframe by the Protocol Stack Wizard 1 Load your capture file by choosing Open from the File menu on the Control window 2 Select the file to load 3 Choose Protocol Stack from the Options menu on the Control window 4 Select None from the list 5 Click Finish The Protocol Stack Wizard asks you if you want to unframe your data and put it into a new file 6 Choose Yes The system removes the frame markers from your data puts the unframed data into a new file and opens the new file The original capture file is not altered See Reframing on page 76 for instructions on framing unframed data 4 2 5 How the Analyzer Auto traverses the Protocol Stack In the course of doing service discovery devices ask for and receive a Protocol Descriptor List defining which protocol stacks the de
396. one 437 5 ms segment with 350 markers 1 875 s 1x1500 Displays one 1 875 s segment with 1500 markers 3 75 s 1x3000 Displays one 3 75 ms segment with 3000 markers Multiple Segment Zoom Each selection defines the timeline view port the number of segments and number of 1 25 ms markers withing the segment For example selecting 7 5 ms 6 1 25 ms time intervals 8x2 will display 7 5 ms of the total timeline in 3 segments of with 2 markers per segment for a total of 6 markers 7 5 ms 6 1 25 ms time intervals 3x2 3 segments 2 markers per segment 1 25 ms x 6 7 5 ms total 1 25 ms x 2 2 5 ms per segment 22 5 ms 18 1 25 ms time intervals 6x3 6 segment 3 markers per segment 90 ms 72 1 25 ms time intervals 12x6 12 segments 6 markers per segment 202 5 ms 162 1 25 ms time intervals 18 segments 9 markers per segment 18x9 360 ms 288 1 25 ms time intervals 24x12 24 segments 12 markers per segment s142 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 4 12 Bluetooth low energy Timeline Menus continued 30 segments 15 markers per segment 36 segments 18 markers per segment 30 segments 15 markers per segment 48 segments 24 markers per segment 45 segments 27 markers per segment 60 segments 30 markers per segment 66 segments 33 markers per segment 72 segments 36 markers per segment 78 segments 39 markers per segment 84 segments 4
397. ong Tem Key Link key Enter New PIN OOB data Curent Link Key Curent Long Tem Key 6 3 2015 12 00 39 PM Oxdffdffdfdffdfdf Q Link Key encryption mode requires a valid link key to be configured Link Ke yD ion mode requires a valid link key to be configured Figure 3 7 BPA 600 Datasource Devices Under Test Dialog You can choose to capture data using e low energy only e Classic Only Single Connection e Dual Mode Combination of Classic and low energy e Classic Only Multiple Connections Select one of these links above for explanations on how to configure each option There are a couple of other functions on the dialog that you need to understand 24 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Advanced Click here to see the BPA 600 Advanced Classic Settings Channel Map Classic Bluetooth The Channel Map shows which channels are available for Adaptive Frequency Hopping e Channel Map o Click this button to toggle on off the display of the Channel Map Classic Channel Map D Avide ME e 318 5 DAAA i B1 1415 17 Bs Gear O m povaleble B820 21 22 23 24 25 26 Pg m BE 30 E NA 36 Mg 3s E M 42 43 FE ES NG KA KA KG o GI so Gs GS e E7 58 59 w Gl 62 Ge 64 Gl 66 67 80 70 AAA 4 76M 78 Figure 3 8 Classic Bluetooth Channel Map This display is used to determine which channels are available with Channel is currently available for use Red When Adaptive Freque
398. oor captures In a laboratory or testing 64 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual environment do not place the DUTs and ComProbe hardware in close proximity with Wi Fi transmitting sources such as laptops or routers Turning off Wi Fi on the computer running the ComProbe software is recommended Positioning for audio capture The Bluetooth Audio Expert System provides analysis of audio streams and can assist in identifying problems with capture methods including positioning and environment because it will point out missing frames For hands free profile data captures both DUTs send and receive data Therefore position the devices following the equilateral triangle arrangement as mentioned above However in A2DP data capture scenario the equilateral positioning of devices is not optimum because normally only one device is sending data to the other It is recommended that the ComProbe hardware be positioned closer to the device receiving data so that ComProbe better mimics the receiving DUT Position the DUTs 1 2 meters apart for Class 1 and 2 transmitters and 1 2 meter apart for Class 3 transmitters Figure 4 2 For Audio A2DP Position Closer to SINK DUT Poor Placement A poor test configuration for the analyzer is placing the DUTs very close to each other and the analyzer far away The DUTs being in close proximity to each other reduce their transmission power and thus make it hard for the ana
399. or Rate Scroll Bar The PER Stats Scroll Bar displays stats for all packets divided into equal time intervals Figure 4 119 PER Stats Scroll Bar e Captured data begins to appear on the left and fills the width of the bar left to right e The vertical bars in the Scroll Bar each indicate a fixed duration When data first appears in the Scroll Bar as it is being captured each bar equals one second When the data fills the bar reaching the right side limit 208 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual the last bar moves back to the center of the Scroll Bar The bars stay the same size but doubles in duration for example the first time the Scroll Bar fills the bars return to the middle but now each bar represent two seconds of time instead of one Each time the bars cycle to the middle the time they represent doubles When the bars move and the Viewport see below is not maximized the Viewport moves with the bars so that the same packet range is indicated When the Viewport is maximized it stays maximized regardless of what the bars do This ensures that the display can be made to reflect all packets at all times by maximizing the e The Viewport is used to select single i or multiple vertical bars e You can drag the sides of the Viewport or the slider buttons to select multiple bars representing a greater time range e You can click and drag the Viewport wit
400. or contact Technical Support Selecbons do not take effect unti FTS and ary datasources are Hated Diver Recent Buie Size in Ebates Dine Schon Queue Size in Operating Suslem Pages Fiame Complebon Timea m Seconds Figure 7 2 Advanced System Options dialog e Driver Receive Buffer Size in Kbytes This is the size of the buffer used by the driver to store incoming data This value is expressed in Kbytes e Driver Action Queue Size In Operating System Pages This is the size of the buffer used by the driver to store data to be transmitted This value is expressed in operating system pages e Frame Completion Timeout in Seconds This is the number of seconds that the analyzer waits to receive data on a side while in the midst of receiving a frame on that side If no data comesin on that side for longer than the specified number of seconds an aborted frame event is added to the Event Display and the analyzer resumes decoding incoming data This can occur when capturing interwoven data DTE and DCE and one side stops transmitting in the middle of a frame The range for this value is from O to 999 999 seconds Setting it to zero disables the timeout feature P Note This option is currently disabled 7 1 1 3 Selecting Start Up Options To open this window 1 Choose System Settings from the Options menu on the Control A window 2 On the System Settings window click the Start Up button 3 Choose one of the options to de
401. or controls not available the icons will be grayed out Table 4 5 Frame Display Toolbar Icons ee a ae Control Brings the Control window to the front Open File Opens a capture file I O Settings Opens the I O Settings dialog Start Capture Begins data capture toa user designated file 3g Stop Capture Closes a capture file and stops data capture to disk Save Save the currently selected bytes or the entire buffer to file Clear Discards the temporary file and clears the display Event Display Brings the Event Display window to the front 90 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 4 5 Frame Display Toolbar Icons continued Show Message Sequence Chart Message Sequence Chart MSC displays information about the messages passed between protocol layers Duplicate View Creates a second Frame Display window identical to the first Apply Modify Display Filters Opens the Display Filter dialog Quick Protocol Filter brings up a dialog box where you can filter or hide one or more protocol layers Protocol Stack brings up the Protocol Stack Wizard where you can change the stack used to decode framed data Reload Decoders When Reload Decoders is clicked the plug ins are reset and received frames are re decoded For example If the first frame occurs more than 10 minutes in the past the 10 minute utilization graph stays blank until a fra
402. or slave In each connection event packets sent by the device which transmitted first in the connection event are labeled 1 and packets sent by the device which transmitted second are labeled 2 If no packets in the connection event are missed by the sniffer the device labeled 1 is the master and the device labeled 2 is the slave However if we do not capture the very first packet in a connection event i e the packet sent by the master but do capture the packet sent by the slave we label the slave as side 1 since it is the first device we heard in the connection event Because there is potential clock drift since the last connection event we cannot use the absolute timing to correct this error there would still be cases where we get it wrong Therefore we always assign 1 to the first packet in a connection event So even though it is rare there are connection events where packets sent by the slave device are labeled 1 and packets sent by the master are labeled 2 Finally in a noisy environment it is also possible that the sniffer does not capture packets in the middle of a connection event If this occurs and the sniffer cannot determine the side for the remaining packets in that connection event the side is labeled U for unknown 4 4 1 11 2 Customizing Fields in the Summary Pane You can modify the Summary Pane in Frame Display Summary pane columns can be reordered by dragging any
403. ories 287 Disabling 283 Discontinuities 137 Display Filters 108 113 114 116 Display Options 293 DL 299 Dots 103 Driver 300 Duplicate View 79 81 97 DUT 28 30 34 37 E B 299 E C 299 Easy Protocol Filtering 122 EBCDIC 84 EBCDIC Codes 298 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual EIR 73 EM 298 EQ 299 Errors 263 289 ET 298 Event Display 78 97 279 Event Display Export 279 Event Display Toolbar 79 Event Numbering 297 Event Pane 106 Event Symbols 85 EX 298 Exclude 110 Exclude Radio Buttons 110 Expand All Collapse All 104 Expand Decode Pane 97 Expert System 211 event 241 Export Export Baudot 282 Export Events 280 Export Filter Out 282 Export Payload Throughput Over Time 136 Extended Inquiry Response 73 F F F 298 FCSs 81 Field Width 102 File 271 274 283 File Locations 287 File Series 233 358 Appendicies File Types Supported 274 Filtering 121 Filters 108 110 112 116 122 Find 252 255 256 258 259 263 Find Bookmarks 265 Find Introduction 251 Font Size 86 Frame Display 87 90 93 94 96 97 102 107 Audio Expert System 246 Frame Display Change Text Highlight Color 106 Frame Display Find 94 Frame Display Status Bar 93 Frame Display Toolbar 90 Frame Display Window 88 Frame Recognizer Change 85 Frame Symbols 103 Frame Information on the Control Window 14 Freeze 82 FS 299 FTS Serial Driver 300 Go To 258 Green Dots in Summary Pane 103 GS 298
404. ork and so independently Silicon Wave and Broadcom each requested that Frontline produce a serial HCI Bluetooth analyzer that would have all the features of Serialtest In response to these requests Frontline developed SerialBlue the world s first commercially available serial HCI analyzer The response to SerialBlue was very positive When we asked our Bluetooth customers what they wanted next we quickly learned that there was a need for an affordable air sniffer that provided the same quality as SerialBlue We also learned that the ultimate Bluetooth analyzer would be one that sniff air and sniff HCI simultaneously As work was progressing on our combination air sniffer and HCI sniffer the functional requirements for Bluetooth analyzers were changing It was no longer good enough just to decode the core Bluetooth protocols LMP HCI L2CAP RFCOMM and OBEX Applications were beginning to be built on top of Bluetooth and therefore application level protocol decoding was becoming a requirement For example people were starting to browse the Internet using Bluetooth enabled phones and PDAs therefore a good Bluetooth analyzer would need to support TCP IP HTTP hands free A2DP etc For Frontline to support for these higher levels protocols was no problem since they were already in use in other Frontline analyzer products People have been using Frontline Serialtest serial analyzers and Ethertest Ethernet analyzer to troubleshoot TCP IP and I
405. orm This option is only active if a selection has been made in one of the Wave Panels Click on OK to save the waveform The dialog will close and a series of progress bars will fs audiowebinar L raw 3439 KE RAW File appear Each progress bar is associated with a audiowebinar 1 wav 38 652 KB Wave Sound file for each export option The exported files audiowebinar 2 csv 30KB Microsoft Excel C will have the following syntax lt filename gt _ 5 n lt filetype gt where lt filename gt the name entered into the File Name field n the audiowebinar 2 wav 221 KB Wave Sound stream id number 1 2 3 and lt filetype gt raw wav and csv The image shows an example where the user exported Stream Id s 1 and 2 in Encoded Audio Decoded Audio and Event Table data to filename audiowebinar audiowebinar 1 csv 39KB Microsoft Excel C Ps audiowebinar_2 raw 299 KE RAW File Click on Cancel to close the window without exporting 4 6 5 6 Export Event Table Right clicking in the Event table will open a pop up menu with the option to Export Event Table This option will export selected events in the in comma separated variable csv format for used in Microsoft Excel or any other Windows csv compatible application First select the events to export Multiple events are selectable by selecting an event then holding the Shift key while clicking on another event This will select all events between the two selections
406. ous ways in which packet information is presented Table 4 8 Packet Information Presentation Packets Pawa Timeam x Someone x x that packet type x 4 4 3 2 Bluetooth Timeline Packet Navigation and Selection owm Sd e Buttons menu items and keystrokes can be used to go to the next or previous packet next or previous error packet next or previous retransmitted packet Bluetooth only and the first or last packet e f there is no selected packet in the timeline First Packet Next Packet and Last Packet D are enabled but Previous Packet Q is not 127 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data e A single packet is selected either by clicking on it navigating to it or selecting it in the Frame Display Selecting a packet activates Previous Packet e Selecting Previous Packet with a packet that is currently not visible places it in the top row i e the display scrolls up just enough to make it visible e Selecting Next Packet with a packet that is currently not visible places it in the bottom row i e the display scrolls down just enough to make it visible e Selecting Previous Packet or Next Packet for a packet that s currently visible selects it without scrolling e Multiple packets are selected either by dragging the mouse or by holding down the shift key while navigating or clicking e Whena single packet is selected in the timeline it is also becomes
407. packets e Filter out ID packets When this is checked all ID packets are filtered out e Filter out Nulls and Polls When this is checked Nulls and Polls packets are filtered out e Filter out SCO eSCO When this is checked SCO eSCO packets are filtered out 42 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual e Prioritized Decryption can be selected if you are having trouble establishing the correct decryption This option adjusts the data capture to give priority to establishing the proper decryption over receiving frames If you select this option some frames may be dropped but establishing the decryption key will be more efficient e Sniffer Diagnostics When this is checked some diagnostic data from the ComProbe are captured and stored in the cfa file This is useful when a cfa file is sent to Frontline for analysis and diagnosis Technical Support may ask you to check this option when you are experiencing issues with BPA 600 e Single Link Filtering When this is checked only packets from the specific Master and Slave selected in Devices Under Test are displayed Data from other devices that may be connected to the Master will be filtered out 2 Frame Slicing Settings e Frame Slicing Settings allows you to enter the size of the largest frame allowed to pass the analyzer without having any bytes removed The second field tells the analyzer the number of bytes you would like to capture if the frame is
408. peri rating F 100mW 20dBm 100 meters Trw odem A 3 2 Test Equipment While exact conductive test setups are dependent on the specific circumstances surrounding the DUT RF interface the following equipment is required for all test setups 319 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies 1 Coaxial cable with adapter for connecting to DUT 1 2 Coaxial cable with adapter for connecting to DUT 2 3 Coaxial T connectors 1 for ComProbe Sodera 2 for ComProbe BPA 600 4 SMA adapters for connecting coaxial cable or attenuators to the ComProbe antenna connectors 1 for ComProbe Sodera 2 for ComProbe BPA 600 5 Attenuators depending on the Bluetooth Class being tested 6 Frontline ComProbe analyzer that can be either of the following a ComProbe Sodera Wideband Bluetooth Protocol Analyzer or b ComProbe BPA 600 Dual Mode Bluetooth Protocol Analyzer 7 Personal computer for running ComProbe software A 3 3 Test Setup Bluetooth The following figure show the conductive test setup For information on setting up and operating the ComProbe Sodera and ComProbe BPA 600 refer to the ComProbe User Manuals at fte com DUT 1 DUT 2 Antenna Connector ComProbe Sodera Figure 12 Sodera Conductive Test Setup 320 Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual DUT 1 DUT 2 AT1 AT2 Antenna Connectors ComProbe BPA 600 Figure 13 BPA
409. play EE NDIUHONALY Process INALIHVOIVES Several iNtermeuiary OOB data flag OOB Authentication data not present keys The resulting keys include AuthReg Bonding Flags Bonding MITH MITM Protection es Maximum Encryption Key Size 16 Octets 1 IRK 128 bit key used to generate and resolve random address Initiator Key Distribution Enckey Initiator shall distribute LTE followed by EDY and Rand 2 CSRK 128 bit key used to sign data and ve rify IdFey Initiator shall distribute IAK followed by its address g di ta z Sign Initiator shall distribute CSAE signatures on the receiving device 3 Responder Key Distribution Encke Responder shall distribute LTE followed by EDI and Rand 3 LTK 128 bit key used to generate the session key for ldKey Responder shall distribute IRK followed by its address j Sign Responder shall distribute CSAK an encrypted connection ign Hesp istribu 4 Encrypted Diversifier EDIV 16 bit stored value used to identify the LTK A new EDIV is generated each time a new LTK is distributed Figure 34 Sample Initiator Pairing Request Decode ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture 5 Random Number RAND 64 bit stored value used to identify the LTK A new RAND is generated each time a unique LTK is distributed Of particular importance to decrypting the encrypted data on a Bluetooth low energy link is LTK EDIV and RAND A 6 3 Pairing Methods The two devices in the link use the I
410. plitude distortion The system reports a Clipping event when consecutive samples at the maximum value that can be represented by the digital system have been detected Note that the maximum value that can be represented is different depending on the number of bits per sample i e bits of resolution of the audio stream The system limits the number of reported Clipping events to typically 10 to 20 per sec Warn the user that the volume level of the detected audio is above the best range for performing meaningful audio analysis i e above a level where the audio will likely become distorted Alarm is activated when the detected audio volume is continuously above the high volume threshold see Figure 2 for 10 consecutive 0 5 sec measurement intervals i e 5 sec total The event will not be repeated again until the detected volume level drops below the high volume threshold for 10 more consecutive 0 5 sec measurement connections Reports the detection of an unusual brief silence period where the brief silence is preceded and followed by normal audio levels A typical definition of Dropout is the short dramatic loss of volume typically caused by lost digital information Root causes include transmission system errors resulting in lost data packets transmission channel reconfigurations bad sections of memory processor overloads that temporarily interrupt the flow of information and so on 1The volume threshold above which useful
411. r Choosing Selection prints only the frames you select in the Frame Display window 6 Selecting the Delete File deletes the temporary html file that was used during printing 7 Click the OK button Frame Display Print Preview The Frame Display Print Preview feature provides the user with the option to export the capture buffer to an html file The maximum file size however that can be exported is 1000 frames If you chose Print Preview the system displays your data in a browser print preview display with options for printing such as page orientation and paper size You can also use your Printer Preferences dialog to make some of these selections When printing your data the analyzer creates an html file and prints the path to the file at the bottom of the page This file can be opened in your browser however it may appear different than the printed version 1 Select Print Preview from the File menu on the Frame Display window to display the Frame Display Print Preview Frame Display Print Preview Provide information to export data trom the currently selected filter tab Include Detail Section Summary No decode section Data Bytes 5 All layers Selected layers only Frame Range All Selection 2MB SMTP CHAD 7 Delete File Reset The Selected Layer Note Browser print options may affect whether any gray background i printed See Help for info OK Cancel Help SIM Application SIP
412. r 2 F2 and F4 keys to move to the next or previous frame in the chart 4 4 6 3 Message Sequence Chart First Error Frame When you select Go to first error frame from the toolbar X the Select layer dialog appears select layer E3 Select layer 42DP w You have to select a layer from the drop down list to choose what layer you want to search for the error Select layer Select layer s25 Once you select a layer then OK the first error for that layer will be displayed If no error is found a dialog will announce that event FIS4BT AN Error Frame was not Found 4 4 6 4 Message Sequence Chart Printing v1 There are three standard MSC print buttons Print Preview Print and Cancel Printing LSB 198 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Print Preview 1 When you select Print Preview P the Print Setup dialog appears 2 You next need to select your printer from the drop down list set printer properties and format the print output 3 Then you select OK After you select OK the Message Sequence Chart Print Preview dialog appears 32 Print Preview BBRRLAR roc jos HAD DIED sav Page 1 of5 Tran ID Initiated by master VersNr v1 2 ersion o as LMP wersion res Tran ID Initiated by master VersNrzv1 1 FBT version of Stave v1 1 LMP features req atures request Tran ID Initiated by master LMP features re HF calu
413. r can automatically figure out the Link Key and you do not have to do anything Note When the devices are in the Secure Simple Pairing SSP Debug Mode SSP is automatically supported regardless of encryption configuration o If the Bluetooth devices do not allow Debug Mode activation enter the Link Key as described above or import the Link Key using the procedure in Programmatically Update Link Key from 3rd Party Software 1 Select an Encryption option 2 Enter a value for the encryption The Current Link Key field displays the currently provided Link Key and the date and time the key was provided The status of the Link Key is displayed with the following icons Icon Link Key Status Valid Not Valid 3 1 2 4 5 SSP Debug Mode Bluetooth Core Version 2 1 and later specifications require Bluetooth compliant chip manufactures to include Secure Simple Pairing SSP Debug Mode in the Host Controller Debug Mode allows developers to debug and analyze data without exposing any information that is intended to be kept secret SSP Debug Mode uses a different Link Key for encryption than is used during normal Bluetooth device operation Debug Mode is activated in the Host Controller to allow for data analysis Once the analysis is complete Debug Mode can be switched off While Bluetooth device 2 1 compliance applies to chip manufacturers device manufacturers do not have the same obligation to support SSP Debug Mode therefore some devic
414. r meanings see List of all Event Symbols on page 85 5 1 6 Searching by Signal Searching with Signal allows you to search for changes in control signal states for one or more control signals You can also search for a specific state involving one or more control signals with the option to ignore those control signals whose states you don t care about The analyzer takes the current selected byte as its initial condition when running searches that rely on finding events where control signals changed To access the search by time function 1 Opena capture file to search 2 Open the Event Display NG or Frame Display P window 3 Click on the Find icon Ah or choose Find from the Edit menu 4 Click on the Signal tab of the Find dialog 260 Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Note The tabs displayed on the Find dialog depend on the product you are running and the content VA of the capture file you are viewing BX Decode Patten Time Golo Specis Evens Sigal Bookmark Search for eveni where cna or mons ofthese One of more of these changed changed trom on bo off joy One or noone of these y Thee ect changed from of bo on desonbes the Aae vy Pint fe Pin 2 fv Pin 3 fv Pin Figure 5 9 Find Signal tab You will choose one qualifier Searching for event where then choose one or more control signals Control Signals The section with the check bo
415. r than the ComProbe analyzer can process them These packets are stored either on the ComProbe hardware itself or in a file on the PC If there are remaining packets to be processed when live capture stops the Transferring Packets dialog below is displayed showing the packets yet to be read by the ComProbe analyzer The dialog shows the name of each ComProbe hardware device its process id in square brackets and the number of packets remaining These stored packets are read until they re exhausted or the user clicks the Discard button on the dialog Unlike 802 11 Bluetooth packets never come in faster than the datasource can process them However Bluetooth packets must still be stored so that they can be read in chronological order with the 802 11 packets Transferring Packets Current Packet Transfer Statistics Hardware Packets on hardware ComProbe 802 11 6120 21 084 BPA 500 2720 3 Total 21 087 Live capture has stopped but there are packets buffered on the ComProbe Hardware that have not been decoded These packets will continue bo be transferred and decoded until complete Press the Discard button to stop packet transfer and discard all untransferred packets malansa is 26 complete 0 seconds remaining Figure 4 4 Packet Transfer Dialog 67 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 4 1 3 Capturing Data with BPA 600 Analyzer So now we have our ComProbe BPA 600 analyzer instal
416. rameters dialog allows the user to override an existing parameter at any frame in the capture where the parameter is used If you have a parameter in effect and wish to change that parameter 1 Select the frame where the change should take effect 2 Select Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters from the Options menu or by selecting a frame in the frame display and choosing from the right click pop up menu and make the needed changes 3 Select the rule you wish to modify from the list of rules 4 Choose the protocol the selected item carries from the drop down list and click OK If you do not have any previously overridden parameters you may set parameters for the current frame and onwards by right clicking the desired frame and choosing Provide AVDTP Rules from the right click pop up menu This is the Summary Pane Copy Selection to Clipboard Save Selection If you have a parameter in effect and wish to change it there are two Go To parameters that may be overridden for AVDTP Change the Show Frame Size Column Selected Item to Carry and if AVDTP Media is selected the codec Show Timestamp Column type Because there are times when vital AVDTP configuration Show Delta Column F information may not be transferred over the air we give users the j Add New Column Help b ability to choose between the four AVDTP channel types for each e EEDIT D L2CAP channel carrying AVDTP as well as codec type We attemptto Ba aaa
417. rated by analyzing Bluetooth protocol activities Codec Events generated from analyzing the audio coding decoding activities Audio Events generated by analyzing the audio data Mode does not apply to this event Tamanna Mode Refer to 4 6 3 2 Referenced Mode on page 214 TNon Referenced Mode Refer to 4 6 3 1 Non Referenced Mode on page Ma The system generated identification for a specific frame tess and explanation about this event apache A system generated time stamp for each frame Event table entries are sortable by column Left click on the column heading to sort Sorting Event Table Pop Up Menu Right clicking with the cursor over the Event Table will open a menu of additional options For more on this option see Wave Panel amp Event Table Pop up Menu on page 243 242 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Lock Event Table The Lock Event Table checkbox is available in live mode only Clicking to check the box will prevent the Event Table from scrolling during live capture Un checking the box will resume scrolling of events as they are detected When analyzing a capture file the checkbox has no effect Lock Event Table 4 6 5 4 Wave Panel amp Event Table Pop up Menu Additional Wave Panel and Event Table options are available by right clicking the mouse with the cursor anywhere in the Wave Panel or in the Event Table Wave Panel Pop up Menu
418. ration A packet is drawn using the following components 124 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual e A max packet on wire reference rectangle light solid lines This indicates the packet in the air with a max payload Max Packet on Wire Reference A max actual payload reference rectangle dark solid lines This indicates a max payload as would be extracted by the receiving device if the payload in the air contains forward error correction FEC it is longer than the actual payload The position of the beginning of the rectangle indicates where the payload begins in time orn Mar Actual Payload Reference e An actual payload colored sub rectangle packet category specific blue here This indicates the actual received payload with FEC if any removed It is the beginning portion of the max actual payload reference rectangle If the actual payload is of max size the entire max actual payload reference rectangle is colored ee ee E i Actual F ay load e An unused payload reference sub rectangle always white This indicates the unused portion of a maximum payload It is the remaining portion of the max actual payload reference rectangle The packet in the air does 2125 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data not leave room for this It is indicated for reference only Unused Payl
419. ration two to four links can be synchronized Four links result when each BPA 600 analyzer is configured for Classic Only Multiple Connections with two links per BPA 600 device When configured for synchronization through ProbeSync one BPA 600 device provides the clock to the other device The clock is provided by a CAT 5 cable between the master BPA 600 OUT connector sending the synchronizing clock to the BPA 600 hardware IN connector receiving the clock When the BPA 600 software runs in ProbeSync one Control window opens with two BPA 600 datasource windows one for each connected device Each device datasource is setup individually to sniff their respective link Should the hardware be connected incorrectly that is IN to IN or OUT to OUT an error message will appear Follow the instructions in error message To continue click on the OK button The BPA 600 datasource Status window will also display a warning message suggesting information sources BPA 600 datasource A Probe Syne setup error has been detected The Probe Sync cable should be connected to the OUT port of one BPA and the IN port on the other BPA IMPORTANT Please follow these steps in the exact order listed 1 Correctly connect the Probe Sync cable between the two BPAs 2 Close CPAS YOU MUST DO THIS STEP 3 Restart CPAS f necessary please refer to the Quick Start Guide for further information Figure 4 6 Incorrect ProbeSync Hardware Connection Error
420. re 4 57 Bluetooth le Timeline Segment Timestamp and Zoom Value _ 151 Figure 4 58 Bluetooth le Timeline Packet Info Line 22 2 a 151 Figure 4 59 Bluetooth le Timeline Packet Info Line for Multiple Selected Packets 152 Figure 4 60 Bluetooth low energy Packet Discontinuity 2 220 22 ee eee eee cece cece eeeeees 152 Figure 4 61 low energy Timeline Zoom menu 2 2 ee eee eee eee eee cece cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeees 155 Figure 4 62 Coexistence View Window cece cece cece cece cece eceeceeccceececceceeceeceees 157 Figure 4 63 Coexistence View Toolbar _ 22 oe cece eee cee cece cee cee cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeees 164 Figure 4 64 Coexistence View Throughput Indicators cece eee ee eee cece cee ceeceeeeeees 166 Figure 4 65 Throughput Graph viewport 22 22 eee cece cee eee cee eee ee eee e cece ce eeeeeeeeeeeee 168 Figure 4 66 Average throughput indicators show a plus sign when the indicator width is exceeded 168 Figure 4 67 A single selected packet __ _ 0 222 2 le ieee cece ec cee cee eee eee cence ee eeeeeeeeeees 168 Figure 4 68 Coexistence View Throughput Graph eee eee cee ce cee cee cece eceeceeeeeees 169 Figure 4 69 Throughput Graph y axis labels ee eee cece cee eee cece cece eeeeeeeeeee 170 Figure 4 70 Data point tooltip 2 22 ec
421. recognizer to be turned off or on pi I O Settings Change A change was made in the I O Settings window which altered the baud parity or other circuit setting lAn event is anything that happens on the circuit or which affects data capture Data bytes control signal changes and long and short breaks are all events as are I O Settings changes and Data Capture Paused and Resumed 85 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 4 Event Symbols continued Long Break KE Low Power The battery in the ComProbe is low 2 Short Break LE jp Event SPY Mode only SPY events are commands sent by the application being spied on to the UART Star of Frame Marks the start of a frame o banana akap CO Na aba CC Na aaa o iy Sync Hunt Entered Sync Lost Test Device Stopped Responding The analyzer lost contact with the ComProbe for some reason often because there is no power to the ComProbe Test Device Test Device Began Responding The analyzer regained contact with the ComProbe Responding The analyzer regained contact with the Test Device Began Responding The analyzer regained contact with the ComProbe T Timestamping Disabled Timestamping was turned off Events following this event are not timestamped Timestamping Enabled Timestamping was turned on Events following this event have timestamps Truncated Frame A frame that is not the same size as i
422. res res ponse Tran ID Initiated by master LMP host connection req Tran ID Initiated by master LMP accepted ted by master O riginal O pcode LMP host connection req LMP setup com plete Tran ID Initiated by slave Figure 4 112 Message Sequence Chart Print Preview The information in the dialog will vary depending on the layer that is selected in the Message Sequence Chart the properties of the printer you select and the amount of data in the layer which will correspond to the number of pages displayed You control what you see and when to print using the toolbar at the top of the dialog SARLA Pac jos KGAD DI KI say Figure 4 113 Print Preview Toolbar Table 4 20 Print Preview Icons Print Prints all the pages to the printer you a select in Print Setup dialog When you select Print you will output the data that is currently being displayed Cancel Printing Cancels the current printing 199 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 20 Print Preview Icons Continued N ame JESCrIpuon Zoom In Horizontially Expands the data horizontally so it can be easier to read Zoom Out Horizontally Squeezes the data together so that more fits on one page Zoom In Vertically Expands the data vertically so it can be easier to read Zoom Out Vertically Squeezes the data so that more fits on one page Current Page The current page text box displays the Page of 5
423. robe analyzer the BPA 600 analyzer must provide the clock Combined cable length of all the ProbeSync cables connected at a given time should not exceed 1 5 meters 4 5 feet OUT connector on devine providing the o INconnectoron 9 _ ice ecen ihe pa chk E Figure 2 5 BPA 600 Hardware ProbeSync connection Connect the CAT 5 cable before connecting the USB cable to the BPA 600 hardware If you must change the ProbeSync connections it may be necessary to cycle the power to the devices to ensure proper synchronization ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 2 Getting Started Should the CAT5 cable be connected incorrectly that is OUT to OUT or IN to IN an error message will appear when the BPA 600 software is run Refer to BPA 600 Capture with ProbeSync on page 69 2 2 Data Capture Methods This section describes how to load Frontline Test Equipment Inc ComProbe Protocol Analysis System software and how to select the data capture method for your specific application 2 2 1 Opening ComProbe Data Capture Method On product installation the installer creates a folder on the windows desktop labeled Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System lt version gt 1 Double click the Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System desktop folder This opens a standard Windows file folder window m bk Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System 12 11 662 0 w Include in library Share with Burn New folder
424. rom the DCE is a good example of how using a Rate Deka CRC DTE CRC DCE side restriction differs from searching without regard to data origin No Timestamp No Timestamp 9c 35 While searching without regard for data origin finds all three For Help Press F1 patterns searching using a side restriction never finds the first pattern because it does not come wholly from one side or the other If you choose to search for the pattern ABC and you restrict the 4 Event Display f all search to just the DTE side the analyzer finds the following pattern Fie Ect Yew Format Options Window aga maisama In this example the analyzer finds only the second pattern highlighted above because we restricted the search to just the DTE side The first pattern doesn t qualify because it is split between the DTE and DCE sides and the third pattern though whole comes from just the DCE side Evert 16 to 42 of 6 425 27 events Rate Deka CREDTE CRC DCE NG Timestamp No Timestamp 9c 35 Por Help Press FI If we choose both the DTE and the DCE sides in the above example then the analyzer finds the second pattern followed by the third pattern but not the first pattern This is because each side has one instance in which the whole pattern can be found The analyzer completely searches the DTE side first followed by the DCE side A Note Side Restriction is available for pattern and error searching 1 Select one of th
425. roughput and 1 second throughput for Classic Bluetooth all devices master devices and slave devices are each shown separately Bluetooth low energy and 802 11 4 4 5 4 Throughput Throughput is total packet or payload size in bits of the included packets divided by the Throughput duration of the included packets where Packet Pauload Both e Packet size is used if the Packet or Both radio button is selected in the Throughput group e Payload size is used if the Payload radio button is selected in the Throughput group e Included packets are defined separately for each of the radio buttons that appear above the throughput indicators e Duration of the included packets is measured from the beginning of the first included packet to the end of the last included packet 166 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 4 5 5 Radio Buttons Packets All Selected Viewport The radio buttons above the throughput indicators specify which packets are included Radio button descriptions are modified per the following e Bluetooth low energy packets from non configured devices are excluded if the Configured radio button in the LE Devices group is selected LE Devices Configured e Frame Display filtering has no effect here in that packets that are filtered out in All Frame Display are still used here as long as they otherwise meet the criteria for each radio button as de
426. rt Rate Map UUID Blood Pressurg UUID Weight Scale i i UID Body Composilf CG AD Element Length 13 NI Total Frames 6 767 Frames Filtered In For Help Press F1 Advertiser Address Ox712500000f File Edit View Format Filter Bookmarks Options Window Help GAS YY Se n GF LP Li 4 LA LA GS li ki protocol tabs a DoE 8 Q 909 Find Errors LE BB m LE PKT LE ADY LE DATA LE LL L2CAP SMP ATT Data L File Edit View Format Filter Bookmarks Options Window Help a PEG YESZT apan A LA LA S la hin p Frame 1 Len 53 LE BB Header Length 13 Header Version 3 CP 1 Channel Index 37 2402 MHz Meets Predefined Filter Criteria for BT low energy devi Receive Status Received without errors Decryption Initiated No i Signal Strength 7 medium e PDU Length 37 B LE PKT 3 be Preamble Oxaa Access Address Dx8e83bed6 CRC Oxfe96e6 LE ADY H PDU Type ADY_IND H Advertiser Address Type random i Payload Length 35 Advertiser Address 0x712500000002 B AD Data E AD Element Length 2 H AD Type Flags B AD Data H BR EDR Not Supported Yes i LE General Discoverable Mode Yes AD Element i Length 11 i AD Type Complete list of 16 bit UUIDs AD Data UUID Health Thermometer JUD Heart Rate Monitor UUID Blood Pressure Monitor H UUID Weight Scale UUID Body Composition AD Element i Length 13 4 m
427. s Some of the System Settings options are disabled depending upon the status of the data capture session e As the default all the options on the System Settings dialog are enabled e Once the user begins to capture data by selecting the Start Capture button some of the options on the System Settings dialog are disabled until the user stops data capture and either saves or erases the captured data e The user can go into the Startup options and Advanced system options on the System Settings dialog and make changes to the settings at any time 7 1 1 2 Advanced System Options These parameters affect fundamental aspects of the software and it is unlikely that you ever have to change them If you do change them and need to return them to their original values the default value is listed in parentheses to the right of the value box Most technical support problems are not related to these parameters and as changing them could have serious consequences for the performance of the analyzer we strongly recommend contacting technical support before changing any of these parameters To access the Advanced System Options 1 Go to the Control A window 2 Choose System Settings from the Options menu 3 On the System Settings window click the Advanced button 285 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 7 General Information Advanced System Options warmy Be catebul when changing Ihese paameler Please read the online help Met
428. s asking if you want to save the capture o You can select Yes and save the capture or select No and close the dialog In either case the existing capture file is cleared and a new capture file is started o If you choose Cancel the dialog closes with no changes to the data e The link key pin code can be changed while sniffing and the changes will be automatically saved in the configuration file o While the device is sniffing click in the Classic Encryption link key pin code field This action places the focus on that window o Change the link key pin code o The Status window at the bottom of the page will inform the user to move focus away from the link key pin code window o Click the mouse outside the link key pin code field or press the Tab key This action will remove the focus from the link key pin code window o The link key pin code in order to automatically save changes move focus away from field when editing is complete Gear changes are automatically saved to the configuration file 4 1 3 1 BPA 600 Capture with ProbeSync ProbeSync allows multiple ComProbe analyzers to work seamlessly together and to share a common clock Clock sharing allows the analyzers to precisely synchronize communications stream and to display resulting 69 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data packets in a single shared view If two ComProbe BPA 600 hardware are connected in a ProbeSync configu
429. s may vary in most cases the screen will provide salas ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies A status of your tap count 4 Return to the Settings screen and you will see Developer options A 2 3 Retrieving the HCI Log Now that Developer options have been activated on the Android device you can retrieve the HCI log 1 On the Android device go to Settings 2 Select Developer options 3 Click to enable Bluetooth HCI snoop logging 4 Return to the Settings screen and select Developer options 5 Inthe Developer options screen select Enable Bluetooth HCI snoop log The log file is now enabled pa On I EW Or Developer options ON Take bug report Desktop backup password Desktop full backups aren t currently protected Stay awake Screen will never sleep while charging Select runtime Use Dalvik Enable Bluetooth HCI snoop lo Capture all bluetooth HCI packets in a file Process Stats Geeky stats about running processes DEBUGGING USB debugging Debug mode when USB is connected e E ma Figure 8 Typical Android Developer options screen 6 On the Android device turn off Bluetooth 7 Turn on Bluetooth 8 Reboot the Android device 314 Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual The HCI log file is now being generated and is saved to sdcard btsnoop hci log P Note Samsung devices have a slightly different location for the btsnoop file There are two options for retrieving the HCI log
430. s passed between protocol layers MISC displays a concise overview of a Blutetooth connection highlighting the essential elements fo the connection At a glance you can see the flow of the data including role switches connection requests and errors You can look at all the packets int he capture or filter by protocol or profile the MSC is color coded for a clear and easy view of your data 191 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data H Message Sequence Chart MSC o0 g File Edt View Help RAHN DNO SO MB Soe All Layers Ctrl Summary Non Msg Summary BB LMP L2CAP SDP RFCOMM 3 635 11 57 15 345497 Open signaling channel H RFCOMM SABM Channel Signaling Length 0 3 640 11 57 15 348624 RFCOMM channel s that are Open 3 640 11 57 15 348624 Signaling Parameter Negotiation 3 645 11 57 15 351747 Command gt Channel Signaling Length 10 FC Sender Supports CF Parameter 3 650 11 57 15 354874 Negotiation Channel Signaling Length 10 FC Responder Supports CF Fanna ey Baseband connection encryption 3 723 11 57 15 461124 started Cu RFCOMM_SABM 3 730 11 57 15 465497 Open OBEX channel H le For Help Press F1 Figure 4 102 Message Sequence Chart Window How do access the chart You access the Message Sequence Chart by selecting the icon H or MSC Chart from the View menu from the Control window or Frame Display What do I see on the dialog
431. s was opened e Restart Capturing After Saving or Clearing Capture File If the Automatically Restart feature is enabled the analyzer restarts capture to the file immediately after the file is closed e Wrap File When enabled the analyzer wraps the file when it becomes full The oldest events are moved out of the file to make room for new events Any events moved out of the file are lost When disabled the analyzer stops capture when the file becomes full Either reset the file or close your capture file to continue e File Size The size of the file will depend of the available hard disk space 1 Click the Min button to see set the minimum acceptable value for the file size 2 Click the Max button to see set the maximum acceptable value for the file size 284 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual FTS4USB dl You can accept these values or you can enter a unique file size Butif you try to close the dialog after entering a value greater A Enter an integer between 1096 and 1848267 than the maximum or less than the minimum you will see the following dialog e Start up Opens the Program Start up Options window Start up options let you choose whether to start data capture immediately on opening the analyzer e Advanced Opens the Advanced System Options window The Advanced Settings should only be changed on advice of technical support 7 1 1 1 System Settings Disabled Enabled Option
432. s when entering your string Every time you type in asearch string the analyzer saves the search The next time you open Find the drop down list will contain your search parameters e Search for All Errors finds frame errors as well as frames with byte level errors such as parity or CRC errors e Search for Frame Errors Only finds frame specific errors such as frame check errors e Search for Information Frame only searches information frames 1 Enter the search string 2 Check Ignore Case to do a case insensitive search 3 When you have specified the time interval you want to use click on the Find Next or Find Previous buttons to start the search from the current event The result of the search is displayed in the Decode pane in Frame Display 253 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data Side Restrictions Side Restriction means that the analyzer looks for a pattern coming wholly from the DTE or DCE side If you 9 Event Display KIER choose to search without regard for data origin the analyzer looks Fie Edt View Format Options Window Help for a pattern coming from one or both sides For example if you Pa a MB bi S2 AF ss 8 choose to search for the pattern ABC and you choose to search without regard for data origin the analyzer finds all three instances of ABC shown here The first pattern with the A and the C coming from the DTE device Event 16to 42 of Ea a and the B coming f
433. sage Sequence Chart Bluetooth low energy Packet Error Rate Statistics Opens the Packet Error Rate Statistics window Bluetooth Classic Packet Error Rate Statistics Opens the Packet Error Rate Statistics window Audio Expert System Opens Audio Expert System window 2 3 2 Configuration Information on the Control Window The Configuration bar just below the toolbar displays the hardware configuration and may include I O settings It also provides such things as name of the network card address information ports in use etc 2 3 3 Status Information on the Control Window The Status bar located just below the Configuration bar on the Control window provides a quick look at current activity in the analyzer Capture Status Not Active Capture to Single File NA used Utilization 0 Host O Control Events 0 e Capture Status or Status for Sodera displays Not Active Paused or Running and refers to the state of data capture o Not Active means that the analyzer is not currently capturing data o Paused means that data capture has been suspended o Running means that the analyzer is actively capturing data e Used The next item shows how much of the buffer or capture file has been filled For example if you are capturing to disk and have specified a 200 Kb capture file the bar graph tells you how much of the capture file has been used When the graph reaches 100 capture either stops or the file begins to overwrite the oldest
434. same random number is low but not absolute IRK and Bluetooth low energy Privacy Feature Bluetooth low energy has a feature that reduces the ability of an attacker to track a device over a long period buy frequently and randomly changing an advertising device s address This is the privacy feature This feature is not used in the discovery mode and procedures but is used in the connection mode and procedures If the advertising device was previously discovered and has returned to an advertising state the device must be identifiable by trusted devices in future connections without going through discovery procedure again The IRK stored in the trusted device will overcome the problem of maintaining privacy while saving discovery computational load and connection time The advertising devices IRK was passed to the master device during initial bonding The a master device will use the IRK to identify the advertiser as a trusted device CSRK and Signing for Authentication Bluetooth low energy supports the ability to authenticate data sent over an unencrypted ATT bearer between two devicesin a trust relationship If authenticated pairing has occurred and encryption is not required security mode 2 data signing is used if CSRK has been exchanged The sending device attaches a digital signature after the data in 346 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies the packet that includes a counter and a message authentication code MAC The key use
435. scribed below 4 4 5 6 All radio button All packets are used for average throughput and packets Packets All Selected Viewport occurring in the last 1 second of the session are used for 1 second throughput except that Bluetooth low energy packets from non configured devices can be excluded as noted above 4 4 5 7 Selected radio button Selected packets the selected packet range is shown in the timeline header are used for average throughput and packets in the 1 second duration ending at the end of the last selected packet are used for 1 second except that Bluetooth low energy packets from non configured devices can be excluded as noted above Packets JA Selected Viewport Selected Packets 15434 15437 Gan 44 7 me Timestamp Delta 45 922 me Span 46 192 ms Figure 4 18 Timeline Header Showing Selected Packets 4 4 5 8 Viewport radio button The viewport is the purple rectangle in the Throughput Graph and indicates a specific starting time ending time and resulting duration Packets that occur within that range of time are used for average throughput and packets in the 1 second duration ending at the end of the last packet in the viewport time range are used for 1 second throughput except that Bluetooth low energy packets from non configured devices can be excluded as noted above Packets All Selected O Viewport 167 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data
436. se contact Frontline to discuss your requirements There are numerous approaches that we can use to structure a partnership program with you We believe that a partnership with Frontline is an easy and cost effective way for you to add value to your product offering 352 Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual If you are end customer and you want to take advantage of Virtual sniffing all you need to do is buy any Frontline Bluetooth product Virtually sniffing comes standard with product 353 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies Author Eric Kaplan Publish Date May 2003 Revised December 2013 354 Appendicies Index A A2DP Decoder Parameters 49 Aborted Frame 286 About Display Filters 108 About L2CAP Decoder Parameters 54 Absolute Time 292 Adaptive Frequency Hopping PER Stats 204 Add a New or Save an Existing Template 48 Adding a New Predefined Stack 75 Adding Comments To A Capture File 273 Advanced System Options 285 Apply Capture Filters 110 Apply Display Filters 108 110 112 113 ASCII 84 character set 297 viewing data in 84 ASCII Codes 297 ASCII Pane 105 Audio Expert System 211 bitrate 233 239 calibratioin 219 event type Audio 225 Clipping 229 Dropout 230 Glitch 230 Bluetooth 222 Codec 223 frame synchronization 246 355 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual operating mode referenced 214 219 test file 215 Wave Panel 234 viewer 237 Auto Sizing Column Widths 102 Automatica
437. se steps byrer or Y FH to reload the decoders HTML Export 1 In the Frame Display click on the Reload Decoders Regal Bora 34 l Recreate Companion File icon Pe or select Reload Decoders from the File menu 2 From the File menu select Recreate Companion Files CSRmesh in BPA 600 BPA 600 will automatically capture any Bluetooth low energy Advertising packets CSRmesh packets transmitted over random Non Resolvable Private Address will be captured and displayed in the Frame Display CSRmesh over GATT ATT maintains a database which maps handles 8 UUIDs When there is a connection request the mappings will be loaded to the initiator and or advertiser sides of the database Phones can bypass pairing process for pre paired devices In this case handle UUID can be mapped by brute force using ATT Handle UUID PreLoad ini file This file is to be placed in the root of My Decoders Folder For additional information refer to Bluetooth low energy ATT Decoder Handle Mapping on page 301 Troubleshooting Tips CSRmesh a Incorrect Passphrase e When the passphrase entered in MeshOptions ini is incorrect most of the Mesh Transport Protocol frames will contain Mesh Protocol Detected Error e The term Most is used because it excludes Mesh Association Protocol MASP packets MASP packets use a constant Passphrase of 0x00 MASP 60 Chapter 3 Configuration Settings ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual CSRMesh MTP
438. sed for the 1 sec throughput See Coexistence View Throughput Indicators on page Indicators 166 for more information Performs the same function as the throughput indicator Viewport radio button 158 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 4 14 Coexistence View Format Menu Selections continued a CUON Jescri DUON Set 802 11 Tx When checked this selection is used to specify the 802 11 source address where any Address packet with that source address is considered a Tx packet and is shown with a purple border in the timelines Performs the same function as the SET button Refer to Coexistence View Set Button on page 177 The following three selections are mutually exclusive Show Packet When checked the Throughput Graph and Throughput Indicator shows data based on Throughput packet throughput Performs the same function as the Throughput Packet radio button Show Payload When checked the Throughput Graph and Throughput Indicator shows data based on Throughput payload throughput Performs the same function as the Throughput Payload radio button Show Both When checked the Throughput Graph will graph both the data based on packets Packet And throughput in darker colors and payloay throughput in lighter colors The Throughput Payload Indicator will show calculations based on packet throughput Performs the same Throughput function as the Throughput Both radio button The
439. selected in the Frame Display When multiple packets are selected in the timeline only one of them is selected in the Frame Display e The left arrow key goes to the previous packet The right arrow key goes to the next packet The Ctrl left arrow key goes to the previous error packet The Ctrl right arrow key goes to the next error packet 4 4 3 3 Bluetooth Timeline Toolbar The toolbarbar contains the following a Lock The Lock button only appears in live mode and is automatically depressed when the user scrolls Unlock First Packet Previous Packet Next Packet Last Packet Previous Retransmitted Packet Next Retransmitted Packet Previous Error Packet Next Error Packet Zoom In Click on the icon each time to zoom in from 4800 slots to 12 slots PE ET FOOD OP 128 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual O Zoom Out Click on the icon each time to zoom out from 12 slots to 4800 slots Reset The Reset button appears only in live mode Reset causes all packet data up to that point to E be deleted from the Packet Timeline display This does not affect the data in Frame Display Resetting the display may be useful when the most recent throughput values are of interest 4 4 3 4 Bluetooth Timeline Menu Bar The Bluetooth Timeline menu bar contains the following a See 4 9 Bluetooth Timeline Menus Description KO Timeline to display beginning at current frame Available only in Live
440. ses Bluetooth clocks and they do not always match up exactly This mismatch can result in the data for a particular packet being included in different intervals in the two throughput graphs and can have a significant impact on the shapes of the two respective graphs This can also result in the total duration of the two throughput graphs being different Another factor that can affect total duration is that the Bluetooth Timeline s throughput graph stops at the last Classic Bluetooth packet while the Coexistence View s Throughput Graph stops at the last packet regardless of technology 4 4 3 8 Export Payload Throughput Over Time In the Bluetooth Timeline you can create and save a comma separated values csv file that contains information about the Payload Throughput Over Time graph The file contains the following information e Sequence Number e Beginning Packet e Ending Packet e Bit Count e Duration Secs e Bits Sec e Running Average Bits Sec To create the file 1 Select Export Payload Throughput Over Time from the Throughput menu Fh Export Pay t Ower Time 5 E Object Throughput The Save As menu appears pore Ove port tats 2 Select a location where you want to save the file Note In live mode default path name is H C Users Public Public Documents Frontline Test Equipment My Log Files PayloadThroughputOverTime csv In view mode default path name is cfa basepathname with PayloadThroug
441. sets the data point interval automatically depending on the zoom level The other menu selections provide the ability to select a fixed data point interval Selecting from a larger to a smaller interval will display more data points Should the number of data points exceed 30 000 no data is displayed and a warning will appear in the graph area 4 4 5 19 Zoom Cursor Selecting the Zoom Cursor button changes the cursor to the zoom cursor Qi The zoom cursor is controlled by the mouse wheel and zooms the viewport and thus the Timelines and the Zoomed Throughput Graph The zoom cursor appears everywhere except the Throughput Graph which is not zoomable in which case the scroll cursor is shown When the zoom cursor is in the Timelines or Zoomed Throughput Graph zooming occurs around the point in time where the zoom cursor is positioned When the zoom cursor is outside the Timelines and the Zoomed Throughput Graph the left edge of those displays is the zoom point 4 4 5 20 Comparison with the Bluetooth Timeline s Throughput Graph The Throughput Graphs for Classic Bluetooth in the Coexistence View and the BluetoothTimeline can look quite different even though they are plotting the same data The reason is that the Coexistence View uses timestamps while the B uetoothTimeline uses Bluetooth clocks and they do not always match up exactly This mismatch can result in the data for a particular packet being included in different intervals in the t
442. sical vs Logical Byte Display for more information Colors are used to show which protocol layer each byte belongs to The colors correspond to the layers listed in the Decode pane The Event Radix Binary Character and Decode panes are all synchronized with one another Clicking on an element CRo ULC SS FN 5 NE 4 Al This 15 the Character Pane G Copy Selection to Clipboard 3 Select Entire Frame Change Text Highlight Color N v ASCH J bit ASCI EBCDIC Baudot in any one of the panes highlights the corresponding element in all the other panes 4 4 1 11 7 Binary Pane The Binary pane displays the logical bytes in the frame in binary Because the Binary pane displays the logical bytes rather than the physical bytes the data in the Binary pane may be different from that in the Event pane See Physical vs Logical Byte Display for more information Colors are used to show which protocol layer each byte belongs to The colors correspond to the layers listed in the Decode pane The Event Radix Binary Character and Decode panes are all synchronized with one another Clicking on an element in any one of the panes highlights the corresponding element in all the other panes 105 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 4 4 1 11 8 Event Pane The Event pane shows the physical bytes in the frame You can choose between 1 displaying only the data events or displaying all events by clic
443. sizes etc as well as combinations of those things Named filters are persistent across sessions e Named filters are user defined User defined filters persist in a template file User defined filters can be deleted Quick Filters e Quick Filters are combinations of Protocol Filters and or Named Filters that are displayed on the Quick Filter tab e Quick Filters cannot be saved and do not persist across sessions e Quick Filters are created on the Quick Filter Dialog 108 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 441 413 1 1 Creating a Display Filter There are two steps to using a display filter Define the filter conditions and then apply the filter to the data set The system combines both filter definition and application in one dialog 1 Click the Display Filters icon Y on the Frame Display i window or select Apply Modify Display Filters from the Filter menu to open the Set Condition dialog box The Set Condition dialog is self configuring which means that when you Select each frame under Conditions the following displayed fields depend on your selection With each subsequent selection the dialog fields will change depending on you selection in that field Set Condition 5 s Currently Active Condition lt Untitled gt Include Exclude Condition Select each frame where the protocol X AVCTP 7 field Command Response x Is Not Present
444. ssic Only Multiple Connections Device l703eac ladbc John Trinkle sif rE Device 0k00025b00aae0 UGO Device 0k2016d8924b8b FTE 781RBW1 Classic E ption Classic Encryption Enter New Value bodffdffdfdffdfdf Enter New Value Osta Current Link Key Curent Link Key 6 3 2015 12 08 57 PM boffdffdfdffdfdf Q 6 9 2015 12 08 57 PM bdfdf Figure 3 12 BPA 600 Devices Under Test Classic Only Multiple Connections Specifying the Bluetooth Device Address BD_ADDR Multiple connection refers to connecting one master with two slave Bluetooth devices The analyzer needs to know the Bluetooth Device Address BD ADDR for the Slaves and the Master The analyzer needs to know the Bluetooth Device Address BD ADDR for each device but it does not need to know which is master or slave as the ComProbe analyzer can figure that out for you through roleless connection You can also manually specify the Bluetooth Device Address 35 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings Select the Bluetooth device address BD ADDR form the Classic Device drop down list or from the Device Database You can also type in the address as a 12 digit hex number 6 octets The Ox is automatically typed in by the control Any devices entered this way is added to the Device Database Using the Device drop down list elect the Bluetooth Device Address BD ADDR from a list of available devices from the Device NU ANG p
445. stence View Menus The following tables describe each of the Coexistence View Menus Fi Coexistence View Capture 2015 12 02_104121L cfa File Format Zoom Navigate Spectrum Help 4 157 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 13 Coexistence View File Menu Selections ta ping ULE ee am a Po I 24 aT Ga Fi OT JaA scription Reset Resets the Coexistence View window to its default settings Exit Closes the Coexistence View window Table 4 14 Coexistence View Format Menu Selections Show Packet When checked the packet number shows below the packet in the Viewport ce Number 6 755 209 Show Packet When checked the packet type shows below the packet in the Viewport Type LMF Show Packet When checked the packet subtype shows below the packet in the Viewport if applicable Subtype Hide Packet When checked hides any text shown below the packet in the Viewport Applies the text Text shown by the Show Packet Number Show Packet Type and Show Packet Subtype menu selections Auto Hide When checked automatically hides any text shown below the packet in the Viewport Packet Text when the Viewport duration exceeds 31 25 ms Applies the text shown by the Show When Packet Number Show Packet Type and Show Packet Subtype menu selections Duration gt The Viewport duration is shown at the bottom of the Viewport This selection reduces 31 25 ms display
446. synchronized a ki PB tasa Em Nia Pepa FL Figure 4 77 Synchronized Zoomed Throughput Graph and View Port The largest value in each technology in the Zoomed Throughput Graph is snapped to the top of the graph This makes the graph easier to read by using all of the available space but because the y axis scales can change it can make it difficult to compare different time ranges or durations Clicking the Freeze Y button freezes the y axis scales and makes it possible to compare all time ranges and durations the name of the button changes to Unfreeze Y and a Y Scales Frozen indicator appears to the right of the title Clicking the Unfreeze Y Unfteeze t button unfreezes the y axis scales Interval l l p Hide Zoom Freeze Y 16 930 100 ms point fili ty Hri TURPI OE i nae IAKYAT APA NN ERA AR IN lad Figure 4 78 Zoomed Throughput Graph Largest Value Snaps to Top AYA 175 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Hide Zoom Untreeze Y E O mo mang N E o oO nG LIL Hal ma ll did fat BANA ani Hi al Relat LUH Figure 4 79 Zoomed Throughput Graph Freeze Y keeps the y axis constant Interval Menu The Interval drop down menu is used to set the duration of each data point in the Zoomed Throughput graph The default setting is Auto that
447. t None and output None An example of when Passkey Entry would be appropriate would be if input Keyboard and output Display There are 25 combinations that result in 13 Just Works methods and 12 Passkey Entry methods In Just Works the TK O In the Passkey Entry method 6 numeric digits Input Keyboard 6 random digits Input Display SMP Code Pairing Confirm Contin Value Oxfade3394940594 7 cbedbblfeeSI399c9d5 Figure 18 Initiator Pairing Confirm Example ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture lA third method Out Of Band OOB performs the same as Pass Key but through another external link such as NFC 333 Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual SMP Code Pairing Confirm Confirm Value Dx7fc25698 32921 25798445464 27562085 Figure 19 Responder Pairing Confirm Example ComProbe Frame Display BPA 600 low energy capture Initiator Responder The initiating device will generate a 128 bit random number that is combined with TK the Pairing Request command the Pairing Response command the initiating device address and address type SMP Pairing Request and the responding device address and address type The resulting value is a random number Mconfirm that is sent to the responding SMP Pairing Response device by the Pairing Confirm command The responding device will SMP Pairing Confirm 5confirm validate the responding device data in the Pairing Confir
448. t Frontline Technical Support for information on the latest reference file versions With the BPA 600 connected to the computer configure the datasource and follow procedures to capture data Launch Audio Expert System by clicking on the Control window rj Turn on Bluetooth on your DUTs DUT1 and DUT2 Turn on the third party Bluetooth app for routing the reference file over A2DP or HFP by following the vendor s directions Send the reference test file from DUT1 to DUT2 via the third party app Observe the events in the Audio Expert System Events Table Look for an event Description TestIDFound REF Test ID 1 02 Channel Gain 11 8 dB TermFreq 400 0 P Note This is an example The display may vary with the reference file version The ComProbe analyzer has successfully detected the reference test signal and the system is locked into reference mode 218 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual DUT 1 Audio Source DUT 2 Audio Sink Local memory Cellular network Audio source Figure 4 121 Test Cases for Referenced Mode Testing 4 6 3 3 1 System Calibration for Referenced Mode The objective is to achieve settings at the Bluetooth source device DUT1 that bring the PCM sample levels of tones in the Reference Audio files sent over the air as close as possible to the levels at which they were created without exceeding the
449. t btsnoop_hci log 315 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Appendicies Frontline Test Equipment My Capture Files Organize New folder i Pictures Name Date modified Type E Subversion S Videos __ btsnoop_hci log 2 4 2011 4 45 PM Text Document jk Computer g Local Disk C Ts DVD RW Drive D CP goldmine5 rok GE erp5 ftrnas90 G transfer ftshar G3 upss ftship V E document ftst 4 File name btsnoop_hci log oo F Figure 9 Select Capture File 4 Open the Frame Display 6 5 Inthe Frame Display protocol tabs select HCI See image below 6 Select Find AA click on the Decode tab and enter link key in the Search for String in Decode Check the Ignore Case option Click on Find Next until the Event column shows Link Key Notification KJ Find btsnoop hci log Decode Search For String In Decode Ignore case CO Search For All Errors CO Search For Frame Errors Only CO Search For Information Frames Side Restriction Search without regard to data origin CO Search only these sides Figure 10 Find Dialog In the Frame Display Detail pane expand HCI and HCI Event where the Link Key is shown Copy and paste the Link Key into the appropriate BPA 600 datasource dialog See the example below 316 Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Frame Display btsnoop hci log File Edit View Format Filter Bookmarks Options Window He
450. t doesn t actually exist Virtual reality is something that looks and feels real but isn t real So we use the term Virtual sniffing because there is sniffing taking place but not in the traditional physical sense A 7 5 The Convenience and Reliability of Virtual Sniffing Virtual sniffing is the most convenient and reliable form of sniffing and should be used in preference to all other forms of sniffing whenever practical Virtual sniffing is convenient because it requires no setup to use except for a very small amount of software engineering typically between one and four hours that is done once and then never again Once support for Virtual sniffing has been built into application or into a development environment none of the traditional sniffing setup work need be done This means e NO piconet synchronization e NO serial connection to tap e NO USB connection to tap Virtual sniffing is reliable because there is nothing that can fail With Virtual sniffing all data is always captured A 7 6 How Virtual Sniffing Works ComProbe software Virtual sniffing works using a feature called Live Import Any application can feed data into ComProbe software using Live Import A simple API provides four basic functions and a few other more advanced functions The four basic Live Import functions are e Opena connection to ComProbe software e Close a connection to ComProbe software e Send an entire packet to ComProbe software e Senda single
451. t epoch may be used of midnight January 1st 2000 AD which is represented in this field as OXOOEO3AB44A676000 Packet Data Variable length field holding the packet that was captured beginning with its datalink header The Datalink Type field of the file header can be used to determine how to decode the datalink header The length of the Packet Data field is given in the Included Length field Note that the length of this field in not necessarily rounded to any particular multi octet boundary as might otherwise be suggested by the diagram Data Format All integer values are stored in big endian order with the high order bits first 7 2 3 Ring Indicator The following information applies when operating the analyzer in Spy mode or Source DTE No FTS Cables mode When using the cables supplied with the analyzer to capture or source data Ring Indicator RI is routed to a different pin which generates interrupts normally There is a special case involving Ring Indicator and computers with 8250 UARTs or UARTs from that family where the state of RI may not be captured accurately Normally when a control signal changes state from high to low or low to high an interrupt is generated by the UART and the analyzer goes to see what has changed and record it 296 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Ring Indicator works a little differently An interrupt is generated when RI changes from high to low but not when
452. t is as clutter free as possible e Line of sight obstructions should be eliminated between the ComProbe hardware and the DUTs because they cause a reduction in signal strength Obstructions include but are not limited to water bottles coffee cups computers computer screens computer speakers and books A clear unobstructed line of sight is preferred for DUT and ComProbe hardware positioning e If using an analyzer connected to a computer position the computer on an adjacent table or surface away from the analyzer and DUTs taking advantage of the cables length If this is not possible position the computer behind the analyzer as far away as possible If using the ComProbe FTS4BT which is a dongle either use an extension USB cable or position the computer such that the dongle is positioned towards the DUTs e The preferred placement is positioning the DUTs and the ComProbe hardware at the points of an equilateral triangle in the same horizontal plane i e placed on the same table or work surface The sides of the triangle should be between 1 and 2 meters for Bluetooth transmitter classes 1 and 2 The distance for transmitter class 3 should be 1 2 meter Figure 4 1 Devices Equally Spaced in the Same Horizontal Plane Finally eliminate other RF sources e Wi Fi interference should be minimized or eliminated Bluetooth shares the same 2 4 GHz frequency bands as Wi Fi technology Wi Fi interference can cause loss of packets and p
453. ta Column Add New Column Help 4 If you wish to remove an overridden rule click on Remove Override button If you want to remove all decoder parameter settings click on Remove All Remove New Column Change Column Order Help Restore Default Columns 5 Click OK Add Bookmark Export Provide L CAP Rules Each entry in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog Provide RECOMM Rules takes effect from the specified frame onward or until redefined in SS SS this dialog on a later frame i Show Hidden Panes b system displays a dialog stating that no user defined overrides J Note If the capture has no user defined overrides then the exist 3 2 5 RFCOMM Decoder Parameters 3 2 5 1 About RFCOMM Decoder Parameters Each entry in the Set Initial Decoder Parameters dialog takes effect from the beginning of the capture onward or until redefined in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog AVDTP Securty L2CAP RFCOMM azpp use iPx TCP UDP Initial Connections in effect from beginning of capture onward until redefined in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog Stream Master v Server Channel 5 DLCI 0 DataSource DS No set Ofor Single DS O Caries UUID OBEX bo Add Figure 3 16 RFCOMM parameters tab The RFCOMM Set Initial Decoder Parameters tab requires the following user inputs to complete a parameter e Stream Identifies the
454. te Help l w Show Packet Number w Show Packet Type Show Packet Subtype Hide Packet Text Auto Hide Packet Text When Duration gt 31 25 ms Increase Auto Hide Packet Count From 4 000 to 20 000 May Be Slow Use All Packets for Throughput Indicators Use Selected Packets for Throughput Indicators Use Viewport Packets for Throughput Indicators Set 802 11 Tx Address Show Packet Throughput Show Payload Throughput Show Both Packet and Payload Throughput Show 5 GHz Timeline Show 2 4 GHz Timeline Show Both 5 GHz and 2 4 GHz Timelines Show Timelines Which Have or Had Packets Auto Mode ie hann Show Low Energy Packets From Configured Devices Only Show All Low Energy Packets 2 4 GHz Large Throughput Graph Show Dots in Throughput Graph Dots Reveal Overlapped Data Points Show Zoomed Throughput Graph Show Tooltips in Upper Left Corner of Screen Figure 4 90 Coexistence View Format Menu Show Tooltips on Computer Screen 183 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Packet 15 455 802 11 Management Beacon 8 17 2011 10 41 19 835783 AM Beginning Timestamp 6 17 2011 10 41 19 836799 AM Ending Timestamp Radio Timestamp n a Duration 1 016 ms Type Management OD eo ea ea EHH Subtype Beacon Channel 10 2457 MHz OAL Selected O Viewport Width 20 MHz Data Rate 1 0 Mb s Awg throughput 1 sec throughput Channel Type 802 11b Packet Len 128 bytes Payl
455. te that the link key has been verified Should the link key be incorrect the link key icon will show An incorrect link key will show up in the Frame Display Open the Frame Display LMP tab and search for frames with errors appearing in red In the Decode pane a link key error will appear in red under Errors 327 Appendicies ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual po Frame 14 382 Master Len 29 Errors Link Key Error The Link Key used by FTS i not the same key that the pair of devices Authenticated LP Link Kep Error The Link Key used by FTS 1s not the same key that the pair of devices Authenticated U Baseband 3 5 Header Length 11 Header Version 3 Aole Master O0x07 62 0 00 00 00 1 Channel 59 2461 MHz Clock DxD003ffec Packet Status OF A 4 5 How to tell if a device is in Secure Simple Pairing Debug Mode When a device is configured in SSP debug mode the ComProbe software will decode and display the debug key in the Encapsulated Payload message of the Frame Display Summary pane There will be an Encapsulated Payload message sent from both the master and the slave The message from the device that is in debug mode will show the debug key the other will show the public key Refer to the Frame Display Decode pane in the screenshots below where the master is in SSP debug mode Remember only one of the Bluetooth devices needs to be in SSP debug mode Unfiltered Non Capture
456. template changes or to save a new template 5 Click the OK button to apply the selection and exit the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window 3 2 3 AVDTP Decoder Parameters 3 2 3 1 About AVDTP Decoder Parameters Each entry in the Set Initial Decoder Parameters window takes effect from the beginning of the capture onward or until redefined in the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters window 49 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings AVDTP Security LACAP RFCOMM A2DP use IPX Tce UDP Initial Connections in effect from beginning of capture onward until redefined Piconet DataSource DS No enter O for single DS 0 pd Role Slave X L2CAP channel L2CAP channel is Multiplexed Remote side TSID AVDTP is canying AVDTP Signaling a Add Figure 3 9 AVDTP parameters tab The AVDTP tab requires the following user inputs to complete a parameter e Piconet Data Source DS No When only one data source is employed set this parameter to O zero otherwise set to the desired number of data sources e Role This identifies the role of the device initiating the frame Master or Slave e L2CAP Channel The channel number O through 78 o L2CAP channel is Multiplexed when checked indicates that L2CAP is multiplexed with upper layer protocols e AVDTP is carrying Select the protocol that AVDTP traverses to from the following o AVDTP Signaling o AVDTP Med
457. termine if the analyzer starts data capture immediately on starting up or not 286 Chapter 7 General Information ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Program Start Up Options On piogram start up Ce Don t start caphunng immediately O Silai capturing bo a file immeckateky O Start capturing immediately bo the folowing ile Figure 7 3 Start Up Options dialog e Don t start capturing immediately This is the default setting The analyzer begins monitoring data but does not begin capturing data until clicking the Start Capture icon on the Control Event Display or Frame Display windows e Start capturing to a file immediately When the analyzer starts up it immediately opens a capture file and begins data capture to it This is the equivalent of clicking the Start Capture icon The file is given a name based on the settings for capturing to a file or series of files in the System Settings window e Start capturing immediately to the following file Enter a file name in the box below this option When the analyzer starts up it immediately begins data capture to that file If the file already exists the data in it is overwritten 7 1 2 Changing Default File Locations The analyzer saves user files in specific locations by default Capture files are placed in the My Capture Files directory and configurations are put in My Configurations These locations are set at installation Follow the steps below to change the def
458. tervals between bytes and check CRCs To resume updating the display click the Lock icon again You can have more than one Event Display open at a time Click the Duplicate View icon g to create a second independent Event Display window You can lock one copy of the Event Display and analyze your data while the second Event Display updates as new data is captured Event Display is synchronized with the Frame Display and Mesage Sequence Chart dialogs Selecting a byte in Event Display will also select the related frame in the Frame Display and the related message in the Message Sequence Chart 4 3 2 The Event Display Toolbar P Home Brings the Control window to the front a Home Brings the Control window to the front Start Capture Begins data capture to disk Stop Capture Closes a capture file and stops data capture to disk Bay o NM ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ll lt BBa BBU B865 PE OD Save Prompts user for a file name If the user supplies a name a cfa file is saved Clear Discards the temporary file and clears the display MSC Chart Opens the Message Sequence Chart Lock In the Lock state the window is locked so you can review a portion of data Data capture continues in the background Clicking on the Lock icon unlocks the window Unlock In the Unlock state the screen fills in the data captured since the screen lock and moves down to display inco
459. th a purple background All other transactions and all non transactions are shown with a white background IN transactions have special coloring because that is the only place where the primary data flow is from a device to the Host The protocol information included for each frame depends on the protocol selected in the summary layer box located directly below the main toolbar Frame numbers in red indicate errors either physical byte level or frame errors If the error is a frame error in the displayed protocol layer the bytes where the error occurred is displayed in red The Decode Pane gives precise information as to the type of error and where it occurred The Summary pane is synchronized with the other panes in this window Click on a frame in the Summary pane and the bytes for that frame is highlighted in the Event pane while the Decode pane displays the full decode for that frame Any other panes which are being viewed are updated accordingly If you use one pane to select a subset of the frame then only that subset of the frame is highlighted in the other panes Protocol Tabs Protocol filter tabs are displayed in the Frame Display above the Summary pane e These tabs are arranged in separate color coded groups These groups and their colors are General white Classic Bluetooth blue Bluetooth low energy green 802 11 orange USB purple and SD brown The 100 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe
460. that do not have timestamps such as frame markers Data events that do not have timestamps because timestamping was turned off either before or during capture are also skipped 257 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data e Timestamping can be turned on and off while data is being captured As a result the capture buffer may have some data with a timestamp and some data without When doing a search by timestamp the analyzer ignores all data without a timestamp e The raw timestamp value is the number of 100 nanosecond intervals since the beginning of January 1 1601 This is standard Windows time 5 1 4 Using Go To Searching with Go To allows you to go to a particular frame or event or to move through the data X number of events or frames at a time You can move either forward or backwards through the data To access the Go To function 1 Opena capture file to search 2 Open the Event Display PD or Frame Display window 3 Click on the Find icon AA or choose Find from the Edit menu 4 Click on the Go To tab of the Find dialog 5 The system displays the Find dialog with the Go To tab selected Note The tabs displayed on the Find dialog depend on the product you are running and the H content of the capture file you are viewing Ska Decode Patten Tine GoTo Special Ewerdt Bookmark a Frame Humbe Merve Eorratd Ci Daa Event Humber Move Back Al Everts Numba
461. that frame yet It takes some time for the analyzer to compile and decode frames Frame compilation also has a lower priority than other tasks such as capturing data If the analyzer is busy capturing data frame compilation may fall behind When the analyzer catches up the green circle changes to either a green dot or no dot Another reason is if some data in the frame is context dependent and we don t have the context An example is a compressed header where the first frame gives the complete header and subsequent frames just give information on what has changed If the analyzer does not capture the first frame with the complete header it cannot decode subsequent frames with partial header information A magenta triangle indicates that a bookmark is associated with this frame Any comments associated with the bookmark appear in the column next to the bookmark symbol 4 4 1 11 4 Decode Pane The Decode pane aka detail pane is a post process display that provides a detailed decode of each frame O transaction sometimes referred to as a frame The decode is presented in a layered format that can be expanded and collapsed depending on which layer or layers you are most interested in Click on the plus sign to expand a layer The plus sign changes to a minus sign Click on the minus sign to collapse a layer Select Show All or Show Layers from the Format menu to expand or collapse all the layers Layers retain their expanded or collapsed state
462. the Options menu You can also access the option by right clicking in any of the panes Defaults 2 Selecta color from the drop down menu 3 Click OK The highlight color for the text is changed Select Cancel to discard any selection Select Defaults to return the highlight color to blue 441 12 Protocol Layer Colors 441 121 Data Byte Color Notation The color of the data in the panes specifies which layer of the protocol stack the data is from All data from the first layer is bright blue the data from the second layer is green the third layer is pink etc The protocol name for each layer in the Decode pane is in the same color Note that the colors refer to the layer not to a specific protocol In some situations a protocol may be in two different colors in two different frames depending on where it is in the stack You can change the default colors for each layer 106 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Red is reserved for bytes or frames with errors In the Summary pane frame numbers in red mean there is an error in the frame Also the Errors tab is displayed in red This could be a physical error in a data byte or an error in the protocol decode Bytes in red in the Radix Character Binary and Event panes mean there is a physical error associated with the byte 4 4 1 12 2 Changing Protocol Layer Colors You can differentiate different protocol layers in the Decode Event Ra
463. the Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog takes effect from the specified frame onward or until redefined in this dialog on a later frame e The Remove Override button will remove the selected decode parameter override e The Remove All button will remove all decoder overrides If you do not have decoders loaded that require parameters the menu item does not appear and you don t need to worry about this feature 3 2 1 Decoder Parameter Templates 3 2 1 1 Select and Apply a Decoder Template 1 Select Set Initial Decoder Parameters from the Options menu on the Control Mm window or the Frame Display 47 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings O window 2 Click the Open Template Ka icon in the toolbar and select the Template F desired template from the pop up list The system displays the content Ea a x of the selected template in the Initial Connections list at the top of the a Frontlinel dialog Frontline 3 Click the OK button to apply the selected template and decoders Je Frontline 1 settings and exit the Set Initial Decoder Parameters dialog Frontline 3 2 1 2 Adding a New or Saving an Existing Template NG Frontline5 Add a Template A template is a collection of parameters required to completely decode communications between multiple devices This procedure adds a template to the system and saves it for later use 1 Click the Save A button at the top of the Set
464. the capture will continue Not checking this selection will cause the Throughput Graph and the Timeline to scroll as data is collected Note Navigate menu selections are context sensitive For example If the first packet is VA selected the Next Packet and the Last Packet selections are active but the Previous Packet selection is inactive 4 4 5 2 Coexistence View Toolbar COO 4949 9 a gt A AAL P A Figure 4 63 Coexistence View Toolbar The toolbar contains the following selections Table 4 17 Coexistence View Toolbar icons Aa SN Move to the first packet KJ Move to the previous packet 164 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 4 17 Coexistence View Toolbar icons continued a iam DE When selected the cursor changes from Scroll Kk to a context aware zooming cursor Click on normal cursor to remove the zooming cursor Zooming cursor 165 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 17 Coexistence View Toolbar icons continued Pp escription Pp escription g Scroll Lock Unlock during live capture mode Reset during live capture mode Clears the display 4 4 5 3 Coexistence View Throughput Indicators Packets O All Selected Viewport Awg throughput 1 sec throughput bits s LERES Figure 4 64 Coexistence View Throughput Indicators Throughput indicatorsshow average th
465. this problem e Use capture filters to filter out data you don t need to see Capture filters reduce the amount of data processed by the analyzer Ethernet Only e Close all other programs that are doing work while the analyzer is running Refrain from doing searches in the Event Display window or other processor intensive activities while the analyzer is capturing data e Timestamping takes up processor time primarily not in timestamping the data but in writing the timestamp to the file Try turning off timestamping from the Timestamping Options window e For Driver Buffer Overflows change the size of the driver buffer This value is changed from the Advanced System Settings Go to the Control window and choose System Settings from the Options menu Click on the Advanced button Find the value Driver Receive Buffer Size in Operating System Pages Take the number listed there and double it e The analyzer s number one priority is capturing data updating windows is secondary However updating windows still takes a certain amount of processor time and may cause the analyzer to lose data while the window is being updated Some windows require more processing time than others because the information being displayed in them is constantly changing Refrain from displaying data live in the Event Display and Frame Display windows The analyzer can capture data with no windows other than the Control window open 293 ComProbe BPA 600 User
466. tion 77 Overrun Errors 264 p Packet Error Rate PER Stats 200 Packet Error Rate 200 PER Stats Scroll Bar 208 Packet Timeline 128 137 Packet Timeline Menu Bar 129 Packet_Depiction 123 Packet Navigation and Selection 127 Packet Timeline Introduction 123 Packet Timeline Visual Elements 131 Panes 97 Pattern 254 Pause 66 Performance Notes 293 Printing 278 Printing from the Frame Display 275 ProbeSync 7 10 69 Progress Bars 297 Protocol Protocol Layer Colors 107 Protocol Layer Filtering 121 Protocol Stack 74 75 77 Q Quick Filtering 121 R Radix 83 105 Reframe 76 Reframing 76 Relative Time 256 292 360 Appendicies Remove Bookmarks 267 268 Columns 103 Custom Stack 74 Filters 113 Framing Markers 76 Reset Panes 97 Resolution 291 Resumed 85 Revealing Protocol Layers 94 RFCOMM 56 58 RFCOMM Missing Decode Information 57 RFCOMM Override Decode Information 58 roleless 22 68 RS 298 RSSI 123 Save 109 271 273 Save As 271 Saving 272 273 Display Filter 109 Imported Capture Files 283 Saving the Capture File using File amp gt Save or the Save icon 271 Search 252 254 256 258 259 263 266 268 binary value 254 bookmarks 268 character string 254 errors 263 event number 259 frame number 258 hex pattern 254 Appendicies pattern 254 special event 259 timestamp 256 wildcards 254 Secure Simple Pairing 30 36 37 Seed Value 81 Serial Driver 300 Short Break 86 Side Names 289 Sides 289 Sig
467. tive test script and reverts to Non Referenced Mode Unexpected Reported when a measured frequency deviates from Frequency an expected frequency by a specific percentage determined by the negotiated parameters of the over the air audio stream The system knows the Reference Audio file that is being played on the Source DUT therefore the system knows which frequencies tones to expect at a given time Unexpected Level Reported when the measured level at the start of a tone segment is not within tolerance The tolerance is dependent on sample rate and bits per sample but it generally is 3 dB for speech and 11 dB for music The system knows the Reference Audio file that is being played on the Source DUT therefore the system knows which amplitude level to expect at a given time 227 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 29 Event Type Audio continued Tu nexpected Duration Amplitude Fluctuations Unexpected Phase Change Reported when a tone segment of the Reference Audio file is shorter or longer than expected The system knows the Reference Audio file that is being played on the Source DUT and therefore knows how long a specific tone segment should last If either a change of amplitude or frequency arrives either before or after that programmed duration then the change is by definition unexpected This type of audio impairment can be caused by lost or
468. to look for an event where only an overrun error occurred If you want to look for events where overrun errors occurred and other errors may have also occurred but it really doesn t matter if they did or not choose overrun to be On and set the others to Don t Care The analyzer ignores any other type of error and find events where overrun errors occurred To find the next error click the Find Next button To find an error that occurred earlier in the buffer to where you are click the Find Previous button 5 1 8 Find Bookmarks Searching with Bookmarks allows you search on specific bookmarks on the data in Frame Display and Event Display window Bookmarks are notes reminders of interest that you attach to the data so they can be accessed later To access the search for bookmarks 1 Opena capture file to search 2 Open the Event Display po or Frame Display window 3 Click on the Find icon AA or choose Find from the Edit menu 4 Click on the Bookmarks tab of the Find dialog Note The tabs displayed on the Find dialog depend on the product you are running and the content of the capture file you are viewing 265 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data Find Ethernet Sniffer Decode Patten Time GoTo Special Everts Bookmark Frame 4 Book 44 First eror 12 6 2010 11 25 48 18062 Frame 105 Source k moonet 12 6 2010 11 25 55 72534 Frame 109 The tenetiamp seems ko be o
469. to print your data to your default printer Select Print Preview if you want access to printer options 2 Choose to include the Summary pane check the box in the print output The Summary pane appears at the beginning of the printed output in tabular format If you select All layers in the Detail Section the Data Bytes option becomes available 3 Inthe Detail Section choose to exclude No decode section the decode from the Detail pane in the Frame Display or include All Layers or Selected Layers Only If you choose to include selected layers then select click on and highlight the layers from the list box 4 Click on selected layers in the list to de select or click the Reset Selected Layers button to de select all selected layers Frame Display Print Prowde information lo export dala tram the cumenlly selected fher tab Irecbude Detal Section 7 Summary C Mo decode nection C Al layers O Selected layers onbe S071 AMP 802 10 STP Selection Se 1 ASDP AMP Manager Dl mi mg Frame Range Delete File Hote Binasa pani opbong map alfect whether argy gray background ic panted See Help for mka 100k cance Hop Figure 6 2 Frame Display Print Dialog 276 Chapter 6 Saving and Importing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 5 Select the range of frames to include All or Selection in the Frame Range section of the Frame Display Print dialog Choosing All prints up to 1000 frames from the buffe
470. tocol Choose Set Initial Decoder Parameters in order to provide initial context to the analyzer for a decoder A dialog appears that shows the data for which you can provide information If you need to change this information for a particular frame 1 Right click on the frame in the Frame Display window 2 Choose Provide lt context name gt Alternatively you can choose Set Subsequent Decoder Parameter from the Options menu 3 This option brings up a dialog showing all the places where context data was overridden 4 If you know that information is missing you can t provide it and you don t want to see dialogs asking for it un check Automatically Request Missing Decoding Information 5 When unchecked the analyzer doesn t bother you with dialogs asking for frame information that you don t have In this situation the analyzer decodes each frame until it cannot go further and then simply stop decoding 4 3 Analyzing Byte Level Data 4 3 1 Event Display To open this window click the Event Display icon PD on the Control window toolbar The Event Display window provides detailed information about every captured event Events include data bytes data related information such as start of frame and end of frame flags and the analyzer information such as when the data capture was paused Data bytes are displayed in hex on the left side of the window with the corresponding ASCII character on the right 78 Chapter 4 Capturing and
471. tocol Layer Color Selector e cece eee eee cece ee eeeeeeees 107 Figure 4 30 Example Set Conditions Self Configuring Based on Protocol Selection 109 Figure 4 31 Example Set Conditions Self Configuring Based on Frame Range 109 Figure 4 32 Two Filter Conditions Added with an AND Operator 22 eee eee eee eee eee 111 Figure 4 33 Save Named Filter Condition Dialog _ 2 2 22 elec cece cece cece eee ccceceeceeceees 112 Figure 4 34 Using Named Filters Section of Quick Filters to Show Hide Filters _ 114 Figure 4 35 Set Condition Dialog in Advanced View cece eee eee c cece ccc cccceccecceeeecee 115 Figure 4 36 Rename Filters Dialog _ 2 222222 lee ec eee eee cece cece ee eee eee eee eeeeeeeees 116 Figure 4 37 Connection Filter from the Frame Display Menu 2 eee cece cee ceeceeees 117 Figure 4 38 Connection Filter from the Frame Display Toolbar right click 2 2 118 Figure 4 39 Connection Filter from the Frame Display Pane right click 2 22 118 Figure 4 40 Connection Filter from frame selection right click 22 222 22 2 e eee eee eee eee eee eee 119 Figure 4 41 Front Display Filtered on Access Address Ox8e89bed6 _ 2 2 22 eee eee eee eee eee 120 Figure 4 42 Unfiltered Capture File with Classic low energy and
472. tom segment 153 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Multiple packets are selected either by dragging the mouse or by holding down the shift key while navigating or clicking When a single packet is selected in the timeline it is also becomes selected in the Frame Display When multiple packets are selected in the timeline only one of them is selected in the Frame Display The keyboard left arrow key goes to the previous packet The right arrow key goes to the next packet The Ctrl left arrow key goes to the previous error packet The Ctrl right arrow key goes to the next error packet The mouse scroll wheel will scroll the timeline as long as the cursor is in the dialog 4 44 14 low energy Timeline Zooming Zoom features can be accessed from the Bluetooth low energy Timeline Zoom menu by right clicking on the Timeline window A couple of things to remember about Zooming Zooming using the toolbar buttons in a single segment display is relative to the center of the display That is as you zoom out those packets on the left and right halves will move closer to the center If you zoom in those packets in the left and right halves will move towards the left and right edges respectively Zooming using the toolbar buttons in a multiple segment display is relative to the number of segments If you have a single display and zoom out they will become two segments then three segments then six and so
473. urce 2 L CAP is camying SMP On the Master side with CID k004e Address 0 LACAP is canying Raw Data Figure 3 15 Parameters Added to Decoder To delete a parameter from the Initial Connections window select the parameter and click on the Delete button Decoder parameters cannot be edited The only way to change a parameter is to delete the original as described above and recreate the parameter with the changed settings and selections and then click on the Add button L2CAP parameters are saved when the template is saved Adding a New or Saving an Existing Template on page 48 3 2 4 2 L2CAP Override Decode Information The Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters dialog allows the user to override an existing parameter at any frame in the capture where the parameter is used If you have a parameter in effect and wish to change that parameter 55 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 3 Configuration Settings 1 Select the frame where the change should take effect Bl law fifi Signaling 2 Select Set Subsequent Decoder Parameters from the IDE tae taman DUE Options menu or by selecting a frame in the frame display Copy Selection te Clipboard and choosing from the right click pop up menu and make the Save Selection needed changes Refer to Go To w Show Frame Size Column 3 Change the L2CAP parameter by selecting from the rule to Show Timestamp Column change and click on the listed parameters J Show Del
474. urrent width of the Viewport Holding down the Shift key will prevent the Viewport from moving if there is not enough room to move by its full width 209 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data e Holding the Shift key down and the right or left arrows moves the right side of the Viewport e Holding the Ctrl key down and the right or left arrows moves the left side of the Viewport e The Scroll bar includes inapplicable packets sniffer debug WiFi etc so that the packet range selected in can be shown Inapplicable packets are not however included in the e f the Viewport is adjusted within PER Stats as opposed to selecting a packet range in it uses only whole bars on both sides e Statistics are retained for all packets regardless of whether any of those packets have wrapped out You can select the Reset button E which is located above the right portion of the Scroll Bar to discard all stats for packets received up to that point e The Reset button is only available when you are capturing data 4 5 8 Packet Error Rate Excluded Packets ID packets and packets that are missing channel numbers such as HCI and BTSnoop will not display data ID packets are excluded because they can not have errors or indicate retransmission and therefore dilute the percentages for other packet types Packets without channel numbers are excluded because the graphs are channel specific Before packets are c
475. use custom codecs and cause undesirable behavior A2DP Playing the test file locally The simplest way to perform music data testing is to directly play the reference file from DUT1 to DUT2 To do that save the reference file provided with the ComProbe software on the Source device Then connect the Bluetooth enabled devices and play the music file from one device to the other The software will automatically detect the mode and present analysis for the user Playing the test file via Internet If the user is testing a scenario where they need to analyze audio played through the internet either using Wi Fi or cellular data plan they may access the reference file on YouTube provided by Frontline https youtu be rmirDbikrtM Note that the software is only analyzing the Bluetooth link between the two DUTs Any abnormalities at the Wi Fi and cellular network level will affect the audio quality that may not be Bluetooth protocol related and the software will not be able to detect that HFP Playing the test file by calling a phone number Frontline provides the following phone numbers 434 964 1407 and 434 964 1304 that users can call to conduct speech audio data analysis over Bluetooth The calls can be made using the cellular network most common method or VoIP Again the VoIP provider might use custom codecs and cause undesirable behavior which cannot be detected by Audio Expert System software Playing the test file using Third part
476. ut low energy packets both individually and as a range Information is conveyed using text color packet size and position LJ Bluetooth low energy Timeline le Sniffer_Capture_GB6900AA 2 cfa File Format Zoom Navigate Help GOOD E I AR Awerage Packet Throughput Throughput Over Time BES O Side 1 45 845 bits s mim E Adv Scanning D Side 2 Average Payload Throughput ki E Adv Initiator C Master C Adv Unknown Slave i Data Start Wilby i ara N Na nG i Data Cont E CRC Error 47 008 bits s Miner W AN E OI A C Include MIC O Data Empty O Unable to Decrypt 1 Second Payload Throughput 546 Mn Both Data Ctrl E Invalid IFS i Data Unknown itama Configured Devices a oie C Selected Width peak 47 008 All Devices 47 bits s O Packet Throughput 1 Second Packet Throughput 319k a Helent O Payload Throughput Discontinuity 0 00 00 00 0 15 23 93 V Show Running Average Selected Packet 32 020 Adv Type ADV IND Timestamp 3 14 2013 12 18 23 074302PM Duration 376 us Channel 39 2480 MHz 29 77 ms 29 769 ms 29 771 ms 29 769 ms 29 77 ms 2 29 771 ms 29 769 ms 0x50655d5b 29 689 ms 29 69 ms 29 639 ms 29 69 ms 29 689 ms 29 691 ms 29 689 ms 20 96 3 9 383 ms 607 ms Oxaf9a8bdd Oxaf9ab45e 3 14 2013 12 18 23 215825 PM For Help Press F1 Figure 4 48 Bluetooth low energy Timeline 139 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data You a
477. uttons until the protocol is in the correct position 5 The lowest layer protocol is at the top of the list with higher layer protocols listed underneath Auto traversal Have the analyzer Determine Higher Layers If you need to define just a few layers of the protocol stack and the remaining layers can be determined based on the lower layers 1 Click the All additional stack layers can be determined automatically button 2 If your protocol stack is complete and there are no additional layers click the There are no additional stack layers button i ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 3 If you select this option the analyzer uses the stack you defined for every frame Frames that do use this stack are decoded incorrectly Save the Stack 1 Click the Add To Predefined List button 2 Give the stack a name and click Add In the future the stack appears in the Protocol Stack List on the first screen of the Protocol Stack wizard Remove a Stack 1 Select it in the first screen and click Remove Selected Item From List 2 If you remove the stack you must to recreate it if you need to use it again Note If you do not save your custom stack it does appear in the predefined list but applies to the H frames in the current session However it is discarded at the end of the session 4 2 3 Reframing If you need to change the protocol stack used to interpret a capture file and the framing is d
478. ve device e BPA 600 is always the master device and the first device in the chain if being used e HSU is always the last slave device in the chain if being used e HSU maximum capture data rate is 6 Mbit sec Connecting ComProbe BPA 600 ComProbe 802 11 and ComProbe HSU devices in ProbeSync takes place in the following steps 71 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 1 Connect the ComProbe BPA 600 OUT connector to the ComProbe 802 11 IN connector 2 Connect the ComProbe HSU Cat 5 cable to the ComProbe 802 11 OUT connector Each device datasource is setup individually to sniff their respective link Should the hardware be connected incorrectly that is IN to IN or OUT to OUT an error message will appear Follow the instructions in error message To continue click on the OK button The ComProbe device datasource Status window will also display a warning message suggesting information sources BPA 600 datasource A Probe Syne setup error has been detected The Probe Sync cable should be connected to the OUT port of one BPA and the IN port on the other BPA IMPORTANT Please follow these steps in the exact order listed 1 Correctly connect the Probe Sync cable between the two BPAs 2 Close CPAS YOU MUST DO THIS STEP 3 Restart CPAS f necessary please refer to the Quick Start Guide for further information Figure 4 10 Incorrect ProbeSync Hardware Connection Error
479. ve As window will close and the file name will appear in the File Name field in the Export Audio Data window Should the file name need to be changed click on the Select button and the Windows Save As dialog will open By default the wav file extension is used in the file name In the window below File Name will appear a list of Stream Ids with a description from the Audio Stream Info If opening from the Audio Expert System Global Toolbar all Stream IDs are checked by default If opening from a Wave Panel the Stream ID where the export dialog was opened is automatically checked You can check each stream that is to be exported For convenience checking Select all below the stream list window will place checks in all streams Export Options After selecting the streams to export select the desired formats to export Table 4 40 Export Audio Data Format Options Optic Description Encoded Audio Data Exports the selected files as raw format The audio data is in an encrypted format and user will need a codec to decode it Decoded Audio Data Exports the selected files as wav format that can be played ona wide variety of media players Event Table Data Exports a text csv file of all the detected events 245 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data Table 4 40 Export Audio Data Format Options continued Only Selected Wave Area Exports the Encoded Decoded or Event Data for the selected wavef
480. vents associated with that particular Bluetooth connection 107 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data b Aspecific wireless or wired technology Displays all of the frames associated with e Classic Bluetooth e Bluetooth low energy e 302 11 e HCI A new Frame Display will open showing only the protocol tabs frames summary and events associated with the selected technology 4 4 1 13 1 Display Filters A display filter looks at frames that have already been captured It looks at every frame in the capture buffer and displays those that match the filter criteria Frames that do not match the filter criteria are not displayed Display filters allow a user to look at a subset of captured data without affecting the capture content There are three general classes of display filters e Protocol Filters e Named Filters e Quick Filter Protocol Filters Protocol filters test for the existence of a specific single layer The system creates a protocol filter for each decoder that is loaded if that layer is encountered in a capture session There are also three special purpose filters that are treated as protocol filters e All Frames with Errors e All Frames with Bookmarks e All Special Information Nodes Named Filters e Named filters test for anything other than simple single layer existence Named filters can be constructed that test for the existence of multiple layers field values in layers frame
481. vice supports It also includes information on which PSM to use in L2CAP or the channel number for RFCOMM or the port number for TCP or UDP The description below talks about how the analyzer auto traverses from L2CAP using a dynamically assigned PSM but the principle is the same for RFCOMM channel numbers and TCP UDP port numbers The analyzer looks for SDP Service Attribute Responses or Service Search Attribute Responses carrying protocol descriptor lists If the analyzer sees L2CAP listed with a PSM it stores the PSM and the UUID for the next protocol in the list After the SDP session is over the analyzer looks at the PSM in the L2CAP Connect frames that follow If the PSM matches one the analyzer has stored the analyzer stores the source channel ID and destination channel ID and associates those channel IDs with the PSM and UUID for the next protocol Thereafter when the analyzer sees L2CAP frames using those channel IDs it can look them up in its table and know what the next protocol is In order for the analyzer to be able to auto traverse using a dynamically assigned PSM it has to have seen the SDP session giving the Protocol Descriptor Lists and the subsequent L2CAP connection using the PSM and identifying the source and channel IDs If the analyzer misses any of this process it is not able to auto traverse It stops decoding at the L2CAP layer For L2CAP frames carrying a known PSM 0x0001 for SDP for example or 0x0003 for RFCOM
482. view Toolbar 222 2 cece cece cece eee cece cece cece e ec eeceeceeceeeceeceees 199 Figure 4 114 Classic Bluetooth PER Stats Window 2 o ee cece cece ee cece eee e eee ceeeeeees 201 Figure 4 115 Bluetooth low energy PER Stats Window eee eee cece cece eeceeeeeceeees 202 Figure 4 116 Classic Bluetooth Packet Error Rate Channels eee eee eee eee eee eeeeees 203 Xvil ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Figure 4 117 Bluetooth low energy Packet Error Rate Channels eee eee eee eee 203 Figure 4 118 Save As dialog in PER Stats Export 2 2 22 o cece cece eee ee cece cece ce eceeceeeeceeees 208 Figure 4 119 PER Stats Scroll Bar 2 22 2 ieee eee cece ce ec c ee eee cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeees 208 Figure 4 120 Example Excluded Packets Message in Scroll Bar Classic Bluetooth 211 Figure 4 121 Test Cases for Referenced Mode Testing e eee eee cece eee ee cee eee eeeees 219 Figure 4 122 Test 1 02 44 1kHz 16Bit wav Waveform 22 2 cece eee eee e cece cece eeceeeeees 219 Figure 4 123 Test 1 02 Test ID Segment eee eee eee eee eee 220 Figure 4 124 Dropout Measurement and Silence Threshold 22 ee cece cece eeeeeeeees 230 Figure 4 125 Audio Expert System Window 00 0 eee eee eee cee cee ce ec eee e eee eeeeeeeeeeeee 231 Figure 4 126 Wave P
483. w or select Apply Modify Display Filters from the filter menu to open the Set Condition dialog box Click the Advanced button on the Set Condition dialog box Select Include or Exclude radio button Now you can set the conditions for the filter Select the initial condition for the filter from the combo box at the bottom of the dialog for Select each frame Condition Select each frame where the protocol Set the parameters for the selected condition in with the conversation the fields provided The fields that appear in the in the range dialog box are dependent upon the previous selection Continue to enter the requested parameters in the fields provided until the conditions statement is complete with the size MOT Condition dk where the protocol 7777 exists t x Figure 4 32 Two Filter Conditions Added with an AND Operator Click the plus icon dP on the left side of the dialog box and repeat steps 4 and 5 for the next condition Use the up t and down 4 arrow icons on the left side of the dialog box to order your conditions and the delete button pa to delete conditions from your filter Continue adding conditions until your filter is complete Include parentheses as needed and set the boolean operators Click OK The system displays the Save Named Condition dialog Provide a name for the filter condition or accept the default name provided by the system and click OK 111 ComProbe BPA 600 User
484. was detected for an unframed stream The codec is being reset in order to continue processing Error Transport not initialized The codec cannot be initialized for the given transport Error Transport not supported The selected transport is not supported This could occur when an out of band LATM is selected opposed to in band Transport failure General failure in the transport Error Transport error This typically occurs when there isn t any configuration information available Codec initialization Codec session started Information Codec tear down tear down Codec session ended oO Codec session ended oO ended Ka Data Non stereo data has been detected for incoming data stream 224 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data 4 6 4 3 Event Type Audio ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Table 4 29 Event Type Audio Low Volume Alarm High Volume Alarm Warn the user that the volume level of the detected audio is below the best range for performing meaningful audio analysis Alarm is initialized when volume level above the Measurement Threshold level is detected Alarm is activated when the detected volume drops below the Measurement Threshold level for 10 consecutive 0 5 sec measurement intervals Reports the detection of suspected distortion that occurs when the amplitude of a signal exceeds a digital systems ability to represent it accurately Clipping is a type of am
485. wo Throughput Graphs and can have a significant impact on the shapes of the two respective graphs This can also result in the total duration of the two Throughput Graphs being different Another factor that can affect total duration is that the BluetoothTimeline s Throughput Graph stops at the last Classic Bluetooth packet while the Coexistence View s Throughput Graph stops at the last packet regardless of technology 176 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual 4 4 5 21 Coexistence View Set Button The Set button is used to specify the 802 11 source address where any B021 Ta O0 0e 23 55 F3 31 packet with that source address is considered a Tx packet and is shown with a purple border in the timelines All source MAC addresses that have been seen during this session are listed in the dialog that appears when the Set button is clicked Also listed is the last source MAC address that was set in the dialog in the previous session If that address has not yet been seen in this session it is shown in parentheses 6072 11 Ix Address Each 802 11 packet with this source address is considered a Tx packet and is shown with a purple border All source MAC addresses that hawe been seen during this session are listed here Also listed is Ehe last source MAC address that was set here in the previous session IF that address has nok wet been seen in this session it is shown in parentheses Figure 4 80 802
486. xes allows you to specify which control signals the analyzer should pay attention to when doing the search The analyzer pays attention to any control signal with a check mark e Click on a box to place a check mark next to a control signal e Click again to uncheck the box e By default the analyzer searches all control signals which means all boxes start out checked For example if you are only interested in finding changes in RTS and CTS you would check those two boxes and uncheck all the other boxes This tells the analyzer to look only at the RTS and CTS lines when running the search The other signals are ignored The control signals types include e USB Pin 1 e USB Pin2 e USB Pin3 e USB Pin4 Click here to learn more about the Breakout Box and Pins 1 4 261 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 5 Navigating and Searching the Data Searching for event where e The first three options are all fairly similar and are described together These options are searching for an event where o One or more control signals changed o One or more control signals changed from off to on o One or more control signals changed from on to off e Searching for an event where one or more signals changed means that the analyzer looks at every control signal that you checked and see if any one of those signals changed state at any time o If you want to look at just one control signal m Check the box for the signal m Uncheck all the oth
487. y o All will filter in all Bluetooth low energy frames You are in effect filtering out any Classic Bluetooth frames and are selecting to filter in all Bluetooth low energy access addresses o Access Addresses displays all the low energy slave device s access address You can select only one access address to filter The selected link will filter in only the frames associated with that access address 802 11 o All will filter in all 802 11 frames You are in effect filtering out any other technology frames e HCI o All will filter in all HCI frames You are in effect filtering out any other technology frames KJ Frame Display TestFileSlimmer cfa File Edit View Format Live Bookmarks Options Window Help 3 Ya a Quick Filtering b EE a a as FI ki F Frame 6 471 Master Len 289 Apply Modify Display Filters O D Et Be A D Sum El Errors a ak i Baseband Packet Status CAL NGA apan als hs G Baseband Hide Show Display Filters HS SCO eSCO iy Header Length 11 Rename Display Filters a Header Version 3 tesa Add CRC EDADDA Fram Delta Timestamp ia Link 4 Connection Filter Classic All 4 13 2015 10 58 22 681 Role Master Ox00 00 9b 01 TE TET E464 i Eluetooth low energy 5 Link R 0 10 55 37 668 j Channel 68 2470 MHz RAES 10553267 Clock Ox0001d0c0 i en cas Z Packet Status CAC Error 20 5 466 a Diba 4 ga HU i FLOW Go 6 467 56 00 00 10 55 32 6
488. y The analyzer shows both the number hex binary etc data and the character ASCII EBCDIC or BAUDOT data on the same screen If you do not wish to see the hex characters click on the Character Only button Click again to go back to both number and character mode Number Only Controls whether the analyzer displays data in both character and number format or just number format Click once to show only numeric values and again to show both character and numeric values 80 Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual All Events Controls whether the analyzer shows all events in the window or only data bytes Events include control signal changes and framing information Timestamping Options Brings up the timestamping options window which has options for customizing the display and capture of timestamps 4 3 3 Opening Multiple Event Display Windows Click the Duplicate View icon dg from the Event Display toolbar to open a second Event Display window You can open as many Event Display windows as you like Each Event Display is independent of the others and can show different data use a different radix or character set or be frozen or live The Event Display windows are numbered in the title bar If you have multiple Event Displays open click on the Event Display icon po on the Control window toolbar to show a list of all the Event Displays currently open Select a window from the list to bring
489. y e Classic Only Multiple Connections e Classic low energy 802 11 Air Sniffing optional e Two 802 11 and One BPA600 e This method requires one ComProbe BPA 600 and two ComProbe 802 11 hardware e An 802 11 ComProbe hardware is included with the Wi Fi Option e Used for Bluetooth Classic low energy 802 11 coexistence analysis e Captures Bluetooth Classic low energy and 802 11 data and displays in the Frame Display and Coexistence View e 802 11 Classic low energy Coexistence e This method requires one ComProbe BPA 600 and one ComProbe 802 11 hardware e Captures Bluetooth Classic low energy and 802 11 data and displays in the Frame Display and Coexistence View 2 2 2 1 BPA 600 ProbeSync Data Capture Methods ComProbe Protocol Analysis System has different data capture methods to accommodate various applications a Classiclow energy Ag Srilfing Cata ow energy Ar Sring 49 Combined Connection Classic Alow energy Virtual Srafing FTS Side KO IEEE1I073 Figure 2 7 Two BPA 600 Analyzer Data Capture Method using ProbeSync 10 Chapter 2 Getting Started ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual ProbeSync allows multiple ComProbe analyzers to work seamlessly together and to share a common clock Clock sharing allows the analyzers to precisely synchronize communications streams and to display resulting packets in a single shared or coexistent view e Classic and low energy Bluetooth sniffing e Two BPA 600 devices 2 2 3
490. y Apps Bluetooth Audio Expert System Reference mode testing can be accomplished using third party apps on Android iOS and Windows phones The following apps are available from their respective App stores 21 ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Chapter 4 Capturing and Analyzing Data e BTmono Android e Blue2Car lOS e Windows Headset player lite 4 Note When selecting and using these apps thoroughly review all the vendor documentation While Frontline has conducted testing of these apps Frontline has not completed full interoperability testing with our library of Bluetooth devices and does not warrant the use of these apps with every device when using the following procedures Frontline does not provide support or maintenance for third party apps Any issues or questions should be directed to the app developer In the following steps Device Under Test 1 DUT1 is the device sending the reference test file to DUT2 Download the third party app to DUT1 and follow the app vendor s instructions for installation and use Load the Audio Expert System reference test file Test_1 02_64 1kHz_16Bit wav on DUT1 The test file is stored on the users computer In the directory Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System Development Tools Audio Expert Test Files delivered with your latest Frontline ComProbe software version may have changed A Note Reference test files are periodically updated Shown here is an example Files Contac
491. ys the waveforms for each captured audio stream There is a separate Wave Panel for each stream Each panel contains local information controls and an event timeline specific to the displayed audio stream being shown Other Wave Panels that may be off scream may be viewed using the vertical scroll control or by collapsing other Wave Panels e Event Timeline The Event Timeline shows Bluetooth events Codec events and Audio events synchronized to the displayed waveform There is an Event Timeline in each Wave Panel e Event Table A tabular listing of Bluetooth codec and audio events with information on event severity related Bluetooth frame timestamp and event information Global Toolbar Wave Panel Jerre aa wa Ipin 03 39 35 343 PM 03 39 35 436 PM 03 39 35 528 PM 03 39 35 621 PM 03 39 35 713 PM Lock Event Table E Event Severity Stream Id Event Type Mode Frame Number Description Timestamp 1 GI N A 2822 A2DP connection is starting between devices 00 18 6B 35 A2 86 and A0 82 1F F5 00 62 for stream 1 Dec 30 2014 03 39 35 371056 PM E i N A 2832 A2DP connection has started and data should follow between devices 00 18 6B 35 A2 86 and A0 82 1F F5 00 6 Dec 30 2014 03 39 35 386681 PM bea 1 N A 2839 Unable to process AptX data as extracted It appears that SBC encoded data is being sent over this stream Dec 30 2014 03 39 35 418557 PM A 1 2850 A 21 25 millisecond delay has been detected between this frame and t
492. yzing Data ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual Reference Audio Test Files The Reference Audio files are specific audio files that exercise the system so that audio impairments can more efficiently and accurately be identified and reported The Reference Audio files are composed of a series of back to back and relatively short duration tones of changing amplitude frequency and duration The test files are stored on the users computer In the directory Frontline ComProbe Protocol Analysis System Development Tools Audio Expert Test Files For example Test 1 03 48kHz 16Bit 3Loops 2Ch wav Note Reference test files are periodically updated Shown here is an example Files delivered Si with your latest Frontline ComProbe software version may have changed Contact Frontline Technical Support for information on the latest reference file versions The test files have a set of tones forming a unique Test ID that lets the ComProbe analyzer know that it is capturing a test file instead of an arbitrary audio stream There is no need for special configuration of the ComProbe analyzer The Test ID will have the identifier notation N vv where N the file number and vv a two digit version for example 1 02 Using the Test Files The analysis of the received audio results in a series of Audio Events being reported by comparing changes in the received audio to expected changes of the Reference Audio and reporting deviation events when they occur The syst

ComProbe BPA 600 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents